# Introduction

Here you will find the information on how to work with the Boomerangme service

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/xi2D5WX6AZo>" %}
Boomerangme promo video
{% endembed %}

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/FvkfUXaix9o>" %}
AppSumo promo video
{% endembed %}

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/096e8770444c47d39baa856656b059c3>" %}
Boomerangme walkthrough video
{% endembed %}


# Getting started - Quick wins!

A collection of quick wins proven to generate leads and cement clients!

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLFzIlGwUEL6B412wc_ny066Ydz4bGHFlm>" %}
The quick wins playlist
{% endembed %}


# 🔁 Quick Win #1: Regular loyalty card setup

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/faa50a1fd65e4b2ab5bea9e9b9784dea?sid=e38601af-ad6a-4e13-a6bc-6dbeaa890316>" %}
Creating loyalty card to retain existing customers
{% endembed %}


# 🎫 Quick Win #2 Creating a coupon card to attract new customers

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/b46b36fb4d124c8a917a710992df9bcc?sid=daedf9d3-23b7-4d69-b84c-2eda35dc24f7>" %}
Creating a coupon card to attract new customers
{% endembed %}


# ✅ Quick Win #3: Importing existing customers and issuing loyalty cards

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/bcc6f967e21e4ed999b1ce9df8f98d95?sid=4106625b-cc02-4e6c-b5c3-a8615a3f75f2>" %}
Importing existing customers and issuing loyalty cards
{% endembed %}


# 🪃 Quick Win #4: Loyalty Cards Delivery by SMS and Email

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/024666be405741739bf1b8748d2b6e75?sid=b94e76dc-0b9e-46b6-9c95-5266f9426959>" %}
Quick Win #4: Loyalty Cards Delivery by SMS and Email
{% endembed %}


# 📲 Quick Win #5: How to Promote Your Loyalty Card with QR Code

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/beb9e4828d484d359e265a47e4b3ed74?sid=c88c5304-61e9-4249-a657-d8d190e28425>" %}
How to promote your loyalty card with QR code
{% endembed %}


# 👨‍💼 Quick Win #6: Creating manager seats for salespeople in local stores

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/0320a0ddf0374687b7242ae8d1ebe00e?sid=d911e34f-58a8-460f-ab2a-3bd469f5d1be>" %}
Creating manager seats for salespeople in local stores
{% endembed %}


# 👯‍♀️ Quick Win #7: Setting up a referral program

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/318eab4277b14338817af275d8ef0e66?sid=4d46cc4a-0503-4c62-961f-ed7ddf1a0bfb>" %}
Setting up a referral program
{% endembed %}


# Login and registration

Follow our guide to learn how to create your first promotion and introduce it to your customers within 1\* steps. Let’s go!


# How to Register on Boomerangme?

Learn how to register on Boomerangme

1\. Use the[ https://app.boomerangme.cards/](https://app.boomerangme.cards/) URL from your web browser address bar to land on the login page.<br>

2\. To register as a new user, click the Registration button. Doing so takes you to the Registration screen.

<figure><img src="/files/G1cTkoABoC9yn0ElK73J" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3. Registration consists of two steps. \
   **Step one.** Fill in all fields. Enter your full name, email and contact phone number. Then go to step two.

<figure><img src="/files/erMLE8ZBcsS4WYqvK6gj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Step two.** Select the plan you are interested in. \
You can change your plan later from Settings → Plan → Want to modify or cancel your subscription.

Fill in all other fields. Link a bank card and enter the promo code  if you have one. We often have promotions.\
\
**Note:** A payment card is required to start the trial, but no charges will be made during the 14-day trial period.

<figure><img src="/files/zruFVdw0ERBn85Khozfi" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Register via Google

To register with google, you need to click on sign in.

<figure><img src="/files/2XTklrgxbzIb3Ly3t0Pa" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once you click on sign in with google, you would be directed to google to fill in your email address and password. After this process, an account would be created for you and you would be required to fill in your complete personal information and add a bank card to access the account on the 14 days free trial. <br>


# How to Login with Phone?

Learn how to login to the Boomerangme app via Phone

1\.  Use the[ https://app.boomerangme.cards/](https://app.boomerangme.cards/) URL from your web browser address bar to land on the login page.

2\.  Enter your registered phone number in the field below the Login with Phone heading.

<figure><img src="/files/yBDMgWxhbAWH9aZZoeLx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3\.  Once entered, click the Get Verification Code button. This sends a verification code to your registered mobile number.

<figure><img src="/files/M1T71OADBGIGJusErJYp" alt="Get Verification Code"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4\.  Enter the verification code received on your phone in the Verification Code field.

5\.  Click the Login button.


# How to Log In to Boomerangme

This article explains the process of logging in via Email

#### Login with email

1. Go to app.boomerangme.cards
2. Enter your registered email address and password.
3. Click the Log In button.

<figure><img src="/files/vdd3KtlpnkNAJA0BuQVw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Login with Google

1. Click the "Sign in with Google" button at the top of the login page.
2. Select your Google account.
3. You will be logged in automatically.

**Important**: Make sure you select the correct Google account. If you click "Sign in with Google" using an email that is not registered in Boomerangme, the system will start a new registration process instead of logging you into your existing account. If you have multiple Google accounts in your browser, always verify which one is selected before clicking.

<figure><img src="/files/JXWIFLKOBwQsmS3AhuOF" alt="Login with Google"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Troubleshooting

* Wrong password: use the "[Forgot password](/getting-started/login-and-registration/how-to-recover-your-account-password)?" link on the login page to reset it.
* Account blocked: if your trial or subscription has expired, your account may be locked. Go to Settings → Plan to check your subscription status and renew.
* Not sure which email was used: contact our support team via intercom.


# How to Recover your Account Password?

Recovering a forgotten password easier than ever

1\.  Upon landing on the Login screen, click the Forgot password? button located at the bottom-right corner.

<figure><img src="/files/VgtHVZSS9BXtQFcKjt9X" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2\.  As a result, you land on the Password recovery screen.

3\.  Here, enter your registered email address in the Email field.    &#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/rQlYMAIP8LCxCgE3aTRE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4\.  Click the Recover password button. This sends a password recovery link to the provided email address. You can follow the link from there to set a new password.

<figure><img src="/files/5uIgQjqpR2YhliLGfJ82" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Please check your Inbox and Spam folder — the recovery email may take a few minutes to arrive. Make sure you enter the same email address that was used to register the account.

A temporary password will be sent to your email. (copy the password then head over to the login page or click on the change password option which will redirect you to the login page then login.) Use it to log in, then change your password immediately in your profile settings (Settings → Personal Settings → Password).

<figure><img src="/files/1S5ifPVziyMznp1Ap0Xw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Ensure you change your password in profile settings.

<figure><img src="/files/f30e04VrTVgcySXk5pHq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Product presentation

Boomerangme product presentation

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/b5a677e31d3a4ffcbed95be6ff0ec453?sid=9d0ba099-b0dd-4a19-9ff5-eab24731b484>" %}
Boomerangme presentation
{% endembed %}

{% embed url="<https://docs.google.com/presentation/d/118CTWUJl5mA_H4pbrvqTE4WYR0OLaxcAS5pXYrRVCeM/edit?usp=sharing>" %}
Boomerangme presentation
{% endembed %}


# Affiliate program

Join our affiliate program and Give 20%, Get 40%.

Offer friends 20% off their first payment, and Earn 40% of the first month and 20% of each month thereafter + Earn 20% of your referral's total earnings.

### How it works

1\. **Sign up by the link:** <https://boomerangme.firstpromoter.com/>. Fill in your personal data and PayPal account to commission withdrawal.

<figure><img src="/files/URvJBAqmQm2jEfUpppwp" alt=""><figcaption><p>Sign up in affiliate program</p></figcaption></figure>

2\. **Offer 20% off discount.** Share your referral link with friends and colleagues and offer them 20% off for the first payment. Discount works with all plans for all periods.

<figure><img src="/files/70HXWONwEVMkZ6ApmG65" alt=""><figcaption><p>Share your affiliate link</p></figcaption></figure>

3. **Earn real money, not bonus points.** Earn **40% monthly recurring commission** from all payments made by your referrals — for as long as they stay on a paid plan. Additionally, earn **20%** from your referral's total earnings (2nd tier).

<figure><img src="/files/x7yjF4DlVTecWq3HuqsT" alt=""><figcaption><p>Get lifetime commissions from all invited clients</p></figcaption></figure>

{% embed url="<https://boomerangme.firstpromoter.com/>" %}
Welcome to join
{% endembed %}


# Inspiration

41 Customer Loyalty Statistics & 10 Benefits for SMEs

## Satisfied customers are NOT always loyal.

In the words of customer service expert, [Shep Hyken:](https://twitter.com/Hyken/status/408612011673939968)

> *“There’s a big difference between a satisfied customer & a loyal customer. Never settle for satisfied.”*

Your business needs loyal customers, especially if you sell products or services that thrive on repeat purchases. So if you:

* Sell apparel
* Run a café or deli
* Manage a restaurant
* Own a consultancy
* Have a computer, home or office maintenance business

Or any other small to mid-size business, you could benefit from a [loyalty program](https://boomerangme.biz).

Running a loyalty program may have been difficult in the past, but not anymore. Digitization has made things so much easier and managing your loyalty program is as easy as eating cake these days!

In this article, you’ll learn about the loyalty program statistics and benefits that show you just how powerful customer retention can be.&#x20;

If you’re trying to make the case for adopting a loyalty program at your organization, or have been on the fence about it yourself, this should make the decision much easier.&#x20;

Here are the Customer Loyalty Statistics you need to know:

### 20 Loyalty Program Usage Statistics. <a href="#anchor-0" id="anchor-0"></a>

1. Over 90% of companies have some type of loyalty program&#x20;
2. 3.3 billion loyalty memberships are present in the United States alone. [Source](about:blank)&#x20;
3. Of consumers in America, 52% will join the loyalty program of a brand they purchase from often. [Source](https://www.yotpo.com/blog/customer-loyalty-survey-data/) &#x20;
4. The majority of consumers, 66%, will change their buying behavior to get the most out of loyalty benefits.&#x20;
5. Only 44% of people who signed up for loyalty programs expressed satisfaction with them.&#x20;
6. On average, a consumer belongs to 14.8 loyalty programs but they actively engage in 6.7 of them. [Source(+image credit)](https://cdn2.hubspot.net/hubfs/352767/TLR%202019/Bond_US%20TLR19%20Exec%20Summary%20Launch%20Edition.pdf)<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/Y22f5tKnRmTeiAENXTDD" alt=""><figcaption><p>Membership stats</p></figcaption></figure>
7. This statistic is a bit misleading because 49% of consumers only belong to 3 loyalty programs which means the other 51% can be considered power users. [Source](https://www.yotpo.com/blog/brand-loyalty-statistics/)&#x20;
8. A much smaller percentage, of customers, only 18% are active in all the loyalty programs they join.&#x20;
9. Conversely, 65% of consumers engage with fewer than half of the loyalty programs they join. [Source(+image credit)](about:blank)<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/uWbn72cTOWBbPsdvgcgV" alt=""><figcaption><p>65% of consumers engage with fewer than half of the loyalty programs they join</p></figcaption></figure>
10. Daily usage is growing with 15% of members interacting with their programs daily which is up from 10% of members in 2015. [Source](http://go.pdisoftware.com/roadtorewards)
11. Out of the consumers surveyed, only 8% say rewards aren’t at all important to their purchase decision. [Source](https://nmgprod.s3.amazonaws.com/media/files/97/e3/97e3466268a5f6a39748b0acf861188d/asset_file.pdf)
12. 57% of loyalty program members in the U.S. have abandoned a program because it took too long to meet the requirements for a reward. [Source](https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20170629005694/en/U.S.-Customer-Loyalty-Program-Memberships-Reach-Double)
13. 70% of Millennials, 71% of Generation X, and 63% of Baby Boomers admitted a loyalty program influences the brands they choose to buy from.&#x20;
14. The Silent Generation has second-highest participation in loyalty programs at 62%
15. Surprisingly Generation Z only had a 59% participation rate in loyalty programs in 2019 (down from 68% in 2018) [Source](https://content.cdntwrk.com/files/aT0xMTg5NzkyJnY9MSZpc3N1ZU5hbWU9aG93LXRvLWVuZ2FnZS1jb25zdW1lcnMtYWNyb3NzLWV2ZXJ5LWdlbmVyYXRpb24mY21kPWQmc2lnPTg2M2I5MjlkNGRlMjI1NzMxYWNjYzdjNGVhYjg4Zjcw)
16. 59% of men and 68% of women were members in at least one loyalty program. [Source](https://www.emarketer.com/content/millennials-gen-z-less-inclined-to-participate-in-loyalty-programs?ecid=NL1014)
17. When done properly, personalization can increase loyalty program member satisfaction by up to 6.4 x. [Source](https://info.bondbrandloyalty.com/loyalty-report-2019)
18. Collecting personal information will make it less likely for 71% of Americans to join a loyalty program. [Source](http://www.prweb.com/printer/16246312.htm)
19. 43% of people participate in loyalty programs for discounts or offers and 27% participate to earn free offers. [Source](https://www.apnews.com/2d25352183624383ae898a384c0dce79)&#x20;
20. Only 5% of customers sign up for a loyalty program to stay connected to a brand. [Source](https://www.apnews.com/2d25352183624383ae898a384c0dce79)

These loyalty program statistics paint an interesting picture. The overall membership in loyalty programs is increasing but people are only active in less than half.&#x20;

It’s not enough to get people to register, you also have to engage them.&#x20;

Incentives are a big part of getting people engaged with 92% of people saying that it matters to them.&#x20;

Staying connected to a brand isn’t important to loyalty program members with 95% saying it doesn’t matter.&#x20;

That may be because there are so many channels to do that already.

There are [many tools](https://www.socialpilot.co/social-media-tools) that allow you to keep up a conversation on social media, [email marketing](https://peertopeermarketing.co/ecommerce-email-marketing/) has long been a strong communication channel, and push notifications are becoming popular.&#x20;

Older generations seem to be the most engaged with loyalty programs with the participation of Gen Z falling by almost 10% in a single year.

It may be a sign that brands aren’t meeting their needs and don’t deserve their loyalty or a result of youthfulness. Only time will tell.&#x20;

Collecting personal information will reduce the likelihood of people signing up for your program but personalizing your loyalty program can increase satisfaction by up to 6.4 x.

It’s a fine line to walk because collecting more information makes it easier to personalize.&#x20;

Instead of collecting everything upfront, consider waiting until your new members are comfortable with your brand then ask for more information gradually.&#x20;

Alternatively, if you are looking to try something on a larger scale, you could contemplate [using machine learning](https://www.import.io/post/improving-customer-loyalty-and-retention-with-machine-learning/) to learn more about your customers.&#x20;

In the end, though more people than ever are registered with a loyalty program, less than half are satisfied so there’s a lot of room for improvement!

### The 11 Stats Behind the Impact of Consumer Loyalty. <a href="#anchor-1" id="anchor-1"></a>

1. 80% of a brand’s future revenue comes from just 20% of its current customers. [Source](about:blank).&#x20;
2. Those who’ve bought from you at least twice in the past are 9 times more likely to buy from you again with a new potential customer.
3. Those who’ve bought from you at least once are 5 times as likely to buy from you again as a new potential customer. [Source](https://www.ndm.net/ecm/pdf/13926.digital_index_loyal_shoppers_report.pdf)
4. Customers who have characterized their relationship with a brand as emotional have a lifetime value that’s 306% higher than average consumers.&#x20;
5. 67.8% of shoppers define brand loyalty as repeat purchases. [Source](https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/new-data-reveals-that-brand-loyalty-is-on-the-rise-among-consumers-300957799.html)
6. 41% of consumers are more likely to do their holiday shopping with a brand they’ve already purchased from.&#x20;
7. 59% of loyal consumers are more willing to refer a brand to their friends and family. [source](https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/new-data-reveals-that-brand-loyalty-is-on-the-rise-among-consumers-300957799.html)
8. 75% of consumers said receiving an incentive increases the likelihood of making another purchase. [Source (+image credit)](https://nmgprod.s3.amazonaws.com/media/files/97/e3/97e3466268a5f6a39748b0acf861188d/asset_file.pdf)<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/PntntwIwtAlYXpDIikui" alt=""><figcaption><p>After receiving a reward, consumers are likely to perform the following actions</p></figcaption></figure>
9. After a positive experience with receiving a reward for loyalty, 70% of consumers visit the brand’s retail locations, more than 40% follow the brand on social media, and a little over 30% subscribe to the brand’s newsletter. [Source](https://nmgprod.s3.amazonaws.com/media/files/97/e3/97e3466268a5f6a39748b0acf861188d/asset_file.pdf)
10. An increase in loyalty of just 7% can increase the lifetime profits (when spread out amongst customers) by up to 85%. [Source](https://brandkeys.com/portfolio/customer-loyalty-engagement-index/)
11. After having a great experience, 71% of customers recommend a service or product. [Source](https://www.talktriggers.com/cm)

The data is clear. When you have loyal customers, they’re more valuable to you. Not just because they spend more but because they tell their network about you.&#x20;

No matter how small the network, it’s an added benefit because you acquire new customers without spending directly on advertising.&#x20;

The challenge is understanding what your customers want and knowing if you’re doing a good job providing it.&#x20;

Test out [using customer satisfaction surveys](https://www.kyleads.com/blog/customer-satisfaction-surveys/) to find areas where you’re dropping the ball or need to improve.&#x20;

Another option is to regularly communicate with leads and customers through [thoughtful email marketing campaigns](https://moosend.com/blog/email-marketing-best-practices/). At the very least, you’ll be top of mind more often.&#x20;

When it’s time to make a purchase, your brand will be the first one they think of.&#x20;

### 10 Stats About the Cost of a Failing to Generate Customer Loyalty. <a href="#anchor-2" id="anchor-2"></a>

1. It’s estimated that $1.6 trillion is lost to poor customer service which has a direct correlation with customer loyalty. [Source](https://newsroom.accenture.com/news/us-companies-losing-customers-as-consumers-demand-more-human-interaction-accenture-strategy-study-finds.htm)
2. If the purchase process is too difficult, 74% of consumers are likely to switch brands. [source](https://www.salesforce.com/blog/2016/10/state-of-connected-customer-2016.html)
3. $98 billion in potential revenue is lost by companies who are unable to create simple experiences that encourage customer loyalty [Source](https://simplicityindex.com/)
4. 78% of baby boomers have gotten so frustrated with having to restart conversations with brands on a different channel that they question why they do business with them in the first place. [source](https://cmocouncil.org/thought-leadership/reports/367/summary)
5. When customers have a frustrating shopping experience, they are 3 times as likely as satisfied customers to not buy from the same brand again. [Source](https://www.businesswire.com/news/home/20191217005699/en/Frustrated-Consumers-Times-Satisfied-Consumers-Avoid-Buying/?feedref=JjAwJuNHiystnCoBq_hl-fLcmYSZsqlD_XPbplM8Ta6D8R-QU5o2AvY8bhI9uvWSD8DYIYv4TIC1g1u0AKcacnnViVjtb72bOP4-4nHK5iej_DoWrIhfD31cAxcB60aE)
6. 69% of shoppers claimed that they wouldn’t shop with the same online store every again is the experience is poor. [source](https://info.brightpearl.com/loyal-not-loyal)
7. A whopping 84% of shoppers will refuse to buy from a brand again if they have a poor returns experience. [source](https://www.klarna.com/international/press/revolutionise-returns-78-of-shoppers-will-buy-more-in-the-long-run-if-a-retailer-has-free-returns/)
8. Compared to average brands, the leaders in loyalty programs grow revenue about 2.5 times faster. [source](https://hbr.org/2020/01/the-loyalty-economy)
9. E-commerce brands without a loyalty program are missing out on increased average-order-value by up to 319%. [Source](https://www.incentivesolutions.com/ecommerce-incentives-case-study/)
10. 39% of customers who consider themselves loyal have less price sensitivity and are willing to spend more on a brand’s product even if there are cheaper alternatives. [Source](https://www.yotpo.com/blog/customer-loyalty-survey-data/)

The data doesn’t lie. There’s real money on the line when you’re not able to instill loyalty in customers. Even when you have a bit of loyalty, it can be lost if you drop the ball.&#x20;

Something like a poor returns experience turns off almost every single shopper and $98 billion in potential revenue is lost by failing to create simple experiences.&#x20;

### **The 10 Most Important Benefits of a Loyalty Program**. <a href="#anchor-3" id="anchor-3"></a>

Out of the 41 statistics mentioned above, the following ones are the most important for you to know before you launch a loyalty program.

#### **1. Boosts Customer Spend**.

In a joint study published by Manta and BIA/Kelsey, [61 percent of SMBs](http://blog.biakelsey.com/index.php/tag/loyalty/) say that repeat customers drive more than 50 percent of their sales. Meanwhile, only 34 percent of these small businesses have a loyalty program in place.

The study also found out that repeat customers spend 67% more than new ones. But the Manta study isn’t alone in this finding.

Although Amazon isn’t a small business, [buyer psychology](https://peertopeermarketing.co/persona-generators/) is often the same across platforms they trust. While Amazon Prime users spend [an average of $1,500 a year](https://files.ctctcdn.com/150f9af2201/bf283d9e-4cbb-4306-8645-b2dc9a16d805.pdf) on Amazon, non-Prime users spend only $625 a year.

In other words, Prime customers spend 140% more!

It helps that customers love loyalty programs. According to a Visa sponsored Loyalty Report study, [81% of customers](https://info.bondbrandloyalty.com/the-2017-bond-loyalty-report-press-release-us) say that loyalty programs encourage them to keep buying from a brand.

More than [39% of customers](https://www.yotpo.com/blog/customer-loyalty-survey-data/) in a loyalty program would spend more on your product even if they have cheaper alternatives.<br>

<figure><img src="/files/nBuhh4LiX7rZquwBFxnu" alt=""><figcaption><p>For brands they are loyal to, consumers are willing to</p></figcaption></figure>

#### **2. Boosts Customer Spend Frequency**.

Top marketing consultants believe that customers who use loyalty programs are five times more likely to commit to buying from only one brand.

But it doesn’t stop there, those customers’ frequency of buying is [90% ](https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/why-engaged-customers-your-best-facts-figures-value-chetna-bansal/)higher than others.

When customers attach their purchase to winning a reward, they tend to buy more to earn that reward.

The [Journal of Marketing Research](http://home.uchicago.edu/ourminsky/Goal-Gradient_Illusionary_Goal_Progress.pdf) says that the closer a customer is to a bonus, the more they buy.

#### **3. Encourages Word of Mouth Marketing**.

Loyalty program customers often feel good about the rewards they receive from a business. So they end up telling their friends and family about the brand.

In the Loyalty Report study that we cited earlier, 73% of customers on your loyalty rewards program are more likely to recommend your brand.

As you probably know, customer-to-customer recommendations have many benefits on their own. [HubSpot says that 81% of customers ](https://blog.hubspot.com/news-trends/customer-acquisition-study?mbsy_source=7ddedf7f-1f55-4f5a-b515-f0dd863a68bf\&campaignid=32479\&mbsy=MPCJv\&utm_medium=am\&utm_id=am73825305)trust recommendations from their friends and family.<br>

<figure><img src="/files/90I28i8bRPsDECFnVQR4" alt=""><figcaption><p>Image credit: HubSpot</p></figcaption></figure>

McKinsey reports that [20% to 50%](https://www.mckinsey.com/business-functions/marketing-and-sales/our-insights/a-new-way-to-measure-word-of-mouth-marketing) of all buying decisions come from word of mouth. Here are some benefits of word of mouth marketing:

* It’s free promotion for your business
* People trust it more
* Customers acquired via word of mouth spend more
* It has 50 times more chance to lead to a purchase
* Customers gained by word of mouth are more likely to recommend you to others<br>

  <figure><img src="/files/lriPrxlH2B3k9JB6oAA2" alt=""><figcaption><p>Image credit: Bain &#x26; Company The Value of Online Customer Loyalty Report</p></figcaption></figure>

A different study by Bain & Company supports these McKinsey findings. Customers who’ve shopped ten or more times [refer 50% more people](http://www2.bain.com/Images/Value_online_customer_loyalty_you_capture.pdf) than one-time buyers.

#### **4. Loyalty Programs Lower Customer Acquisition Costs**.

It is easier to convince an existing customer to buy more than it is to ask a new customer to buy more. Customer acquisition [costs six to seven times](https://www.superoffice.com/blog/grow-sales-revenue-with-crm-software/) more than customer retention.<br>

<figure><img src="/files/2y46ozNOYD3yNK9MJv77" alt=""><figcaption><p>Image Credit: SuperOffice</p></figcaption></figure>

Businesses spend a lot of money on marketing and customer acquisition is a big part of that spending. But stores that focus on customer retention notice significant profit boosts.

A mere 2% increase in customer retention would have the same effect as cutting costs by 10%.

In another report, [a 5% boost](http://www2.bain.com/Images/BB_Prescription_cutting_costs.pdf) in customer retention rate translates into a 25% increase in profit.

Here’s the exciting part:

Depending on your industry, increasing your customer retention by 5% could earn you a [125% boost in profits](https://www.destinationcrm.com/Articles/Web-Exclusives/Viewpoints/Listen-to-the-Voice-of-the-Customer-53239.aspx).

Meanwhile, [acquiring new customers](https://peertopeermarketing.co/referral-programs/) instead of building a customer loyalty program costs 5 to 25 times more.

So the more loyal customers you have, the lower your cost per customer you acquire.

#### **5. Stores with Loyalty Programs Attract More Customers**.

In a study by Technology Advice, more than [82% of shoppers](https://technologyadvice.com/blog/marketing/why-customers-participate-loyalty-programs/) say they’ll opt for a business with a loyalty program over a store that doesn’t have one.<br>

<figure><img src="/files/goc6bd7VvwBVimuAv2Dg" alt=""><figcaption><p>Image Credit: Technology Advice</p></figcaption></figure>

But a loyalty program only works if your users are engaging with your program. So you want to know your users’ motivations and habits.

The Technology Advice study points out three core motivations for why users favor SMBs that have loyalty programs. These drivers include:

1. Saving money
2. Receiving rewards
3. Earning rewards

You might think that earning rewards is the same as receiving them. But the two experiences are quite different.

According to the Loyalty Report I cited earlier,

“*the redemption experience—the anticipation of reward, as well as ease of redemption—is more important than the actual reward.*”

Another [report](https://cdn2.hubspot.net/hubfs/352767/TLR%202019/Bond_US%20TLR19%20Exec%20Summary%20Launch%20Edition.pdf), from 2019, echoed this and found that the build up to the reward was more important than the reward itself and states that “Brands must evolve their programs by focusing on the redemption experience, not just on the reward”.&#x20;

#### **6. Customers on Loyalty Programs Have a High Lifetime Value**.

Businesses with high customer acquisition costs may need to rely on a good customer lifetime value to turn in profits.

According to Bain & Company, e-Commerce customer acquisition cost is high. So most [retailers must get shoppers](https://ebizontek.com/how-brick-mortar-stores-are-winning-back-customers/) to visit multiple times to make a profit.

To get customers to visit multiple times, retailers rely on loyalty programs.

In the example below, you can see the customer lifetime value over time.<br>

<figure><img src="/files/QUhHNxyo2eXLDkytCpka" alt=""><figcaption><p>Image credit: Bain &#x26; Company The Value of Online Customer Loyalty Report</p></figcaption></figure>

It helps that a customer who joins your loyalty program is worth ten times the value of their first purchase.<br>

<figure><img src="/files/aufdkyN9pW6pQjMpHfmN" alt=""><figcaption><p>Image credit: CustomersThatStick</p></figcaption></figure>

#### **7. Customer Loyalty is Easier than Acquisition**.

About [63% of businesses](https://neilpatel.com/blog/retaining-customers) think that customer acquisition is their most important advertising goal.

But over the years, more businesses have come to agree that keeping their customers loyal is easier to execute than acquiring new ones.

The number of businesses that consider customer retention easier moved from [70% to 80%](https://econsultancy.com/15-fascinating-insights-from-econsultancy-s-2014-reports/)in one year.

So apart from being very profitable, customer loyalty is also easier to execute than customer acquisition.

#### **8. Loyal Customers Help Businesses Beat Recession**.

One of the most powerful attributes of a customer loyalty program is that it’s recession-proof.<br>

<figure><img src="/files/IrEyGaR2pincgtfG3Fyd" alt=""><figcaption><p>Image credit: Adobe The ROI from Marketing to Existing Online Customers Report</p></figcaption></figure>

According to Adobe Digital Index, “Repeat purchasers also deliver more during economic difficulties”. The study showed that the revenue share from repeat buyers in Europe increased by 3%, and fell only by 1% in the US.

#### **9. Seasonal Sales Do Better with Repeat Buyers**.

The Adobe study also showed that loyalty program customers bought 25% more per purchase during holidays and other seasonal sales. Meanwhile, first-time buyers only bought 4% to 17% more per purchase.<br>

<figure><img src="/files/5IYwSReQyL77f1FIhsLZ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Image credit: Adobe The ROI from Marketing to Existing Online Customers Report</p></figcaption></figure>

#### **10. Loyalty Program Customers Convert Better**.

If your business or brand ever introduces a new product who do you tell first?

Loyal customers!

They convert better and faster than new or repeat customers who have bought from you only twice.

<figure><img src="http://peertopeermarketing.co/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/image023.png" alt="Conversion rate of loyal customers"><figcaption><p>Image credit: Adobe The ROI from Marketing to Existing Online Customers Report</p></figcaption></figure>

In the Adobe Digital Index report, loyal customers could convert at 24% where new customers only convert at 6%.

In terms of revenue per visitor (RPV), one returning [customer](https://peertopeermarketing.co/customer-marketing/) equals five first-time shoppers in value. Whereas, one loyal buyer equals nine first-time shoppers.

<figure><img src="http://peertopeermarketing.co/wp-content/uploads/2019/10/image025.png" alt="Conversion rate by visitor type"><figcaption><p>Image credit: Adobe The ROI from Marketing to Existing Online Customers Report</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Wrapping Up**. <a href="#anchor-4" id="anchor-4"></a>

The truth of the matter is that customer loyalty – and customer retention – should be one of your top priorities.&#x20;

You improve it by implementing a strong loyalty program but more importantly, you do it by creating a great experience for your customers.&#x20;

Even a loyalty program can’t make up for a poorly trained customer service rep or trying to get people to do more work than is necessary to a purchase.&#x20;

These loyalty program stats are here to give you a clear picture of the impact customer loyalty has on your business and what improves it.&#x20;

Trillions of dollars are lost every year by various brands because they’re unable to meet the expectations of consumers.&#x20;

Even though loyalty program membership is on the rise, few people are active in all the programs they’re registered with.&#x20;

This presents an opportunity and a challenge: You can get people to register for your program but it takes added effort and an exceptional experience to satisfy them.


# Use cases

Here you can find the ready-made ideas to implement in your business quickly


# Boomerangme + Facebook Ads

Do you run Facebook Ads campaigns for local businesses? If yes – this is a product for you.

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/3c7b4387ff034d5099507078810991ab?sid=69b47a76-7094-46f1-8232-fc683108b609>" %}
Know your real Customer Acquisition Cost from Facebook Ads with Boomerangme
{% endembed %}

## Know your actual Customer Acquisition Cost from Facebook Ads.&#x20;

The main problem for businesses that run Facebook Ads campaigns is the statistics: CAC and ROMI. You can just know your Cost per Click, Cost per Lead, but you don't know how many clients really visit your business from a certain Facebook Ads campaign.&#x20;

With Boomerangme Coupons, you start knowing your **CAC**, **ROMI**, and even **LTV** from each Facebook Ads campaign. Please watch the video above to learn how it works.&#x20;


# Boomerangme + Google Ads

Do you run Google Ads campaigns for local businesses? If yes – this is a product for you.

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/cc5825dd58db40078a458d01c5edd01a?sid=8234a349-117e-450b-adae-75fcf24d60d0>" %}
Know your real Customer Acquisition Cost from Google Ads with Boomerangme
{% endembed %}

## Know your actual Customer Acquisition Cost from Google Ads.&#x20;

The main problem for businesses that run Google Ads campaigns is the statistics: CAC and ROMI. You can just know your Cost per Click, Cost per Lead, but you don't know how many clients really visit your business from a certain Googlecebook Ads campaign.&#x20;

With Boomerangme Coupons, you start knowing your **CAC**, **ROMI**, and even **LTV** from each Google Ads campaign. Please watch the video above to learn how it works.&#x20;


# Case studies

Cases of what we have delivered and stats speak for themselves

### DimCoffee

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><strong>Niche</strong></p><p>Coffee Shops (42 locations)</p></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Loyalty mechanic</strong> Cashback</td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Time</strong></p><p>8 months</p></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Loyalty members</strong></p><p>75,779</p></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Transactions</strong></p><p>1,169,592</p></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Push delivered</strong></p><p>8,512,114</p></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Retention rate</strong></p><p>28% (2,4x growth)</p></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Revenue</strong></p><p>$1,871,347 (3,6x growth)</p></td><td></td><td></td></tr></tbody></table>

<figure><img src="/files/ixro026HRVX9EDcRvFwe" alt=""><figcaption><p>90% of revenue is driven by returning visits (loyalty members)</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/K1jPPGHJJVVb3aFBh0sk" alt=""><figcaption><p>90% of customers install the cards</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/MWrHHVDtTN7hwbXAOhyB" alt=""><figcaption><p>4,9 average feedback rating</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/5pdSU2Lrnbtw1WN9d1sx" alt=""><figcaption><p>252 new loyal referral customers</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/5U04QFoibeif4PEOZ1uY" alt=""><figcaption><p>Customer base portrait</p></figcaption></figure>

### Nailmaker Bar

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p><strong>Niche</strong></p><p>Nail polish salons (22 locations)</p></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Loyalty mechanic</strong></p><p>Multi Reward</p></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Time</strong></p><p>27 months</p></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Loyalty members</strong></p><p>53,297</p></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Transactions</strong></p><p>245,956</p></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Push delivered</strong></p><p>6,101,526</p></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Retention rate</strong></p><p>41.6% (4/x growth)</p></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><p><strong>Revenue</strong></p><p>$14,676,938 (4,2x growth)</p></td><td></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Average check</strong></td><td>2,2x growth</td><td></td></tr></tbody></table>

<figure><img src="/files/OcyfKrZkbH0uI8U0CQQk" alt=""><figcaption><p>63% of visits was made by returning customers (loyal members)</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/Aayl8VMN5ieMzs18a7xy" alt=""><figcaption><p>53% of customers are installed the loyalty cards</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/hkLLJoTauuFYIG5i2Ajl" alt=""><figcaption><p>Revenue and average check growth</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/zelTyvF5k6ACiQvyS2Bb" alt=""><figcaption><p>Retention is up to 4x on the loyalty members (loyalty cardholders)</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/TysUb0unp3AdmVW8CHMy" alt=""><figcaption><p>4,9 average feedback rating</p></figcaption></figure>


# Loyalty ROI calculator

Use our Loyalty ROI Calculator to see how much you can earn from your customer base

A loyalty ROI calculator is a valuable tool for local businesses seeking to increase customer loyalty and retention. It allows businesses to measure the return on investment (ROI) of their loyalty programs by providing a clear understanding of the financial impact of these initiatives.<br>

The calculator works by taking into account various metrics, such as customer spend, frequency of purchases, and customer retention rates. By inputting these metrics into the loyalty ROI calculator, businesses can determine the financial uplift gained from their loyalty programs.

You can calculate ROI at the following link: <https://www.boomerangme.biz/loyalty-roi-calculator>&#x20;

To calculate ROI, you can use the following formula:&#x20;

ROI = (RLC - LPC) / LPC) \* 100

Where:&#x20;

LTV=(LIFETIME\*AOV) \* grossmargin%&#x20;

CAC=((VR \* N)+S)/N&#x20;

VR = PRICE \* DISCOUNT%

LIFETIME - the duration of the customer interaction or customer lifespan&#x20;

AOV - average order value&#x20;

% grossmargin - gross profit per customer in percentage&#x20;

VR - reward cost&#x20;

PRICE - product price&#x20;

DISCOUNT - discount amount offered within loyalty program&#x20;

S - sum of expenses incurred by the user for the service, dependent on your tariff&#x20;

N - number of new customers

For instance,

<figure><img src="/files/h0ofDATGSqvJcD5WWFAY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Revenue from Loyalty Customers (RLC)** = the total transaction amount for all visits (this field is the purchase amount in the scanner or when credited via the dashboard after each operation).

**Loyalty Program Costs (LPC)** = the amount spent on the plan payment for the selected period + the total value of redeemed rewards on a reward-type card.&#x20;

**Cost of Goods Sold (COGS)** - this is the median from the list of amounts (purchase amounts). If the count is odd, the single middle value is taken. If the count is even, the sum of the two middle values is calculated and divided by 2.


# Agency margin profit calculator

Learn how much Gross Margin you can earn by offering Loyalty as a Service to your clients

Running a successful marketing agency requires careful financial management and a deep understanding of your profit margins. Knowing how much profit you are making on each client project or campaign is crucial for making informed decisions about pricing, expenses, and growth strategies. One tool that can help you calculate and optimize your profit margins is a gross margin profit calculator.

But what exactly is a gross margin profit calculator for marketing agencies? It is a simple yet powerful tool that helps you determine the profitability of your agency by calculating the gross profit margin.&#x20;

Link to calculator: [https://boomerangme.biz/margin-calculator](/)&#x20;

GM=((Revenue-COGS)/Revenue)\*100&#x20;

COGC=(259+((N - 3)\*15)&#x20;

Revenue=N\*P

Where:&#x20;

GM - gross revenue&#x20;

Revenue - agency revenue&#x20;

COGC - the expenses for our service paid by the agency&#x20;

N - number of agency clients planning to onboard loyalty (sub-accounts)&#x20;

P - price at which the agency will sell loyalty.


# Stamp

How to create a stamp card in Boomerangme

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/d6a0aa8237634cea820dc8af38f0d47e>" %}
How to create a stamp card
{% endembed %}

### How stamp card works:

A stamp card is a loyalty card that rewards customers for purchases or visits. Customers earn stamps for qualifying actions and can redeem a reward after collecting a set number. For example, after collecting 10 stamps, they receive a free coffee. The client can see on the card how many stamps they've collected, how many more are needed for a reward, and when a reward has been earned. Once the reward is redeemed, you, as the business owner, deduct the reward from the client's card, and the client starts collecting stamps again.

1. Upon successful login, navigate to the left-hand menu.
2. From the list of modules, click the <img src="/files/pEKOLcEl5uvXI1r0BeT6" alt="" data-size="line">icon. Doing so opens the Cards module.

<figure><img src="/files/t2E1VMMOvmj5soHBfVuz" alt=""><figcaption><p>Cards</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Here, you can either create a card using a template from a list of a wide range of pre-loaded templates or create one from scratch. To develop a better understanding, we will take a look at card creation from scratch.<br>
4. To do so, click the <img src="/files/G09fYhsenXu5eqiY898S" alt="" data-size="line">button.

<figure><img src="/files/1DS3CIUCyvBWp2vh3OOJ" alt=""><figcaption><p>From Scratch</p></figcaption></figure>

5. This initiates the stamp card creation workflow. A card is created by filling in the details in 5 sections that include Card Type, Settings, Design, Information, and Save and preview. Let us take a look at how each section works.

### **Card Type**

1. This is the first section. Here, you make a selection regarding the type of card you want to create.<br>
2. From the available card types, click **Stamp**.<br>
3. Once selected, click the **Continue** button. As a result, you land on the **Settings** section.

<figure><img src="/files/z9IMSIjX4jU2ro0lgAaT" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select Card Type &#x26; Continue</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Settings**

1. Here, choose: the Barcode Type (1), Reward Program (2) and Card expiration date (3)&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/wo9D8UqJqln7J5lmyarL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**The type of barcode** determines how the card can be scanned and recognized by the system.You can choose the appearance you like.

In the **Rewards Program** section, select how customers will earn stamps to earn stamps.

**Spend** – Customers earn stamps based on the amount they spend. For example, if you set it to give 1 stamp per $10 spent, a customer spending $30 would receive 3 stamps.

**Visit** – Customers earn a stamp each time they visit, regardless of how much they spend. For example, if you set it to 1 stamp per visit, every time they check in at your business, they get a stamp.

**Stamps** – Each visit equals one stamp. You decide when to issue the stamp — for example, after a purchase, for specific products, or during a promotion. The system itself does not support automatic custom rules, so you apply these conditions manually.

⚠️ The system does not support automatic custom rules (like “1 stamp for every 3 visits” or “only if purchase > $20”). Such conditions can only be applied manually.

**Products** (Give stamps based on the goods in the receipt) - This rule for stamp accrual applies only when integrated with Toast

<figure><img src="/files/yp0IlbnNjBSMTO0KoZDM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you enable "Restrict to 1 check-in per customer per day," customers will receive rewards only once per day, regardless of multiple check-ins.

<figure><img src="/files/e6oGRO8YeDrtuFOkYYjx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Card expiration date unlimited -** the card has no expiration date. The client can use it as much as he/she wants.

**Card expiration date Fixed term -** The customer will not be able to use the card when this date occurs. The card will not be deleted from the client's phone.

**Card expiration date Fixed term after card issuing -** As this option is selected, the Term dropdowns are displayed. Here, you can select the number of days upon card activation after which it expires.

**How do you want to reward your customers? -** Mandatory field, specify the name of the reward, for example - free coffee. This is the gift that the customer receives. Reward cost - business costs of a loyalty program.

❗️ Mandatory when integrating with Toast.

<figure><img src="/files/GWazSaHqfYDlay4y51PP" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Happy hours -** A setting that allows you to select the time period during which an increased number of stamps will be credited to the card when a customer visits (in accordance with the specified parameters).\
❗️ **Please note** that this option only works when the stamp is awarded for **visits** and for the amount spent, i.e. the **spend** mode and **visits**. This stamp does not have a specific validity period.

<figure><img src="/files/vigbt4xXLYGo3iVGG2Zl" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/T0ir6LwaIXmhskNenFcQ" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Happy hours</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

In this way, it is possible to accrue an increased number of stamps.

2. Next, you can set the stamp life (4), the locations (5) and the card language (6)

<figure><img src="/files/TZbDrVx2jWKk3TYm2L6R" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Stamp life -** here, you can define the number of days a stamp remains valid after it is earned.

If the stamps have already reached the award level, they will not expire. Awards do not have an expiration date.

Each stamp has its own expiration countdown, starting from the date it was earned. It doesn't matter whether the customer earns more stamps or not — each stamp will be removed individually once its validity period ends.

**Example**:\
If you set the validity to 1 month and a customer earns a stamp on April 5, that specific stamp will expire and be removed from the card on May 5.

**In the Locations** field, enter the location(s) of your business to send the push message. This push will be received by the customer who has a card installed in Apple Wallet. The customer will receive this push when they are within range (100 meters).  You can add multiple locations, it can be any address, not necessarily a business address. [Learn more about how to set up (change) geolocation push](/geolocations/geolocations).

**The language** in which you want to create the stamp card using the dropdown.

3. Next, you can configure the **Date Format (7)**, **Thousands Separator** **Decimal Separator (8)**, and **Purchase Amount When Charging (9)**.

<figure><img src="/files/YbnwFsfeZfppOgSzWdid" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Date Format  -** determines how the date is displayed on the card. If the card does not have an expiration date, this setting is irrelevant.

**Thousands Separator** **Decimal Separator -**  for the card stamp, this setting is irrelevant. Since this type of card has no points. But for other card types, this setting defines how the point balance will be displayed on the customer's card installed on their phone.

The "**Purchase amount when charging**" setting if turned on requires the purchase amount to be entered whenever a transaction is processed. The entered purchase amount will be counted in the ROI statistics, in the revenue figure. \
✅Applies only to transactions made via the scanner. If this setting is disabled, the purchase amount is optional when using the scanner.<br>

4. Next, you can configure the **card issuance form (10)** and **UTM tags (11)**.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/99xHier47KXjc6gZUXB0" alt=""><figcaption><p>Field Type and UTM tags</p></figcaption></figure>

**The** **Card Issuing Form** - here, you can define the fields you want to include on the stamp card. \
You can delete any fields using the shopping cart icon. A phone number or email is required.\
This is the form that the customer fills out when the card is installed.

In case you want to make a field mandatory, enable the **"Required" toggle**.\
This means the customer won’t be able to install the card without filling in this field.\
\
**The "Unique" toggle** means that this field must contain unique values — typically used for phone numbers.\
We do **not** recommend making other fields unique. For example, if you mark the "Name" field as unique, it would mean that another customer with the same name wouldn't be able to install the card.

You can add fields, you can rename the name of the fields. If you want to create a new field, click the **Add field** button. This adds a new field from where you can select the field type and enter the name of the field for it to be added on the card.

**UTM** - here, you can create a unique link for each distribution channel to track which sources bring the most card installations.

For each UTM link you can also configure:

* **Stamps** — the number of welcome stamps awarded to the customer upon card issuance through this specific link. Overrides the card template default.
* **Expiration date of welcome stamps** — sets the expiration for the welcome stamps issued via this link.
* **Additional fields** — expand to set a custom **Title** and **Image** displayed on the enrollment form for this UTM link, so each campaign gets its own sign-up page.

For a full guide on UTM links see the dedicated article: [UTM Links](/card-distribution/online/utm-links)

<figure><img src="/files/U3xhGA7D6EXwOFvR1dKG" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/7bi76rUsiOG7SgXQCmfs" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Next, you can configure the **Phone mask (12)**, **Privacy policy (13), Google Wallet Installation button (14) and PWA Installation button (15)**.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/jsevNgTgzAuaLWf2tPdY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The **Phone Mask (12) -** from the drop-down list you can select which country prefix will be specified by default in the card issuance form. If the client has a phone of another country, it is not a problem, the client will be able to choose another country.

**Privacy policy (13) -** consent is displayed on the card's release form. The customer must accept the condition before installing the card. This text can be supplemented if necessary. In case you want to include the privacy policy on the card, enable the toggle button next to the Privacy Policy heading. Moreover, you can also edit the privacy policy using the field below the heading.

**Consent to the processing of personal data -** This option enables or disables the display of the checkbox “I agree that my personal data can be used and provided for direct marketing purposes.”

When enabled, this checkbox appears on the card installation form (registration form) — for example, when a customer installs or registers their loyalty card. It allows customers to give explicit consent for their personal data to be processed and used for marketing purposes, in accordance with privacy regulations.

You can also edit the text of this checkbox to customize the message according to your privacy policy or communication style.

<figure><img src="/files/BlLSFoa53xOtdW6ixih0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Google Wallet Installation button (14) -** if enabled, allows the Google Wallet button to be displayed in the card installation form thereby allowing customers to add their digital loyalty card to Google Wallet for easy access. Useful for Android users.

**PWA Installation button (15) -** if turned on, enables the PWA (Progressive Web App) button on the card install form. It behaves like a native mobile app but doesn’t require installation from an app store. Customers can install the loyalty card as a web app on their devices.

6. Next, you can configure the **Limit the number of cards issued (16), Limit the number of stamp accruals per day (17) and Number of stamps when issuing a card (18)**

<figure><img src="/files/iqFAJuWgbT5v42opmBvL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Limit the number of cards issued (16) -** controls how many cards can be distributed (0 means unlimited). For example, if this promotion is for a specific number of customers (cardholders).

**Limit the number of stamp accruals per day (17) -** controls how many stamps a customer can earn in a single day. The daily limit resets automatically at **12:00 AM**.

**Number of stamps when issuing a card (18) -** sets the starting number of stamps a customer gets upon receiving the card (default is 0). Welcome Stamps.

**Number of birthday stamps -** On the customer's birthday, the specified number of additional stamps will be credited to their card. The customer will receive a push notification informing them that their stamp balance has increased. This stamp has no specific expiration date.

<figure><img src="/files/1AcOX8a1KUrT3O7SnbHr" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Number of birthday stamps</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

7\. If you want to include a customized script for analytics, you can include this script in the **Analytics** field.

<figure><img src="/files/OqlyanBQDDTyiItK6iw5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once the required fields are filled, click the **Continue** button. This takes you to the **Design** section.

<figure><img src="/files/4pCaZGzuKMA7KPfcDTnq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### **Design**

This section lets you configure the design of the stamp card.

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Customization limitations — important to know before designing your card:**

❌ The word **"stamps"** is a system label and **cannot be renamed** to a custom word (e.g., "hearts", "coins", "visits", "punches").

❌ The word **"rewards"** is a system label and **cannot be replaced** with a custom product name (e.g., "tacos", "coffees").

✅ What you **can** customize are the **text labels** displayed on the card face — for example, the line that says "Stamps until reward" or "Rewards available". This is done in the **Field Names** section below (step 4 of Design).<br>
{% endhint %}

1. Starting off, choose the number of stamps at which the reward can be redeemed from the **Stamp Count** heading.  This setting cannot be changed after the card has been activated. You cannot change the position of stamps (i.e. you cannot make the stamps in one row, etc.). The position of stamps is strictly defined and depends on the number of stamps.

<figure><img src="/files/udedvi5JNTnAQLAhPFx1" alt=""><figcaption><p>Stamp Coun</p></figcaption></figure>

2. Next, you can configure **Active Stamp (1), Inactive stamp (2), Logo (3), Icon (4), Background under stamps (5).**

<figure><img src="/files/HkLmooKpXi2jE7VAalRT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Active Stamp (1) -** dropdown to select the icon for representing how the active stamp would appear. Or upload an image of the active stamp (select file field). Use either an icon or an image. This is the stamp that is displayed when a customer receives a stamp on a card

**Inactive stamp (2) -** dropdown to select the icon for representing how the inactive stamp would appear. Or upload an image of the inactive stamp (select file field). Use either an icon or an image. This is the stamp that is displayed when the customer has not yet received a stamp on the card.

**Logo (3) -** Click the Select File button from the Logo heading to choose a logo to be displayed on the card and on the release form from your system storage.

**Icon (4) -** Similarly, click the Select File button from the Icon heading to choose an icon from your system storage to be displayed in the push messages.&#x20;

**Background under stamps (5) -** Choose an icon from your system storage for the background under the stamps by clicking the Select File button under the Background under stamps heading. If you want to upload an image under stamps. It can be a themed picture. The minimum file size is 1125 x 432 pixels.

✅ Be sure to follow the file size and weight recommendations.

✅ Please note: You must upload an image file for both active and inactive stamps or select an icon from the drop-down list for both active and inactive stamps.<br>

3. From the Colors section, you can set the colors for Card Background, Text Color, Stamp Background, Outline Color, Active Stamp, Inactive Stamp, and Background under stamp. \
   ✅ If you have uploaded a file for stamps and for the background underneath the stamps - you can skip this setting. This works only for system icons from the drop-down list.

<figure><img src="/files/Y7LEVTpkRN5fqToCgpKZ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Colors</p></figcaption></figure>

4. From the **Field Names** heading, you can customize the text labels displayed on the stamp card face.

   There are two types of fields you can rename here:

   **Card counter labels** — the text shown on the card face above the stamp and reward counters. For example:

   * "Stamps until reward" → you can change this to "Visits until your gift"
   * "Rewards available" → you can change this to "Gifts ready to claim"

   **Registration form field labels** — the labels shown on the card installation form (e.g., rename "Name" to "First Name", or "Phone" to "Mobile number").

   To rename a field:

   * Select the field from the **Field** dropdown on the left
   * Enter your custom label in the **Display Name** field on the right
   * The preview on the right side of the screen will update immediately

   <div data-gb-custom-block data-tag="hint" data-style="warning" class="hint hint-warning"><p><strong>Note:</strong> Renaming a field label only changes the <strong>display text</strong> on the card. It does not change the underlying system words "stamps" or "rewards". For example, you can rename the label "Rewards available" to "Free coffees ready", but the system will still track these as rewards internally.</p></div>

<figure><img src="/files/Jmx3QhUQmA5o4Nf6oZQn" alt=""><figcaption><p>Fields Name</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Next, you can configure **Show logo at card issuing form (7)**, **Show background color on card issuing form (8)**&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/VELmvOykiuf9EDX9b3q0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Show logo at card issuing form (7)** In case you want the logo to appear on the Card Issuing Form, enable the Show logo at card issuing form toggle button.

**Show background color on card issuing form (8)** Similarly, enable the Show background color on card issuing form toggle button in case you want the background color to appear on the card issuing form.

Once all the selections are made, click the **Continue** button. Resultantly, you land on the **Information** section.

<figure><img src="/files/g56SVJBLaZNCFunSSKmX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### **Information**

1. This section lets you fill relevant information in the card. The impact of each field can be viewed in the mobile screen preview displayed on the right side of the screen.<br>
2. Use the **Card Description** field to enter a short description of the card.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/5jHcJuAjGsenI19dNgDJ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Description</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Use the **How to earn a stamp** to define how a customer would earn a stamp.

<figure><img src="/files/m01jo33UHBIiS5ZFfDEo" alt=""><figcaption><p>How to earn a stamp</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Use the **Company Name** field to enter the name of your business.

<figure><img src="/files/Mz8Z2fgNqzm5fyXzx0x3" alt=""><figcaption><p>Company Name</p></figcaption></figure>

5. <div data-gb-custom-block data-tag="hint" data-style="info" class="hint hint-info"><p><strong>Note:</strong> The Reward Details field contains a <strong>description text</strong> shown on the back of the card and in PDF promotional materials. For example, 6 stamps = free coffee. It does not affect the system label "rewards" displayed on the card face. To customize the card face labels, see <strong>Design → Field Names</strong>.</p></div>

<figure><img src="/files/xWiRvpzOIGQDEI4PhuWD" alt=""><figcaption><p>Reward Details</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Use the **Earned Stamp Message** field to enter the message to be displayed when customer earns a stamp.

<figure><img src="/files/qpFzZFDdSmaZmU9Yw3tU" alt=""><figcaption><p>Earned Stamp Message</p></figcaption></figure>

7. Similarly, enter the message to be displayed when customer earns a reward using the **Earned reward message** field.

<figure><img src="/files/4chIxjUIcKQVJAymFler" alt=""><figcaption><p>Earned reward message</p></figcaption></figure>

8. Use the Multi Rewards field to enter the number of stamps (separated by commas, e.g. 3,6,9) if you want to give multiple rewards at specific milestones.&#x20;

For example, when the customer earns their 3rd stamp, they unlock a reward, can redeem it, and still continue collecting further stamps.

If you leave this field empty, the reward becomes available to the customer after they collect the last stamp.

For example:

* If the card requires **10 stamps**, the customer will see the reward available after the 10th stamp.
* If the card requires **8 stamps**, the reward will become available after the 8th stamp.

✅ If you want to offer multiple rewards on a single stamp card and visually display those rewards in the card design, see [**How to Set Up a Stamp Card with Multiple Rewards**](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/cards-creation/stamp/how-to-set-up-a-stamp-card-with-multiple-rewards) for the additional configuration steps.

⚠️ Note: the reward is **not issued automatically** — the customer earns it and can redeem it according to the program rules.

<figure><img src="/files/7YGXres6f4BkLy6MNlQ1" alt=""><figcaption><p>Multi Rewards</p></figcaption></figure>

9. If you want earned rewards to be redeemed automatically, select **Yes** from the **Redeem Rewards Automatically?** heading.

   Here's how it works:

   **Step 1 — Customer earns the reward.** When a customer collects the last required stamp (e.g., the 8th stamp on an 8-stamp card), the reward becomes available. At this point, the card resets — all stamps are cleared and the customer sees one available reward. The reward is not redeemed yet.

   **Step 2 — Customer redeems the reward.** There are two scenarios:

   * **Same visit:** If the customer wants to use the reward immediately, the staff member scans the card again and manually redeems the reward.
   * **Next visit (auto redeem):** If the customer leaves without redeeming, the reward stays on the card. When the customer comes back for their next visit and the staff member scans the card to add a new stamp, the pending reward is automatically redeemed at the same time. One scan does two things: adds the new stamp and redeems the reward. No extra steps needed from your staff.

   This feature simplifies the workflow for your team — staff don't need to perform a separate action to redeem the reward on the next visit.

   Note: If the customer wants to redeem the reward without earning a new stamp (e.g., they come in only to claim their reward), the staff member can scan the card and redeem the reward manually.

<figure><img src="/files/8IJpLBRo4fObpVagjmmY" alt=""><figcaption><p>Redeem rewards automatically</p></figcaption></figure>

10. Choose whether you want to activate the referral program using the Active and Inactive radio buttons under the Referral Program heading.

<figure><img src="/files/UmcSxxyVw97F6ikn3fzX" alt=""><figcaption><p>Referral Program</p></figcaption></figure>

11. Define when the bonus is issued to a customer from the options available under the **Get bonus at the moment when** heading.

<figure><img src="/files/Z15rqnqwvvxSyOCYRKkm" alt=""><figcaption><p>Get bonus at the moment when</p></figcaption></figure>

12. Choose how many stamps a customer earns upon sharing their card via the referral program using the **Stamps count for referrer** heading.

<figure><img src="/files/WlWsycVzlVfKAB3A56XC" alt=""><figcaption><p>Stamps count for referrer</p></figcaption></figure>

13. Similarly, choose the number of steps a new customer earns upon registering via the referral program using the count icons under the **Stamps count for new customer** heading.

<figure><img src="/files/9vr4wuyV3w6uAlrWilWD" alt=""><figcaption><p>Stamps count for new customer</p></figcaption></figure>

14. From the Active Links heading, choose the type of link you want to include on the card using the **Type** dropdown. The available options include URL, Phone, Email, and Address.

<figure><img src="/files/l9bHMtEpYavNOpTMGS2u" alt=""><figcaption><p>Type</p></figcaption></figure>

15. Enter the website URL in the **Link** field.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdbqWsYQGH5Igh6s6AXjnd6zP1tV1jzhTQ52gnU7tpqNrfyZqeJ4HAerGe0PWH8KMFoAS-mHupJdQeFxne5SXnKaJaMlkQ93OPzybrN-1EBF1KZjsScZs1pF39NodKL5FROBjRQ?key=yeaLRmJrs8JQ4J8t-YhgurJ8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

16. Enter the text to appear on the card using the **Text** field.

<figure><img src="/files/POMxR4593lSh8LWdzrm5" alt=""><figcaption><p>Text</p></figcaption></figure>

17. To remove an active link, click the <img src="/files/CuXFacsBxGZBWMBK9r0b" alt="" data-size="line">button.

<figure><img src="/files/iY7UOmJ3ltEP6yITnNk2" alt=""><figcaption><p>Remove</p></figcaption></figure>

18. To add another link, click the **Add Link** button. This adds a new row for another link to be recorded.

<figure><img src="/files/LgjmozbLpIcyDnaPSVPm" alt=""><figcaption><p>Add Link</p></figcaption></figure>

19. Similarly, use the link type dropdown and link fields under the Feedback Links heading to add your business links for the customer reviews to be recorded. The client will see this link only after he receives a stamp and rates it (how he liked the visit). This link will appear on the back of the card.

<figure><img src="/files/2x4Be3LYUCZPtXVxlHJR" alt=""><figcaption><p>Feedback Links</p></figcaption></figure>

20. In case you want to include Terms of use on the card, enable the toggle button next to Terms of Use heading.

<figure><img src="/files/VtKT857tWGbC3ANApnrq" alt=""><figcaption><p>Toggle</p></figcaption></figure>

21. Enter any terms of use you want to include on the card using the Terms of Use field.

<figure><img src="/files/14NFqLVO7fLfN7MNdx1a" alt=""><figcaption><p>Terms of use</p></figcaption></figure>

22. Use the Link to full terms and conditions field to provide a link to the complete T\&Cs of your business. The client will always see this link in the card registration form and on the back of the card.

<figure><img src="/files/X1v8543uCE2TcZIUpctE" alt=""><figcaption><p>Link to full terms and conditions</p></figcaption></figure>

23. Use the Company Name, Email, and Contact Number fields under the Issuer Information heading to record the card issuer details to be displayed at the back of the card.

<figure><img src="/files/bfMCGCZsCqYOVeuLGTUl" alt=""><figcaption><p>Issuer Information</p></figcaption></figure>

24. Once the details are recorded, click the **Finish** button. To activate the template, click the Activate button\
    ✅ You can install an inactive card and test it. Activate the card once you're confident in the settings. While the card is not activated, only 10 people can install it — this is enough for testing.

<figure><img src="/files/7R5dAbV79JherOcnqeQ7" alt=""><figcaption><p>Finish</p></figcaption></figure>

**Save & Preview**

1. As the Finish button is clicked, the Preview popup is displayed.
2. From here, you can scan the QR code of the card.

<figure><img src="/files/U9G3llKMccS1XYprTf5z" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scan QR</p></figcaption></figure>

3. To copy the link of the car, click the **Copy link** button.

<figure><img src="/files/dy9lnvEyvR9rDyNvcPAR" alt=""><figcaption><p>Copy Link</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Click the **Activate Card** button to activate the card.

<figure><img src="/files/9HfHu5RdtwHaXL0TCDOO" alt=""><figcaption><p>Activate Card</p></figcaption></figure>

### FAQ

<details>

<summary>Stamp Card Shows Incorrect “Stamps to Reward” Count</summary>

Why does a customer see “7 stamps to reward” even though they already have 3 stamps and the card now requires only 8?

This happens when the customer **installed the card before you changed the total number of stamps required**.

Originally, the card was configured with **10 stamps**.\
The customer installed the card at that moment → their wallet saved the old configuration (10 stamps needed).

Later you updated the card to **8 stamps**, so the correct remaining amount should be **5**.\
But customers who installed the card *before* the change still see the old value (“7 stamps left”), because Apple/Google Wallet does not automatically update the card’s original template once it is installed.

This is why **the number of stamps should not be changed after the card is published and installed by customers**, even if the customer has not activated it yet.

**How to fix it:**\
To synchronize the card with the new template, the customer needs a completely fresh version:

1. Ask the customer to **remove the card from their phone**.
2. Delete the customer profile from your CRM.
3. Ask them to **install the card again** — a new correct version will be generated.
4. Manually add the **3 previously earned stamps** for this customer.

After reinstalling, the stamp requirement and remaining stamps will be displayed correctly.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Can I rename "stamps" to a custom word like "hearts" or "coins"?</summary>

No. The word **"stamps"** is a system label and cannot be changed to a custom word. It is not possible to make the card say "collect 10 hearts" instead of "collect 10 stamps".

What you **can** do is customize the **text labels** on the card face — for example, the line that reads "Stamps until reward" can be renamed to anything you like. This is done in **Design → Field Names**.

If you'd like this feature in the future, you can vote for it on our roadmap: <https://bmrng.canny.io/roadmap>

</details>

<details>

<summary>Can I replace the word "rewards" with a custom product name?</summary>

No. The word **"rewards"** is a system label and cannot be replaced with a custom product name (e.g., "tacos", "coffees", "Bobolón").

What you can customize:

* **Reward Details** (Information tab) — a description text shown on the back of the card, e.g. "6 stamps = free coffee"
* **Field Names** (Design tab) — the display label on the card face, e.g. rename "Rewards available" to "Free coffees ready"

</details>

<details>

<summary>Can I change the number of stamps required after the card is activated?</summary>

No. The **Stamp Count** (number of stamps required to earn a reward) **cannot be changed** after the card has been activated and installed by customers.

If you change this setting after customers have already installed the card, their wallets will still show the old stamp count. See the FAQ entry above about incorrect stamp counts for details.

If you need to change the stamp count, you will need to create a new card.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Can I offer multiple different rewards on one stamp card?</summary>

Yes. Use the **Multi Rewards** field in the Information section to define reward milestones (e.g., 3,6,9). This allows customers to earn a reward at each milestone and continue collecting stamps.

See the full guide: [How to Set Up a Stamp Card with Multiple Rewards](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/cards-creation/stamp/how-to-set-up-a-stamp-card-with-multiple-rewards)

</details>

<details>

<summary>Will changes I make to an active card apply to customers who already have it installed?</summary>

Most changes (design, text, reward description) apply automatically to all installed cards.

**Exception:** The **Stamp Count** (number of stamps required) cannot be changed after activation. Customers who installed the card before a stamp count change will continue to see the old value in their wallet.

</details>


# How to Set Up a Stamp Card with Multiple Rewards

This article complements the [main guide on creating a stamp card](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/cards-creation/stamp) and explains the additional settings required if you want customers to **earn multiple rewards at different stamp milestones** and see those rewards directly in the card design.

#### Overview

A stamp card with multiple rewards allows you to set up step-by-step rewards and visually show customers which rewards they can earn and how many stamps are required for each one.\
Rewards are not granted automatically — they become available for redemption once the required number of stamps is collected.

***

### Card Design

To properly display multiple rewards, the card design must be configured correctly.

1. **Background under stamps**\
   Prepare and upload an image that visually shows the rewards and the milestones at which they become available.\
   For example: rewards for **3, 6, and 9 stamps**.

<figure><img src="/files/lgW9aFQR3nwxcUeWj2sT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. **Active stamp image**\
   Upload an image for the active stamp — this is the stamp that appears when a customer earns a stamp.

<figure><img src="/files/blIpiGyZuqqNjZR4Yvei" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3. **Inactive stamp image**\
   Use a transparent image for inactive stamps so the background with upcoming rewards remains visible.

As a result, customers see a visual “reward roadmap” showing all upcoming rewards on the card.

### Reward Setup (Multi Rewards)

In the **Information** section, fill in the **Multi rewards** field.

Enter the stamp milestones separated by commas. At these milestones, the reward **becomes available to the customer for redemption**.\
Example: `3,6,9`.

<figure><img src="/files/CmWcG206xiwcwv3QY1Hs" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Terms of Use

In the same section, use the **Terms of use** field to clearly describe:

* which reward is available at each stamp milestone;
* any conditions required to redeem the reward.

This information is always shown on the **back side of the card** and is available to the customer at all times.

<figure><img src="/files/zPRZ2ODgTq695NDtfpa3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Important Notes

* The stamp card itself must be created using the [**main stamp card setup guide**](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/cards-creation/stamp).
* The steps described in this article are **additional settings** required only when using **multiple rewards**.
* Rewards are **not issued automatically** — they become available only after the customer collects the required number of stamps.


# Multipass

Prepaid Multipass card

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/30c3ed357bb04b34b2e74f47c93a3900>" %}
Multipass card video tutorial
{% endembed %}

### How Multipass Works:

A Multipass Loyalty Card allows customers to pre-purchase multiple visits or services in advance. Each time they redeem a visit, it is deducted from their card. This is ideal for businesses like yoga studios, fitness centers, or beauty services, where clients can buy a set number of sessions (e.g., 10 manicure visits).

Additionally, businesses can reward points for each visit, which customers can later redeem for other products or services, enhancing engagement and retention.

1. Upon successful login, navigate to the left-hand menu.
2. From the list of modules, click the <img src="/files/pEKOLcEl5uvXI1r0BeT6" alt="" data-size="line">icon. Doing so opens the Cards module.

<figure><img src="/files/t2E1VMMOvmj5soHBfVuz" alt=""><figcaption><p>Cards</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Here, you can either create a card using a template from a list of a wide range of pre-loaded templates or create one from scratch. To develop a better understanding, we will take a look at card creation from scratch.<br>
4. To do so, click the <img src="/files/G09fYhsenXu5eqiY898S" alt="" data-size="line">button.

<figure><img src="/files/QLsMnFlnQaVF9RwaOwrK" alt=""><figcaption><p>From Scratch</p></figcaption></figure>

5. This initiates the Multipass card creation workflow. A card is created by filling in the details in 5 sections that include Card Type, Settings, Design, Information, and Save and preview. Let us take a look at how each section works.

### **Card Type**

1. This is the first section. Here, you make a selection regarding the type of card you want to create.<br>
2. From the available card types, click **Multipass**.<br>
3. Once selected, click the **Continue** button. As a result, you land on the **Settings** section.

<figure><img src="/files/Xetgkfy3sTE1v74FH0XV" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Type</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Settings**

1. Here, choose the Barcode Type to determine how the card can be scanned and recognized by a system.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdrbu-LV79MXVAPxUFR6KcrqTCyGCZijnijSuK3zIgr03tnErHiYDYvpt5Mp6KcmsZnwJOJcz-pUlLUnK90XoiiTL3mB0eIytGR_f3UgiGDDNhRrAOstLZZ6Ly8Pd66-4o?key=4ldRWNvgg9HMBVmtasaeRj4e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Happy hours -** A setting that allows you to select the time period during which an increased number of points will be credited to the card when a customer visits (in accordance with the specified parameters). ❗️ **Please note** that this option only works for the Spend and Visit mechanics. This points has no specific expiration date.

<figure><img src="https://docs.boomerangme.cards/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F121681468-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FBfW4nnOu4AysbkbyxNug%252Fuploads%252Frzzf1722DDOlQlEDZu1j%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3Dc52512ba-7ae4-4c23-91e9-6b80a3fb4edd&#x26;width=768&#x26;dpr=4&#x26;quality=100&#x26;sign=ef0e09af&#x26;sv=2" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Happy hours</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

2. Select the expiration date for the card using the radio buttons under the Card Expiration Date heading. \
   **Card expiration date unlimited -** the card has no expiration date. The client can use it as much as he/she wants.

   **Card expiration date Fixed term -** The customer will not be able to use the card when this date occurs. The card will not be deleted from the client's phone.

   **Card expiration date Fixed term after card issuing -** As this option is selected, the Term dropdowns are displayed. Here, you can select the number of days upon card activation after which it expires.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcOWOE7S2IAXn7sLNGR67SkifkztOltRUjBy-Yc0VYW8AT-TAg5kREXBPixA1viXBKjGSSbF4Z7gmOsaKvi5EvuUrR4WVGhpwmVRf5nAsFuVefWFZjwsMLDtw0pBjmcNGY?key=4ldRWNvgg9HMBVmtasaeRj4e" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Expiration Date</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Similarly, select the stamp validity using the radio buttons under Stamp Life heading. In case you choose Fixed term after stamp earned, the Term dropdowns are displayed.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdeBO2lDiJchX70I25f0ON3Cta0miJUDY-MJMAP_gZJpWEr12D2E_jNSvLq2L7-_o9_2swZhKLc7jJ62JDOFRTnHGzM18Rm9XsLbpArWFCrInloo7JL5gv8ykH-LGCv2Q?key=4ldRWNvgg9HMBVmtasaeRj4e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

5. Lifetime points determine whether loyalty points last forever or expire after a specific duration.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfTaiLez2Ku-89SgSarqxEoT5g1ytUeRKNw7eXcCvsgFngG_xK-Gap7XF5NXwJHfPNeLCVbnFDZQgnzPGpcoKwFgr9BSvjue0cjYiW5vB_q4DATZpr4xlRvHDxyCu6JDlg?key=4ldRWNvgg9HMBVmtasaeRj4e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

6. **In the Locations** field, enter the location(s) of your business to send the push message. This push will be received by the customer who has a card installed in Apple Wallet. The customer will receive this push when they are within range (100 meters). You can add multiple locations, it can be any address, not necessarily a business address. [Learn more about how to set up (change) geolocation push](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/geolocations/geolocations).

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcLF1JmXJPzV3NTXWRbm75AdDhC_e3nxJ-oPwPcuR6Bv1Xbwjyvev-MM2SjLRrCpbkhr-S8_xdckn_yGnK8pUSl5DyAR83mcna0fNxltHt0ZEZ8ywMz-bwsGgXhxM6aQ44?key=4ldRWNvgg9HMBVmtasaeRj4e" alt=""><figcaption><p>Locations</p></figcaption></figure>

5. **The language** in which you want to create the multipass card using the dropdown.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXch4QxPb0aekNTruQ7sCU6O5LyXLKPq-PA-nCNgluoUjCenMiqOVPo2FRJmFSN0VPivbAvqsueIEMf-PIT2dh9o1_A2a5rWIxL5lNhhOPVTlwMbwX7JeDgQ4OqxW5VQb8Y?key=4ldRWNvgg9HMBVmtasaeRj4e" alt=""><figcaption><p>Language</p></figcaption></figure>

5. **Date Format -** determines how the date is displayed on the card. If the card does not have an expiration date, this setting is irrelevant.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeWzOtoqjzg1G-bgETH9jZzjXeoHLvnx4jgDE5xcPv8t4CcmRf-x851vuGgT7LJ-esF23WxPttQU-ioCDDr2C9aZHFSU9YMhYEl0R281OWA8v74UHuIqmLaI9V6ThBCoUw?key=4ldRWNvgg9HMBVmtasaeRj4e" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Date Format</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

**Thousands Separator** **Decimal Separator -** this setting defines how the point balance will be displayed on the customer's card installed on their phone.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcjhTKwGH9b7Yx-EDEuKb9kDAhcahJs07hJO8P0jS3TxsnhbT9dxufJLQUREM-GQ5IGpiRybA1fYwXTErGnufnbVs7x1naRXp-cfjptaUvPbEmUpbrj601NMBpCHrebWg?key=4ldRWNvgg9HMBVmtasaeRj4e" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Thousands Separator</strong> <strong>Decimal Separator</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

5. &#x20;The "Purchase amount when charging" setting if turned on requires the purchase amount to be entered whenever a transaction is processed. The entered purchase amount will be counted in the ROI statistics, in the revenue figure.\
   ✅Applies only to transactions made via the scanner. If this setting is disabled, the visite amount is optional when using the scanner. But the window for entering the amount will be displayed, you can skip it.\ <br>

   <figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXctqzSVO0bS9tQvPVK15O8wFVCFI6WONxs23FbxbrrewJ3UnIUH8Xn3wWq42i_rhbu_T8iqGmSskQKilfxePJuwuWw4FMydiM5FB27zuk0qKuLmS5lBLkHtNieYCGk4qlk?key=4ldRWNvgg9HMBVmtasaeRj4e" alt=""><figcaption><p>Purchase amount when charging</p></figcaption></figure>
6. **The** **Card Issuing Form** - here, you can define the fields you want to include on the card. You can delete any fields using the shopping cart icon. A phone number or email is required. This is the form that the customer fills out when the card is installed.

In case you want to make a field mandatory, enable the **"Required" toggle**. This means the customer won’t be able to install the card without filling in this field.&#x20;

**The "Unique" toggle** means that this field must contain unique values — typically used for phone numbers. We do **not** recommend making other fields unique. For example, if you mark the "Name" field as unique, it would mean that another customer with the same name wouldn't be able to install the card.

You can add fields, you can rename the name of the fields. If you want to create a new field, click the **Add field** button. This adds a new field from where you can select the field type and enter the name of the field for it to be added on the card.

<figure><img src="/files/IyEBKBi87q3C1p1radzh" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>The</strong> <strong>Card Issuing Form</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

7. If you want to delete a field, click the cart button.

<figure><img src="/files/RTGOTOez9BxXkTP9wbMx" alt=""><figcaption><p>Remove</p></figcaption></figure>

8. **UTM** - here, you can create a unique link for each distribution channel to track which sources bring the most card installations.

   For each UTM link you can also configure **Additional fields** — expand to set a custom **Title** and **Image** displayed on the enrollment form for this UTM link, so each campaign gets its own sign-up page.

   For a full guide on UTM links see the dedicated article: [UTM Links](/card-distribution/online/utm-links)

You can create as many links as you want with a UTM tag. This way you can understand which loyalty card distribution channel works best.

<figure><img src="/files/cTIUjDhaG2aWFWo1yUtE" alt=""><figcaption><p>UTM tag</p></figcaption></figure>

You see a unique link with a UTM tag and a QR code with the same UTM tag. Later you will be able to see in the statistics how many clients have installed the card by this tag.

<figure><img src="/files/LnThL0UfQWdh8qIqM2e4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

9. Next, you can configure the **Phone mask**, **Privacy policy**

<figure><img src="/files/TchX6L17Z0XkBMdzdgzZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The **Phone Mask -** from the drop-down list you can select which country prefix will be specified by default in the card issuance form. If the client has a phone of another country, it is not a problem, the client will be able to choose another country.

**Privacy policy -** consent is displayed on the card's release form. The customer must accept the condition before installing the card. This text can be supplemented if necessary. In case you want to include the privacy policy on the card, enable the toggle button next to the Privacy Policy heading. Moreover, you can also edit the privacy policy using the field below the heading.

In case you want to include consent while processing personal information of the user, enable the toggle button next to **Consent to the processing of personal data** heading.

10. Next, you can configure the **Google Wallet Installation button and PWA Installation button**.

<figure><img src="/files/p0ZDTlswkTzKkkzKVtZe" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Google Wallet Installation button -** if enabled, allows the Google Wallet button to be displayed in the card installation form thereby allowing customers to add their digital loyalty card to Google Wallet for easy access. Useful for Android users.

**PWA Installation button -** if turned on, enables the PWA (Progressive Web App) button on the card install form. It behaves like a native mobile app but doesn’t require installation from an app store. Customers can install the loyalty card as a web app on their devices.

11. Next, you can configure the **Limit the number of cards issued** controls how many cards can be distributed (0 means unlimited).

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXc9VKwqpJz5PCTW5kJRprRNprXq2OvGYOSycSDNxVhExTDREwAhCfJCWwf5zsGm604e5S_IFVixdf5BPuts_RNT7ik3vCwsdtz2eIf7XOTAYU1I5R2pLJBlfjMRYZPSJRI?key=4ldRWNvgg9HMBVmtasaeRj4e" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Limit the number of cards issued</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

**Number of birthday points -** on the customer's birthday, the specified number of additional points will be credited to their card. The customer will receive a push notification that their points balance has increased.\
This will work if you use points in this type of card. Points are credited when a visit is debited.

**Number of birthday stamps -** on the customer's birthday, the specified number of additional stamps will be credited to their card (in this type of card, a stamp means a visit). The customer will receive a push notification that their stamp balance has increased. This stamp does not have a specific expiration date.

12. If you want to include a customized script for analytics, you can include this script in the Analytics field.

<figure><img src="/files/KTajUjBAfT6tZjjU0KAc" alt=""><figcaption><p>Analytics</p></figcaption></figure>

13. Once the required fields are filled, click the **Continue** button. This takes you to the **Design** section.

<figure><img src="/files/qyYuWsIXDLk5AuV2TWKu" alt=""><figcaption><p>Continue</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Design**

1. This section lets you configure the design of the multipass card.<br>
2. In the "Stamp Count" section, specify the total number of visits available on the membership. For example, if you set it to 14 and the client purchases a membership for 10 visits, only 10 stamps will be active, while the remaining 4 will appear as inactive. \
   \
   This setting cannot be changed after the card has been activated. You cannot change the position of stamps (i.e. you cannot make the stamps in one row, etc.). The position of stamps is strictly defined and depends on the number of stamps.

<figure><img src="/files/3fBB9Klkvbo9mYN3hUDl" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3. Use the Active Stamp dropdown to select the icon for representing how the active stamp would appear. An active stamp shows the number of visits the client still has available.   \
   You can either select an icon from the list or upload your own image following the recommended size guidelines.

<figure><img src="/files/KCQJsYYtJYiMMrqihHoY" alt=""><figcaption><p>Active Stamp</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Similarly, use the Inactive Stamp dropdown to choose the icon representing an inactive stamp.\
   An inactive stamp shows how many visits the client has already used — visits that are no longer available. You can either select an icon from the list or upload your own image.

<figure><img src="/files/jIGuaSiMa31gEGi8GuFJ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Inactive Stamp</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Click the Select File button from the Logo heading to choose a logo to be displayed on the card and on the release form from your system storage.

<figure><img src="/files/6GnTcjovJpr91KEuiZo9" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File - Logo</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Similarly, click the Select File button from the Icon heading to choose an icon from your system storage to be displayed in the push messages

<figure><img src="/files/QUjYEfZJ20E0YkfUdZE8" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File - Icon</p></figcaption></figure>

7. Choose an icon from your system storage for the background under the stamps by clicking the Select File button under the Background under stamps heading.

<figure><img src="/files/TuJURCxgHtrssUMmMDoJ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File - Background under stamps</p></figcaption></figure>

8. From the Colors section, you can set the colors for Card Background, Text Color, Stamp Background, Outline Color, Active Stamp, Inactive Stamp, and Background under stamp.   \
   In the block with colors you can choose the color of the card, the color of the active and inactive stamp, the color of all text information that is visible on the front side of the card.   \
   this setting works only if you select icons from the drop-down list (active and inactive stamp)

<figure><img src="/files/GRGNcLdmU5o4rLkpOFOb" alt=""><figcaption><p>Colors</p></figcaption></figure>

9. From the Fields Name heading, you can use the Field dropdown to select the type of field that appears on the card.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcZmg543M8n3wF-e10gSZVlHkvtIqTuLaU3vLQXiiquheNB6VgJeKrabS6iypx2hL4PrgsrqqybQRvgSKA_beGj-GqxH-wvEdl49pjysagZ6S0-I9YmDWjTTdtOn10W3IE?key=4ldRWNvgg9HMBVmtasaeRj4e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

10. Similarly, the Field Name field allows you to enter what text appears on the card in the defined field ( right column). For example, if you select the field “name”, you can rename it to “cardholder”

<figure><img src="/files/swUzNWqOW1r62FQUS0GT" alt=""><figcaption><p>Field Name</p></figcaption></figure>

11. In case you want the logo to appear on the Card Issuing Form, enable the Show logo at card issuing form toggle button.

<figure><img src="/files/6Wdz1HV0I7XcUOvbG1Na" alt=""><figcaption><p>Show Logo</p></figcaption></figure>

12. Similarly, enable the Show background color on card issuing form toggle button in case you want the background color to appear on the card issuing form.

<figure><img src="/files/VOgKXKRPX32oRMKunLWP" alt=""><figcaption><p>Show background color on card issuing form</p></figcaption></figure>

13. Once all the selections are made, click the **Continue** button. Resultantly, you land on the **Information** section.

<figure><img src="/files/QrjtHV4Y599aPlYEqaSm" alt=""><figcaption><p>Continue</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Information**

1. This section lets you fill relevant information in the card. The impact of each field can be viewed in the mobile screen preview displayed on the right side of the screen.<br>
2. Use the **Card Description** field to enter a short description of the card.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/AKPWx591gpAiK4UtoOfD" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Description</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Use the **Company Name** field to enter the name of your business. This text will be displayed in the push notification title

<figure><img src="/files/B6No9ZqMHwCsjlSxg7i8" alt=""><figcaption><p>Company Name</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Use the Service field to enter the name of the service offered through the card. If this field is filled in, it is displayed instead of one of the custom fields on the card.

<figure><img src="/files/QWBiSGER3nFYIKYpUafo" alt=""><figcaption><p>Service</p></figcaption></figure>

5. The field "Number of points for using the card" determines the number of points awarded to the client for using the card, i.e. using the visit.

   If the value is 0, then the upper right field on the card will not be displayed). That is, points will not be awarded and this field will not be displayed on the client's card.

<figure><img src="/files/hYOio9CjymtNdxlEWbKm" alt=""><figcaption><p>Number of points for using the card</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Similarly, enter the message to be displayed to the customer when the card is used for a transaction using the **Message about the accounted use of the card** field. You can change the text but be sure to leave the hash sign.

<figure><img src="/files/AowTRnsNSdjNbg1GnMZi" alt=""><figcaption><p>Message about the accounted use of the card</p></figcaption></figure>

7. Choose whether you want to activate the referral program using the Active and Inactive radio buttons under the **Referral Program** heading.

<figure><img src="/files/YkYIupp6W87GGllUpJzh" alt=""><figcaption><p>Referral Program</p></figcaption></figure>

8. Define when the bonus is issued to a customer from the options available under the **Get bonus at the moment when** heading.  At this step you need to select the rules when this bonus should be added at the time of installing the card or at the time of using the card.\
   \
   Using the card means writing off the visit. That is, when the person who was invited comes to the service

<figure><img src="/files/cwt4pSu5JvH3wnE0ByPr" alt=""><figcaption><p>Get bonus at the moment when</p></figcaption></figure>

9. Choose the number of points a customer earns upon sharing their card via the referral program using the **Number of points for the referrer** heading.

<figure><img src="/files/3xu3BBEZXJKiaEjBUNKa" alt=""><figcaption><p>Number of points for the referrer</p></figcaption></figure>

10. Similarly, choose the number of points a new customer earns upon registering via the referral program using the count icons under the **Number of points for a referral** field.

<figure><img src="/files/3uMaOpRy3KVTeo3bqqfE" alt=""><figcaption><p>Number of points for a referral</p></figcaption></figure>

11. Choose the number of stamps (visits) awarded to the customer upon sharing the card via referral program using the **Number of uses of the card for the referrer** heading.

<figure><img src="/files/WhLLfruz0avJ9je7uKlH" alt=""><figcaption><p>Number of uses of the card for the referrer</p></figcaption></figure>

12. Set the number of stamps (visits) awarded to the customer upon registering via the referral program from the count icon under the **Stamps count for the new customer** heading.

<figure><img src="/files/AOJLrEuT5cVb4BjgeJYE" alt=""><figcaption><p>Stamps count for the new customer</p></figcaption></figure>

13. From the Active Links heading, choose the type of link you want to include on the card using the **Type** dropdown. The available options include URL, Phone, Email, and Address.

<figure><img src="/files/dROAtxlyuiB4JuqvP8PU" alt=""><figcaption><p>Type</p></figcaption></figure>

14. Enter the website URL in the **Link** field.

<figure><img src="/files/h1vtAKRWMXVnKbvGffxr" alt=""><figcaption><p>URL</p></figcaption></figure>

15. Enter the text to appear on the card using the **Text** field.

<figure><img src="/files/IIRsmaceg7FSEaxnFkL9" alt=""><figcaption><p>Text</p></figcaption></figure>

16. To remove an active link, click the cart button.

<figure><img src="/files/S4WfGfVkG2VNHjypIijB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

17. To add another link, click the **Add Link** button. This adds a new row for another link to be recorded.

<figure><img src="/files/Aipk1L6sM3XGiDONL9gC" alt=""><figcaption><p>Add Link</p></figcaption></figure>

18. Similarly, use the link type dropdown and link fields under the Feedback Links heading to add your business links for the customer reviews to be recorded. The client will see this link only after he receives a stamp and rates it (how he liked the visit). This link will appear on the back of the card.

<figure><img src="/files/L5lULmHMg7SszN8Oog3O" alt=""><figcaption><p>Feedback Links</p></figcaption></figure>

19. In case you want to include Terms of use on the card, enable the toggle button next to Terms of Use heading.

<figure><img src="/files/EF0eBikxOsygo6IBovkX" alt=""><figcaption><p>Toggle</p></figcaption></figure>

20. &#x20;Enter any terms of use you want to include on the card using the Terms of Use field.

<figure><img src="/files/BQqORTB6JsMowRaeC785" alt=""><figcaption><p>Terms of Use</p></figcaption></figure>

21. Use the Link to full terms and conditions field to provide a link to the complete T\&Cs of your business.

<figure><img src="/files/7p65f0NXsMhByvgcHkSb" alt=""><figcaption><p>T&#x26;Cs</p></figcaption></figure>

22. &#x20;Use the Company Name, Email, and Contact Number fields under the Issuer Information heading to record the card issuer details to be displayed at the back of the card.

<figure><img src="/files/SkloT82QWcvUc18lhaj2" alt=""><figcaption><p>Issuer Information</p></figcaption></figure>

23. To activate the template, click the **Activate** button under the card preview.

<figure><img src="/files/KvcY7kSqmYeFNOE53Pig" alt=""><figcaption><p>Activate</p></figcaption></figure>

24. Once the details are recorded, click the **Finish** button.

<figure><img src="/files/VMMOmN2DKxOHSmPkfNJO" alt=""><figcaption><p>Finish</p></figcaption></figure>

**Save & Preview**

1. As the Finish button is clicked, the Preview popup is displayed.
2. From here, you can scan the QR code of the card.

<figure><img src="/files/ZvyLqXhr9ycdeUpSRTXD" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scan QR</p></figcaption></figure>

3. To copy the link of the car, click the **Copy link** button.

<figure><img src="/files/NhWhLZkw3JPevvNxjPHj" alt=""><figcaption><p>Copy Link</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Click the **Activate Card** button to activate the card.  Activate the card only after you are sure of the settings. While the card is not active, only 10 people can install it.<br>

<figure><img src="/files/k3wmXAOeGv0PtkwLQpcY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* After activating the card, the main settings cannot be changed. In this window you see a list of settings that cannot be changed.


# Cashback

Earn bonus points from every purchase and spend with the next purchases

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/5b22acdbf43444b9a9ce098e8c36384d>" %}
Cashback card video tutorial
{% endembed %}

### how it works

The client accumulates points as a percentage of their purchases, which are displayed on their card. These points can be used to pay for their next purchase, and you, as the business owner, can write off the points.

Cashback can also be progressive, for example, the more a customer spends, the higher the percentage of cashback they earn. In our system, points are offered, and the business owner determines what they can be redeemed for. (To redeem points, you’ll need to enter the amount twice in the scanner app.)<br>

1. Upon successful login, navigate to the left-hand menu.<br>
2. From the list of modules, click the <img src="/files/pEKOLcEl5uvXI1r0BeT6" alt="" data-size="line">icon. Doing so opens the Cards module.

<figure><img src="/files/t2E1VMMOvmj5soHBfVuz" alt=""><figcaption><p>Cards</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Here, you can either create a card using a template from a list of a wide range of pre-loaded templates or create one from scratch. To develop a better understanding, we will take a look at card creation from scratch.<br>
4. To do so, click the <img src="/files/G09fYhsenXu5eqiY898S" alt="" data-size="line">button.

<figure><img src="/files/QLsMnFlnQaVF9RwaOwrK" alt=""><figcaption><p>From Scratch</p></figcaption></figure>

5. This initiates the cashback card creation workflow. A card is created by filling in the details in 5 sections that include Card Type, Settings, Design, Information, and Save and preview. Let us take a look at how each section works.

### **Card Type**

1. This is the first section. Here, you make a selection regarding the type of card you want to create.<br>
2. From the available card types, click **Cashback**.<br>
3. Once selected, click the **Continue** button. As a result, you land on the **Settings** section.

<figure><img src="/files/Zi7pw6c6dypaZOi1DaMi" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Type</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Settings**

1. Here, choose the Barcode Type to determine how the card can be scanned and recognized by a system.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXejFkKqEQ95pkj8XacEsRUwOOxtiGJXLpBI6VjsSP0xvyKqAm1vFBNec8rUyo9eKH1V0t6URNZ0tpa4pzGTLDOTrjReq3QoqhrpkKXqMi9bgmpXnRz0BbbMFHxkME-sdKM?key=_l2fPYj1L3KtiQWM7sNcoIhX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Happy hours -** A setting that allows you to select the time period during which an increased number of points will be credited to the card when a customer visits (in accordance with the specified parameters). ❗️ **Please note** that this option only works for the Spend and Visit mechanics. This points has no specific expiration date.

<figure><img src="/files/ickTndWTgEJYcUJAvgFH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Select the expiration date for the cashback card using the radio buttons under the Card Expiration Date heading.\
   **Card expiration date unlimited -** the card has no expiration date. The client can use it as much as he/she wants.

   **Card expiration date Fixed term -** The customer will not be able to use the card when this date occurs. The card will not be deleted from the client's phone.

   **Card expiration date Fixed term after card issuing -** As this option is selected, the Term dropdowns are displayed. Here, you can select the number of days upon card activation after which it expires.

<figure><img src="/files/quEzHnfx93w4yUC9chWr" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Expiration Date</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Set the validity of the lifetime points of the cashback card using the options available under the Lifetime points heading. The Fixed term after bonuses earned works in a similar manner by revealing the Term dropdowns.\
   \
   ✅**Cashback points life** – here, you can define the number of days a cashback point remains valid after it is earned.

   Each point has its own expiration countdown, starting from the date it was earned. It doesn't matter whether the customer earns more points or not — each point will be removed individually once its validity period ends.<br>

   **Example**:   \
   If you set the validity to 1 month and a customer earns a cashback point on April 5, that specific point will expire and be removed from the card on May 5.\
   \
   There is no push notification about upcoming points expiration.

<figure><img src="/files/zuKBPN3c5m5HpOCCzuGW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**In the Locations** field, enter the location(s) of your business to send the push message. This push will be received by the customer who has a card installed in Apple Wallet. The customer will receive this push when they are within range (100 meters). You can add multiple locations, it can be any address, not necessarily a business address. [Learn more about how to set up (change) geolocation push](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/geolocations/geolocations).

<figure><img src="/files/RR4JFSwGM2cadhsxopSu" alt=""><figcaption><p>Location</p></figcaption></figure>

6. This is followed by the Cardholder Status heading. Here, you can create multiple categories of the cashback cardholders with respect to their spend amount. This is facilitated by the Tier Name, Spend to Achieve, and Percentage fields.\
   \
   To move up to the next tier, the client must spend the specified amount — not in a single purchase, but across multiple visits.\
   \
   ✅ **For example**, a client installs the card and starts at the first tier, receiving 1% cashback.

   They visit your business and spend 1,000 — earning 1% in points, which is 10 points. On their next visit, they spend another 1,000 and earn another 10 points. So far, they've spent a total of 2,000.

   If the next tier requires 5,000 in total spending, the client still needs to spend 3,000 more to reach it. Once they do — let’s say after another few visits — and their total spending reaches 5,000, they still receive 1% on that transaction, but now they move up to the next cashback level: 3%.

   From their next purchase onward, they’ll start receiving 3% cashback. In other words, the client has leveled up to a new tier.\\

<figure><img src="/files/CbcLxlEoAgcAyL3m6gBX" alt=""><figcaption><p>Cardholder status</p></figcaption></figure>

7. You can remove a tier by clicking the <img src="/files/sV7SpzEKxYZVf5MID9mT" alt="" data-size="line">button. Minimum number of statuses - 1

<figure><img src="/files/KrH6FOrfvL5RO0ZUbv9K" alt=""><figcaption><p>Remove</p></figcaption></figure>

8. Moreover, you can also add an additional tier by clicking the Add Tier button. This adds a new row for the additional tier details to be recorded.\
   Maximum number of statuses - 6

<figure><img src="/files/KKWyFTOQGE1YjSLE0TU0" alt=""><figcaption><p>Add Tier</p></figcaption></figure>

9. Here, choose the language in which you want to create the cashback card using the Language dropdown.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfQO8PpaIyHZ-GlAzHoWRuSnD57TQjlg9CHUghII2rCb7gsCgXlaQe3CKdiTYcIYwQqwRy4Xs36jDJWA-oXLQL99Cr_Ilzs2xuI9mNrmQQGvYSar-VUbJk0PB87nGDyNA?key=_l2fPYj1L3KtiQWM7sNcoIhX" alt=""><figcaption><p>Language</p></figcaption></figure>

**Date Format -** determines how the date is displayed on the card. If the card does not have an expiration date, this setting is irrelevant.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXf_VAnk8AhWxzJevPDLuDo5uQvqZhSpLK62vWs2KukR8JMwEfVCWzDP7N9Nfb_6g5XNMYWHX6_8C2yzI2EtElwEFyZVJNB7j-lZuNXwh8bh2B_SxESuVl-anLpTdTDuUlg?key=_l2fPYj1L3KtiQWM7sNcoIhX" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Date Format</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

**Thousands Separator** **Decimal Separator -** this setting defines how the point balance will be displayed on the customer's card installed on their phone.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXe51u1bjMHYE6P2Ji5DEWsgrEId2ybsB_fhKEq_0GrXrGUeEUXtXoZr-3iqcQ9xl4ZwBcBqJTBHkQv3NL-JlOG-oIWiSvU344wqbMnUH7vq5srmaC93WwDuc6V2cuiFbcw?key=_l2fPYj1L3KtiQWM7sNcoIhX" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Thousands Separator</strong> <strong>Decimal Separator</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

The "**Purchase amount when charging**" setting if turned on requires the purchase amount to be entered whenever a transaction is processed. The entered purchase amount will be counted in the ROI statistics, in the revenue figure. \
✅Applies only to transactions made via the scanner. If this setting is disabled, the purchase amount is optional when using the scanner. But the window for entering the amount will be displayed, you can skip it.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcTSMcIcVMuM4Vt0wPrXeX6iEEvzDff8TgggJ5Xr7llBnfkoxJcVhelVWqXhHwrocYLJjaJkVyltUkSVkAxrxF2K3wTV-IsEK5oIbKR7yIx7E2NQlx_Y1UvwZpgDADCA48?key=_l2fPYj1L3KtiQWM7sNcoIhX" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Purchase amount when charging</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

9. **The** **Card Issuing Form** - here, you can define the fields you want to include on the card. You can delete any fields using the shopping cart icon. A phone number or email is required. This is the form that the customer fills out when the card is installed.

In case you want to make a field mandatory, enable the **"Required" toggle**. This means the customer won’t be able to install the card without filling in this field. \
\
**The "Unique" toggle** means that this field must contain unique values — typically used for phone numbers. We do **not** recommend making other fields unique. For example, if you mark the "Name" field as unique, it would mean that another customer with the same name wouldn't be able to install the card.

You can add fields, you can rename the name of the fields. If you want to create a new field, click the **Add field** button. This adds a new field from where you can select the field type and enter the name of the field for it to be added on the card.

<figure><img src="/files/oiCE5sqEjrEDEgV3Vazl" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**UTM** - here, you can create a unique link for each distribution channel to track which sources bring the most card installations.

For each UTM link you can also configure:

* **Points** — the number of welcome points awarded to the customer upon card issuance through this specific link. Overrides the card template default.
* **Expiration date of welcome points** — sets the expiration for the welcome points issued via this link.
* **Additional fields** — expand to set a custom **Title** and **Image** displayed on the enrollment form for this UTM link, so each campaign gets its own sign-up page.

For a full guide on UTM links see the dedicated article: [UTM Links](/card-distribution/online/utm-links)

<figure><img src="/files/83UCxd4q75vUYZ8w8q8K" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You see a unique link with a UTM tag and a QR code with the same UTM tag. Later you will be able to see in the statistics how many clients have installed the card by this tag. \
✅In addition, you will be able to create customer segments based on this tag. We recommend using this option from the very beginning of implementing loyalty in your business.

<figure><img src="/files/Tv7D6KekAI7AAAAUBMXS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

11. Next, the **"Phone mask"** dropdown allows you to select the default region that will be shown in the card installation form the customer fills out.\
    If the customer has a foreign phone number, that’s not a problem — they will be able to select their own region manually.

<figure><img src="/files/0hSHkjtSUKA2yXs3mC5b" alt=""><figcaption><p>Phone Mask</p></figcaption></figure>

12. In case you do not want to include Privacy Policy on the card, disable the toggle button next to the Privacy Policy heading. If enabled, use the field below the heading to enter the privacy policy. You can also add privacy policy text.&#x20;

In case you want to take customer's consent regarding the processing of their personal data, enable the Consent to the processing of personal data toggle button.

In case you want to include consent while processing personal information of the user, enable the toggle button next to **Consent to the processing of personal data** heading.

<figure><img src="/files/aUdTWawPSYHr0dwyRzLr" alt=""><figcaption><p>Privacy Policy</p></figcaption></figure>

**Google Wallet Installation button  -** if enabled, allows the Google Wallet button to be displayed in the card installation form thereby allowing customers to add their digital loyalty card to Google Wallet for easy access. Useful for Android users.

**PWA Installation button  -** if turned on, enables the PWA (Progressive Web App) button on the card install form. It behaves like a native mobile app but doesn’t require installation from an app store. Customers can install the loyalty card as a web app on their devices.

**Limit the number of cards issued  -** controls how many cards can be distributed (0 means unlimited). For example, if this promotion is for a specific number of customers (cardholders).

**Number of points when issuing a card -** sets the starting number of points a customer gets upon receiving the card.

<figure><img src="/files/dvsCfHWK0o4gZ2mn9UCb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Number of birthday points -** On the customer's birthday, the specified number of additional points will be credited to their card. The customer will receive a push notification informing them that their point balance has increased.

<figure><img src="https://docs.boomerangme.cards/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F121681468-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FBfW4nnOu4AysbkbyxNug%252Fuploads%252FzQRVPM5fPyfoXsdIf0lw%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3Dd6b3c925-e18e-43df-a59e-8d82dbd04be9&#x26;width=768&#x26;dpr=4&#x26;quality=100&#x26;sign=e20ffc51&#x26;sv=2" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Number of birthday points</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

If you want to include a customized script for analytics, you can include this script in the **Analytics** field.

<figure><img src="/files/31WFXSxCCFdf4mJi0vxT" alt=""><figcaption><p>Analytics</p></figcaption></figure>

Once the required fields are filled, click the **Continue** button. This takes you to the **Design** section.

<figure><img src="/files/DJA0ezAe46ENdaCaMfwY" alt=""><figcaption><p>Continue</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Design**

1. This section lets you configure the design of the cashback card.
2. Click the **Select File** button from the **Logo** heading to choose a logo to be displayed on the card and on the release form from your system storage.

<figure><img src="/files/ClIRr3DPO6loddLsgnr8" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File - Logo</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Similarly, click the Select File button from the **Icon** heading to choose an icon from your system storage to be displayed in the push messages.

<figure><img src="/files/JvsnmbO3ilOiTNK1P0WZ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File - Icon</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Choose an icon from your system storage for the center of the card by clicking the Select File button under the **Background of the central part** heading.\
   ✅ Be sure to follow the file size and weight recommendations.

<figure><img src="/files/UCZYgoqZFDPkGrcTwM4q" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File - Background</p></figcaption></figure>

5. &#x20;From the Colors section, you can set the colors for Card Background, Text Color, and Background color of the central part.\
   ✅ If you have uploaded a file for the Background of the central part - you can skip this setting. As the image you uploaded above will be displayed.

<figure><img src="/files/eoYJjUtXEyhqYpcxt09q" alt=""><figcaption><p>Colors</p></figcaption></figure>

6. From the Fields Name heading, you can use the **Field** dropdown to select the type of field that appears on the card. \
   ✅The drop-down list will display all the fields that you specified in the card issue form in the previous step.

<figure><img src="/files/5MNhP64fQKKOWrwrYjVS" alt=""><figcaption><p>Field</p></figcaption></figure>

7. Similarly, the "Field Name" column allows you to enter text or rename the field name that will be displayed on the card.

   ✅For example, if you display the client's name, you can name this field as favorite guest - and then the client's name will be displayed

<figure><img src="/files/LEsanzpgHJIP0Pe0L0Ih" alt=""><figcaption><p>Field Name</p></figcaption></figure>

8. In case you want the logo to appear on the Card Issuing Form, enable the Show logo at card issuing form toggle button.

<figure><img src="/files/fZdPLczPrVUWG4viL17c" alt=""><figcaption><p>Show logo at card issuing form</p></figcaption></figure>

9. Similarly, enable the Show background color on card issuing form toggle button in case you want the background color to appear on the card issuing form.

<figure><img src="/files/X4WfVX7Bpl8VchZwJtZP" alt=""><figcaption><p>Show background color on card issuing form</p></figcaption></figure>

10. Once all the selections are made, click the **Continue** button. Resultantly, you land on the **Information** section.

<figure><img src="/files/gltn5EZnlx0VWqQC0igv" alt=""><figcaption><p>Continue</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Information**

1. This section lets you fill relevant information in the card. The impact of each field can be viewed in the mobile screen preview displayed on the right side of the screen.<br>
2. Use the **Card Description** field to enter a short description of the card.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/AKPWx591gpAiK4UtoOfD" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Description</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Enter the name of your business in the Company Name field. This name will be displayed in the title of the push notification..

<figure><img src="/files/B6No9ZqMHwCsjlSxg7i8" alt=""><figcaption><p>Company Name</p></figcaption></figure>

7. Choose whether you want to activate the referral program by using the **Active/Inactive** toggle under the **Referral Program** section.

   Then, decide **when** the bonus should be awarded to the customer by selecting one of the following options:

   * **First visit/card use by a new customer** (most commonly used):\
     The bonus will be awarded only after the referred friend makes their first visit and earns points by making a purchase.
   * **Card issued to a new customer**:\
     The bonus will be awarded as soon as the referred friend installs the loyalty card — no need to wait for a visit or purchase.

   <figure><img src="/files/ZtV6yVd4lda7LV2Sijn2" alt=""><figcaption><p>Referral Program</p></figcaption></figure>

Specify how many points a customer will earn for sharing their card through the referral program using the **"Number of points for the referrer"** field.

Then, set how many points (or zero) the invited customer will receive using the counters below the **Number of points for a referral** field.

If you’ve also set **welcome points** (in the previous step), the invited customer will receive both — the welcome bonus and the referral bonus.

8. From the Active Links heading, choose the type of link you want to include on the card using the **Type** dropdown. The available options include URL, Phone, Email, and Address.

These links are always shown on the back of the card.\
✅**Note for iPhone users:** If you open the card in **quick view**, the links might not be clickable. To make them work, open the card through the **Apple Wallet app** instead.

<figure><img src="/files/dROAtxlyuiB4JuqvP8PU" alt=""><figcaption><p>Type</p></figcaption></figure>

9. Enter the website URL in the **Link** field.

<figure><img src="/files/h1vtAKRWMXVnKbvGffxr" alt=""><figcaption><p>URL</p></figcaption></figure>

10. Enter the text to appear on the card using the **Text** field.

<figure><img src="/files/IIRsmaceg7FSEaxnFkL9" alt=""><figcaption><p>Text</p></figcaption></figure>

11. To remove an active link, click the <img src="/files/CuXFacsBxGZBWMBK9r0b" alt="" data-size="line">button.

<figure><img src="/files/UbMquCLAHDP3jfj0VWlq" alt=""><figcaption><p>Remove</p></figcaption></figure>

12. To add another link, click the **Add Link** button. This adds a new row for another link to be recorded.

<figure><img src="/files/Aipk1L6sM3XGiDONL9gC" alt=""><figcaption><p>Add Link</p></figcaption></figure>

13. Similarly, use the link type dropdown and link fields under the Feedback Links heading to add your business links for the customer reviews to be recorded.\
    ✅These links are not displayed on the back of the card. The client will see these links only after rating the visit (after selecting stars)

<figure><img src="/files/L5lULmHMg7SszN8Oog3O" alt=""><figcaption><p>Feedback Links</p></figcaption></figure>

14\. In case you want to include Terms of use on the card, enable the toggle button next to Terms of Use heading. Enter any terms of use you want to include on the card using the Terms of Use field.

<figure><img src="/files/U6LK6X1Zy6tEiyJSfiJX" alt=""><figcaption><p>Terms of Use</p></figcaption></figure>

15. Use the Link to full terms and conditions field to provide a link to the complete T\&Cs of your business.

<figure><img src="/files/VvJZ7GWsUy0OGJWCfReF" alt=""><figcaption><p>T&#x26;Cs</p></figcaption></figure>

16. Use the Company Name, Email, and Contact Number fields under the Issuer Information heading to record the card issuer details to be displayed at the back of the card.

<figure><img src="/files/SkloT82QWcvUc18lhaj2" alt=""><figcaption><p>Issuer Information</p></figcaption></figure>

24. Once the details are recorded, click the **Finish** button.

<figure><img src="/files/VMMOmN2DKxOHSmPkfNJO" alt=""><figcaption><p>Finish</p></figcaption></figure>

**Save & Preview**

1. As the Finish button is clicked, the Preview popup is displayed.
2. From here, you can scan the QR code of the card.

<figure><img src="/files/Z0PfsjJuxMsK1V5uohRq" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scan QR</p></figcaption></figure>

3. To copy the link of the car, click the **Copy link** button.

<figure><img src="/files/f4rQbKFnNsjezxcMoIh2" alt=""><figcaption><p>Copy Link</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Click the **Activate Card** button to activate the card.

<figure><img src="/files/fa7cYceotxHdstPVaPNB" alt=""><figcaption><p>Activate Card</p></figcaption></figure>

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/5b22acdbf43444b9a9ce098e8c36384d>" %}


# Gift

Prepaid bonus card

A gift card can function as a certificate with a points (or monetary) balance that the client can spend on services.

### Here's how it works:

Clients see their balance on the card and can spend it fully or partially. Points can be credited multiple times, deducted all at once, or in portions.

You can issue a card to a client via the "Clients" section and send it through SMS or email with a link to install the card.

There is also an option to pay for a gift card online and the possibility to issue it and give it to another person (a Stripe payment system connection is required).

### How to Sell Gift Cards with One-Time Stripe Payments

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/yXudMeVLByo?si=OOMtSX4b6D498M_k>" %}

**For example:**

You create a gift card worth 1000 points (or any desired amount). The client pays you, and you credit the amount to their card. When they return, you show them their balance, provide a service, and deduct the used points from their card.

Gift cards are also ideal for promotions. For instance, a customer purchases a gift certificate for a friend's birthday, pays you, and you provide them with a QR code.

The recipient scans the code, installs the card, and immediately sees the gift balance.

They can then redeem the points for services, such as a manicure or facial massage.

Upon successful login, navigate to the left-hand menu.<br>

1. From the list of modules, click the <img src="/files/pEKOLcEl5uvXI1r0BeT6" alt="" data-size="line">icon. Doing so opens the Cards module.

<figure><img src="/files/t2E1VMMOvmj5soHBfVuz" alt=""><figcaption><p>Cards</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Here, you can either create a card using a template from a list of a wide range of pre-loaded templates or create one from scratch. To develop a better understanding, we will take a look at card creation from scratch.<br>
4. To do so, click the <img src="/files/G09fYhsenXu5eqiY898S" alt="" data-size="line">button.

<figure><img src="/files/QLsMnFlnQaVF9RwaOwrK" alt=""><figcaption><p>From Scratch</p></figcaption></figure>

5. This initiates the gift card creation workflow. A card is created by filling in the details in 5 sections that include Card Type, Settings, Design, Information, and Save and preview. Let us take a look at how each section works.

### **Card Type**<br>

1. This is the first section. Here, you make a selection regarding the type of card you want to create.<br>
2. From the available card types, click **Gift**.<br>
3. Once selected, click the **Continue** button. As a result, you land on the **Settings** section.

<figure><img src="/files/5Ox8FtkHpwOJygAVxmEn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### **Settings**

1. Here, choose the Barcode Type to determine how the card can be scanned and recognized by a system. You can choose the appearance you like.

   <br>

   <figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdq_KXvGOyR59xANRWi8yAd-T3ZAOsfJS3HWpzxRJQL8MnMdv3T-m29bxVJERl-w1aGgOJZ-IA2uJpp4uY6N2RS8O5a-ODMRWfmsouzeF0poJJUHQmBZM81FiRpyXupOvM?key=O2aOWya5-gzHO9UyvtuwrGrf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
2. Select the redemption rules for gift cards:

   Multiple Use: The balance can be redeemed over several transactions.

   Single Use: The entire balance must be redeemed in one transaction.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/ys2sVgvhOJpXGelz4AGW" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select the redemption rules for gift cards</p></figcaption></figure>
3. To enable online payments via Stripe: connect your Stripe account and enable the “**Can be given as a gift**” feature.\
   If desired, set limits for deposits. These values will be displayed on the card issuance.\
   Don't forget to connect SMS and email services so you can send gift cards.

<figure><img src="/files/KFF4RZjIf2sNKT6mJEgD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. Select the expiration date for the gift card using the radio buttons under the Card Expiration Date heading.\
   **Card expiration date unlimited** - the card has no expiration date. The client can use it as much as he/she wants.\
   **Card expiration date Fixed term** - The customer will not be able to use the card when this date occurs. The card will not be deleted from the client's phone.\
   **Card expiration date Fixed term after card issuing** - As this option is selected, the Term dropdowns are displayed. Here, you can select the number of days upon card installing after which it expires.

<figure><img src="/files/GnXDeRMp0zu2KFPLy13d" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

5. **Lifetime points** determine whether loyalty points last forever or expire after a specific duration.&#x20;

<br>

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeoxG9MlF4uFQF6xYgPr99blfZt2UkPTspcILaPDhJ0tdjqr7HdaRlC6ieCkTV9jfELv-XPGaOR-51prJr7t48Fk3D-7_iZbNRFNIu014-XDn7i0SW63897XDlyAXJ8Mg?key=O2aOWya5-gzHO9UyvtuwrGrf" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Lifetime points</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

6. **In the Locations** field, enter the location(s) of your business to send the push message. This push will be received by the customer who has a card installed in Apple Wallet. The customer will receive this push when they are within range (100 meters). You can add multiple locations, it can be any address, not necessarily a business address. [Learn more about how to set up (change) geolocation push](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/geolocations/geolocations).

<figure><img src="/files/kBbAShVRxDVIfnxGwWHe" alt=""><figcaption><p>Locations</p></figcaption></figure>

7. Here, choose the language in which you want to create the gift card using the Language dropdown.

<figure><img src="/files/9J4CPOJu0ddHw7uD0hAQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

8. **Date Format -** determines how the date is displayed on the card. If the card does not have an expiration date, this setting is irrelevant.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXd5HlFDQNr0ndWRSj5Vli-a__Fzx_DrwUKmFj7r_N23pynA1eLzjVTrgO6DBUyX4aRKzJi7-WZql3XrYgxJJ_2ttgO86sf1K_fTztasY0Lw47vtQgMJF28HrQuKR2SayNA?key=O2aOWya5-gzHO9UyvtuwrGrf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

9. **Thousands Separator Decimal Separator** - this setting defines how the point balance will be displayed on the customer's card installed on their phone.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfOi7XZVGltHWgKx8ENyrvebucYXEg34ELbUqBNuIcHz8iS70HWVQ4tU5IYTZhIy3EHE0JeV7aYdiePqWFvY_x7GG7BFrfuTBDOGwfFolKiLHH0H1wmAasubxpDsa5tDsc?key=O2aOWya5-gzHO9UyvtuwrGrf" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Thousands Separator Decimal Separator</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

10. The "Purchase amount when charging" setting if turned on requires the purchase amount to be entered whenever a transaction is processed. The entered purchase amount will be counted in the ROI statistics, in the revenue figure.    \
    ✅Applies only to transactions made via the scanner. If this setting is disabled, the purchase amount is optional when using the scanner.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeJteY0lkBIFLSrIM0FHmT3iKFSb27MYt1iv1UhN1_TNOzG3OgdRJuqFacrjgbk-WcUjgLbamE7JCpxdjFb7MOQm89h0inOcvA5U6tGpQfBz2dVQ9HdDpM3H8fawrdwNpQ?key=O2aOWya5-gzHO9UyvtuwrGrf" alt=""><figcaption><p>Purchase amount when charging</p></figcaption></figure>

11. Next up is the **Card Issuing Form** heading. Here, you can define the fields you want to include on the gift card.&#x20;

**The** **Card Issuing Form** - here, you can define the fields you want to include on the stamp card. You can delete any fields using the shopping cart icon. A phone number or email is required. This is the form that the customer fills out when the card is installed.

In case you want to make a field mandatory, enable the **"Required" toggle**. This means the customer won’t be able to install the card without filling in this field. \
\
**The "Unique" toggle** means that this field must contain unique values — typically used for phone numbers. We do **not** recommend making other fields unique. For example, if you mark the "Name" field as unique, it would mean that another customer with the same name wouldn't be able to install the card.

You can add fields, you can rename the name of the fields. If you want to create a new field, click the **Add field** button. This adds a new field from where you can select the field type and enter the name of the field for it to be added on the card.<br>

<figure><img src="/files/FrnAUJ6ulKIiixK7OhjJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you want to remove a field, click the cart button.  The card issuance form must contain at least one field (either a phone number or an email address)

<figure><img src="/files/tL2e3vWYrNhx4kNKmFZN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

12. **UTM** - here, you can create a unique link for each distribution channel to track which sources bring the most card installations.

    For each UTM link you can also configure:

    * **Points** — the number of welcome points awarded to the customer upon card issuance through this specific link. Overrides the card template default.
    * **Expiration date of welcome points** — sets the expiration for the welcome points issued via this link.
    * **Additional fields** — expand to set a custom **Title** and **Image** displayed on the enrollment form for this UTM link, so each campaign gets its own sign-up page.

    For a full guide on UTM links see the dedicated article: [UTM Links](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/card-distribution/online/utm-links)

<figure><img src="/files/l5Q4vRUmLIUKkoKfUSJo" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You see a unique link with a UTM tag and a QR code with the same UTM tag. Later you will be able to see in the statistics how many clients have installed the card by this tag.\
✅In addition, you will be able to create customer segments based on this tag. We recommend using this option from the very beginning of implementing loyalty in your business.

<figure><img src="/files/k3UxaV33tEhpzb6ky3Rn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

13. The **Phone Mask-** from the drop-down list you can select which country prefix will be specified by default in the card issuance form. If the client has a phone of another country, it is not a problem, the client will be able to choose another country.

<figure><img src="/files/FKh6g9qpreyfhQIsLYSX" alt=""><figcaption><p>Phone Mask</p></figcaption></figure>

14. **Privacy policy -** consent is displayed on the card's release form. The customer must accept the condition before installing the card. This text can be supplemented if necessary. In case you want to include the privacy policy on the card, enable the toggle button next to the Privacy Policy heading. Moreover, you can also edit the privacy policy using the field below the heading.\
    \
    This information is displayed on the card issue form.

<figure><img src="/files/bHQXusOtiVhqmN2Hwsv3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

15. Then you can select the options where customers can install the card. \
    ✅This setting is flexible, you can always change it.

If the account has additional options for installing a card, for example [WhatsApp](/mailings-and-other-services/now-to-connect-whatsapp-bot), connected, then clients will see these buttons by default in the card issue form\
**Google Wallet Installation button -** if enabled, allows the Google Wallet button to be displayed in the card installation form thereby allowing customers to add their digital loyalty card to Google Wallet for easy access. Useful for Android users.\
**PWA Installation button -** if turned on, enables the PWA (Progressive Web App) button on the card install form. It behaves like a native mobile app but doesn’t require installation from an app store. Customers can install the loyalty card as a web app on their devices.

<figure><img src="/files/xIHLt6YFH3cvQGjXOBlc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

16. Next step you can choose how many people can install the card. Limit the number of cards issued controls how many cards can be distributed (0 means unlimited).

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdF0xwpW2zGpOyLzK2LxA7YIMMCEYNw6UoOYNSh4Th2qaxq31moVImFcDgHt4CSORscrhUBqhKh-cioquOpyGEnSH9JPldfu3BOHcxzqx4AnxeSmuusfPkH1dZ13u9eGR0?key=O2aOWya5-gzHO9UyvtuwrGrf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

17. Number of Points When Issuing a Card allows you to set the number of points a customer receives upon receiving a card (0 meaning no points will be added automatically when the card is issued).\
    \
    Example. This means that everyone who installs the card will see 50 points (money) on their balance, which they can spend if they make a visit.

<figure><img src="/files/7IK47VchSiEoxf82vAd1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

18. **Number of birthday points -** On the customer's birthday, the specified number of additional points will be credited to their card. The customer will receive a push notification informing them that their point balance has increased.

<figure><img src="https://docs.boomerangme.cards/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F121681468-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FBfW4nnOu4AysbkbyxNug%252Fuploads%252FzQRVPM5fPyfoXsdIf0lw%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3Dd6b3c925-e18e-43df-a59e-8d82dbd04be9&#x26;width=768&#x26;dpr=4&#x26;quality=100&#x26;sign=e20ffc51&#x26;sv=2" alt=""><figcaption><p>Number of birthday points</p></figcaption></figure>

19. Adding Analytics Scripts to a Card. You can add custom analytics scripts (such as Facebook Pixel or Google Tag Manager) directly in the card settings. Scripts added to this field are applied only to the card installation pages, allowing you to track card installs and related user actions. Make sure the script is valid and provided by your analytics platform.

<figure><img src="/files/y7quJ6ZStEe0oOINCsyT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once the required fields are filled, click the **Continue** button. This takes you to the **Design** section.

<figure><img src="/files/dm4pMxAYKA91nyGt72jG" alt=""><figcaption><p>Continue</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Design**

1. This section lets you configure the design of the gift card.
2. Click the **Select File** button from the **Logo** heading to choose a logo to be displayed on the card and on the release form from your system storage.

<figure><img src="/files/CEiNAizmbXWmU3Zp8KD4" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File - Logo</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Similarly, click the Select File button from the **Icon** heading to choose an icon from your system storage to be displayed in the push messages.

<figure><img src="/files/G9wKcNE9ANRUJcmASfG7" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File - Icon</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Choose an icon from your system storage for the center of the card by clicking the Select File button under the **Background of the central part** heading.

<figure><img src="/files/tm22GexFL0nT6JkBTk0C" alt=""><figcaption><p>Background of the central part</p></figcaption></figure>

5. From the Colors section, you can set the colors for Card Background, Text Color, and Background color of the central part.

<figure><img src="/files/SebSlAMHOIVRJndmuwta" alt=""><figcaption><p>Colors</p></figcaption></figure>

6. From the Fields Name heading, you can use the **Field** dropdown to select the type of field that appears on the card.

<figure><img src="/files/l5LZoue2xYfYFxWWJr62" alt=""><figcaption><p>Field</p></figcaption></figure>

7. Similarly, the Field Name field allows you to enter what text appears on the card in the defined field.

<figure><img src="/files/4MXI6ABcr4UuRYQMXocm" alt=""><figcaption><p>Field Name</p></figcaption></figure>

8. In case you want the logo to appear on the Card Issuing Form, enable the Show logo at card issuing form toggle button.

<figure><img src="/files/51Dti9RuGidnDSxwe3Sj" alt=""><figcaption><p>Show logo at card issuing form</p></figcaption></figure>

9. Similarly, enable the Show background color on card issuing form toggle button in case you want the background color to appear on the card issuing form.

<figure><img src="/files/UMAtKEyntWerskCYyPLP" alt=""><figcaption><p>Show background color</p></figcaption></figure>

10. Once all the selections are made, click the **Continue** button. Resultantly, you land on the **Information** section.

<figure><img src="/files/z1hiCrVl6EQBJAbaamNE" alt=""><figcaption><p>Continue</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Information**

1. This section lets you fill relevant information in the card. The impact of each field can be viewed in the mobile screen preview displayed on the right side of the screen.<br>
2. Use the **Card Description** field to enter the promotion name for the card.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/qEcUqEZHBz169rZHngJz" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Description</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Use the **Company Name** field to enter the name of your business. This name will be displayed in the push notification.

<figure><img src="/files/Dgrf0urYlRxR4mEYCrKL" alt=""><figcaption><p>Company Name</p></figcaption></figure>

4. From the Active Links heading, choose the type of link you want to include on the card using the **Type** dropdown. The available options include URL, Phone, Email, and Address.

   These links are always shown on the back of the card. \
   \
   ✅**Note for iPhone users:** If you open the card in **quick view**, the links might not be clickable. To make them work, open the card through the **Apple Wallet app** instead.

<figure><img src="/files/u9ZMbysYQZQnpi2go23l" alt=""><figcaption><p>Type</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Enter the website URL in the **Link** field.

<figure><img src="/files/PK6hdMTuJXiiRcbGrmmb" alt=""><figcaption><p>Link</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Enter the text to appear on the card using the **Text** field.

<figure><img src="/files/KRJX8IwUITgLPx2sK5mJ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Text</p></figcaption></figure>

7. To remove an active link, click the cart button.

<figure><img src="/files/gGngD9KCPyED0egECJoe" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

8. To add another link, click the **Add Link** button. This adds a new row for another link to be recorded.

<figure><img src="/files/jSNTMNJDJtLk83Ow6EoT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

9. Similarly, use the link type dropdown and link fields under the Feedback Links heading to add your business links for the customer reviews to be recorded.   \
   ✅These links are not displayed on the back of the card. The client will see these links only after rating the visit (after selecting stars)

<figure><img src="/files/W8hZmnRwFAiIdR1h9u6R" alt=""><figcaption><p>Feedback Links</p></figcaption></figure>

10. In case you want to include Terms of use on the card, enable the toggle button next to Terms of Use heading.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/VqTPvVJBdnFFxIhrXfEN" alt=""><figcaption><p>Toggle</p></figcaption></figure>

11. Enter any terms of use you want to include on the card using the Terms of Use field. For example, you can describe in more detail which services this promotion applies to.

<figure><img src="/files/E6NS2IwKqgClM07oe668" alt=""><figcaption><p>Terms of Use</p></figcaption></figure>

12. Use the Link to full terms and conditions field to provide a link to the complete T\&Cs of your business.

<figure><img src="/files/k5WTQHMkpj8dUBOZKWuc" alt=""><figcaption><p>Link to full T&#x26;Cs</p></figcaption></figure>

13. Use the Company Name, Email, and Contact Number fields under the Issuer Information heading to record the card issuer details to be displayed at the back of the card.

<figure><img src="/files/0EorxhUadcbDHRCT9NOF" alt=""><figcaption><p>Issuer Information</p></figcaption></figure>

14. To activate the template, click the **Activate** button under the card preview.

<figure><img src="/files/tCzDM2J5aqAOyy8fjb6K" alt=""><figcaption><p>Activate</p></figcaption></figure>

16. Once the details are recorded, click the **Finish** button.

<figure><img src="/files/jFcA3NWIw2OMMdz9oP8N" alt=""><figcaption><p>Finish</p></figcaption></figure>

### Card activation

1. As the Finish button is clicked, the Preview popup is displayed.
2. From here, you can scan the QR code of the card.
3. Click the **Activate Card** button to activate the card. Activate the card only after you are sure of the settings. While the card is not active, only 10 people can install it.

<figure><img src="/files/EDXaRR7dKaVaQ80yjuRs" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3. After activating the card, the main settings cannot be changed. In this window you see a list of settings that cannot be changed.

<figure><img src="/files/z2RBOmfAS2FHIdrtoYTh" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### How to issue a card to your customers gift cards.

You can issue gift cards to your customers. Select your customers, click card issuance. Select the desired template.

<figure><img src="/files/yLStV1DAq5rEUm8RSNie" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/8jAxybCuzjVQE1322Cgb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Set the balance on the gift card and the expiration date of the cards. \
If you have SMS or email senders enabled, **you can send a personalized card installation link to your customers via SMS or email**.  Using variables, you can make your message unique.\
You can schedule the sending or send it immediately.

<figure><img src="/files/5PO2ZAZviJVTsXl5GAKC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After that, you will see that this card has appeared in the client's profile.

Click on the client's name - you will go to the client's profile

<figure><img src="/files/rj5xVzjjOL8xJdaVuTRl" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/vGxIZj1KeYipLNpq4pii" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This means that the client has been issued a card. The client will be able to use it.

**FAQ**

✅ This type of card does not have a referral program.


# Coupon

Designed for customer acquisition through the Facebook and Google Ads

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/2704f8cdd74a4cd5b2158fa33df7bfe5>" %}
Coupon card video tutorial
{% endembed %}

This card works great for attracting new customers. It's a one-time card and can be an interesting offer for the first visit (like a discount, free service, or free coffee). The customer shows you the coupon, you redeem it, and it can even turn into a permanent loyalty card if linked. After that, the client can start collecting stamps or accumulating points.

{% embed url="<https://app.arcade.software/share/Bh9hkVdIP0GDc8QyM2hx>" %}
Try how easy to create a coupon card
{% endembed %}

1. Upon successful login, navigate to the left-hand menu.<br>
2. From the list of modules, click the <img src="/files/pEKOLcEl5uvXI1r0BeT6" alt="" data-size="line">icon. Doing so opens the Cards module.

<figure><img src="/files/t2E1VMMOvmj5soHBfVuz" alt=""><figcaption><p>Cards</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Here, you can either create a card using a template from a list of a wide range of pre-loaded templates or create one from scratch. To develop a better understanding, we will take a look at card creation from scratch.<br>
4. To do so, click the <img src="/files/G09fYhsenXu5eqiY898S" alt="" data-size="line">button.

<figure><img src="/files/QLsMnFlnQaVF9RwaOwrK" alt=""><figcaption><p>From Scratch</p></figcaption></figure>

5. This initiates the coupon card creation workflow. A card is created by filling in the details in 5 sections that include Card Type, Settings, Design, Information, and Save and preview. Let us take a look at how each section works.

**Card Type**

1. This section lets you choose the type of card you want to create. Since we are creating a coupon card, select **Coupon** from the types available.<br>
2. Once selected, click the **Continue** button. This takes you to the Settings section.

<figure><img src="/files/kEe7HMjTvAQ2g7mnw54n" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Type</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Settings**

1. Here, choose the Barcode Type to determine how the card can be scanned and recognized by a system.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeyFI7t-kOlWyp11p3TKB6eIyLfUTgmW-CCTqNRVHrMXTsRcv_stkXew3tgC_Fo2O0swOkBP6QtLYcRm57955FI3MSoDMUfDWgOBRHuaLPnqU_MUqyCZY12qogqEfBvvQ?key=rwPedkD53-birl5fES9RBlb_" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Use the radio buttons under the Card Expiration Date to select the validity of the card. In case you select Fixed term after card issuing, the Term dropdowns are revealed that let you define the number of days after card issuance till it expires.\
   ✅This setting cannot be changed after the card has been activated.

<figure><img src="/files/TE3rUt1E9yTdLDZEPQL2" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Expiration Date</p></figcaption></figure>

3. **In the Locations** field, enter the location(s) of your business to send the push message. This push will be received by the customer who has a card installed in Apple Wallet. The customer will receive this push when they are within range (100 meters). You can add multiple locations, it can be any address, not necessarily a business address.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcxl31y1CeUK0uvr5kYkoKfqFTEoZTcVfWgBanbh78-HJMPlautB1mWVHRNxjuL37Z1MnrIWwssJvz4MIXYyigPdS04X19gmTgzGynH_vXf_B-VawiGWI0CETmfzwxv-bM?key=rwPedkD53-birl5fES9RBlb_" alt=""><figcaption><p>Locations</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Linked Card Template allows you to link a coupon to a loyalty card template(stamp card, reward card,etc).

✅ Note. If the customer already installed a linked card, they will not be able to install a coupon. An error message will appear. This is normal.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdmMdz_eSV9VnpkDHgqOtXVFJ8vZzaWKiCwafdKV-ACofWS-4IK-gL0y4OqlHlhqhJmKj55757-5XFxllglFNcHd0Prym_WYJeqWB6WZHJiDR04VsUCfzlx_9byYHnDKgY?key=rwPedkD53-birl5fES9RBlb_" alt=""><figcaption><p>Linked Card Template</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Enter the rewards awarded to the customer upon visiting for the first time using the Reward for the first visit field.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdkLKisoUU8ZHQFGhC38kMR5EKuGiL1kFjNzj3lete5nX9oa-5Ims2H0-8uoLlRjcukaOy_ZzS24YI-gkFHQ9FHcxmvWcZk4NDdLXXYfg1ajP64-7AEoTs0fk7eNotnY9w?key=rwPedkD53-birl5fES9RBlb_" alt=""><figcaption><p>Reward for the first visit</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Here, choose the language in which you want to create the gift card using the Language dropdown.

   <br>

   <figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeRRO7uZfscODR6_GdtMOmxwSE28TX-BU96fMZrpZS_ctgctz2_BqYUgAPcWasNcYuUIctcOwv5j9-BjytU4nBkTuvpf6Jqytm7VBJMmogVnHXdc0VCZvmI0m2bfCdytVw?key=rwPedkD53-birl5fES9RBlb_" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
7. &#x20;**Date Format -** determines how the date is displayed on the card. If the card does not have an expiration date, this setting is irrelevant.

   <br>

   <figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXe-kr-5xZlmFxEfysRDBmx7-dgQ6CMOqUjKULCzuLg7Lp4YfFiG1JxTjArMJXhYfYEoLRXDD1kCcPLxF1YAETxmLQkzkRlEVqwmX6437NlenbU1CbTSHSAb5-ifvTfn7w?key=rwPedkD53-birl5fES9RBlb_" alt=""><figcaption><p>Date format</p></figcaption></figure>
8. **Thousands Separator** **Decimal Separator -** for the card stamp, this setting is irrelevant. Since this type of card has no points. But for other card types, this setting defines how the point balance will be displayed on the customer's card installed on their phone.\
   ✅For this card type, you can skip this setting, as this type of card does not use points.

   4o

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeujbGBcq7lLu2XoPc3GLMJcdOviVtnKDZAiwKFXCgNBkiNfdgwqsgxzV5rhxi7YR4tx38OXN4ICLazksDKhZKr8DTA_n62gYAMBXvI6awzxHUgxm6igrcIVx09VQ5fUg?key=rwPedkD53-birl5fES9RBlb_" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

9. The "Purchase amount when charging" setting if turned on requires the purchase amount to be entered whenever a transaction is processed. The entered purchase amount will be counted in the ROI statistics, in the revenue figure.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdfvWtqikyBVxMukLHKRs943Hui4GxRHIuja_c2eENgx3nbSoXZEK8EjEfE2rhbZ0KHdS6YmOfTkKm4H4DbiXS62S-ZF88NbxRX4BoQWj8dk0bTFm7rHRBSLPqlu_IcPg?key=rwPedkD53-birl5fES9RBlb_" alt=""><figcaption><p>Purchase amount when charging</p></figcaption></figure>

10. Next up is the Card Issuing Form section. Here, select the type of field you want to include from the Field Type dropdown. Enter the name of the field in the Field Name field. If the field is required, enable the Required toggle. Similarly, if the field is a unique one, enable the Unique toggle button. To add an additional field, click the Add Field button.

<figure><img src="/files/jYlwABHpbWDhYDHJFD0S" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Issuing Form</p></figcaption></figure>

11. **UTM** - here, you can create a channel link for the analytics to be tracked of the traffic generated by that channel. For instance, if you add Facebook in this field, Boomerang will generate a URL automatically associated to a UTM tag.

    You can create as many links as you want with a UTM tag. This way you can understand which loyalty card distribution channel works best.

<figure><img src="/files/zCZSiFHI7aQLCwtJUsNl" alt=""><figcaption><p>UTM</p></figcaption></figure>

You can create as many links as you want with a UTM tag. This way you can understand which loyalty card distribution channel works best. For each UTM link you can also configure:&#x20;

* **Additional fields** — expand to set a custom **Title** and **Image** displayed on the enrollment form for this UTM link, so each campaign gets its own sign-up page.

For a full guide on UTM links see the dedicated article: [UTM Links](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/card-distribution/online/utm-links)

<figure><img src="/files/UxykRFIL42o8sZpRS3zE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You see a unique link with a UTM tag and a QR code with the same UTM tag. Later you will be able to see in the statistics how many clients have installed the card by this tag.

<figure><img src="/files/Qs99SNDwuuAObhgdcwHy" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

12. Use the Phone Mask dropdown to select the region via which communication calls are masked.

<figure><img src="/files/DNdukXgoiko0CwCXmtlt" alt=""><figcaption><p>Phone Mask</p></figcaption></figure>

13. In case you do not want to include Privacy Policy on the card, disable the toggle button next to the Privacy Policy heading. If enabled, use the field below the heading to enter the privacy policy. You can also add privacy policy text.\
    In case you want to take customer's consent regarding the processing of their personal data, enable the Consent to the processing of personal data toggle button.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/7e7rAegfbsXwKaCKpybA" alt=""><figcaption><p>Privacy Policy</p></figcaption></figure>

**Google Wallet Installation button -** if enabled, allows the Google Wallet button to be displayed in the card installation form thereby allowing customers to add their digital loyalty card to Google Wallet for easy access. Useful for Android users.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcTxe7I_b-XoAi6WxrbKZRe7XGjaWVZzmOPNvA2JL9uDSqQMOCA35JZZftDZ_ebtBGr1uaVxf4rq7J3ga5PApGhVl02XbvGXg9EvXq7ivHDWwuFaVa629DN3IOq2KzwoLM?key=rwPedkD53-birl5fES9RBlb_" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Google Wallet Installation button</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

**PWA Installation button -** if turned on, enables the PWA (Progressive Web App) button on the card install form. It behaves like a native mobile app but doesn’t require installation from an app store. Customers can install the loyalty card as a web app on their devices.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXe7I6oCQfh0qNjmuKq18ZwVJ70Zw9z8B8mRwvT2g2TKaGlEjWVBixc4ikSKx1J70xgXrVkXuO2BTcs-rUJZJoaVNAiAjwHsLLnVGUqcvIAMxIpafNULNdnZ2atHJ_GlnA?key=rwPedkD53-birl5fES9RBlb_" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>PWA Installation button</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

**Limit the number of cards issued  -** controls how many cards can be distributed (0 means unlimited). For example, if this promotion is for a specific number of customers (cardholders).&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdnEXf5ngOWGyEKuV5Tl1RGAR0mFZ8qS7JYvq2XDhly2o2wIBdtSII0xJfbdbG3gvPCD9c7EMFR2OMVc5UsBdO_deTq9PoOkbiLSWOUxBJ6gNRWAr2gK4x0w1kfxqNh7V4?key=rwPedkD53-birl5fES9RBlb_" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Limit the number of cards issued</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

In case you want to include a customized script for analytics generation, paste the script in the Analytics textbox.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeiR6DH2-LA5ZcISCInjHx5EdqB9Dv2LG1wJ9HvXYPogvJJBDe703pW2JYFmzubiHt-Jl3SwF-5MhPcCbNAJs8p6TGzgtsFjykqfXurC4M2lljS2YxTC_Flg4xHbvdnxw?key=rwPedkD53-birl5fES9RBlb_" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once the required details are added, click the **Continue** button. Doing so takes you to the Design section.

<figure><img src="/files/sdqRMVkh1CH0IcmQ0s2j" alt=""><figcaption><p>Continue</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Design**

1. This section lets you tweak the design of the coupon card.<br>
2. Click the Select File button from the Logo heading to choose a logo to be displayed on the card and on the release form from your system storage.

<figure><img src="/files/3kbdcJ8ipkphtr99y9Rx" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File - Logo</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Similarly, click the Select File button from the **Icon** heading to choose an icon from your system storage to be displayed in the push messages.

<figure><img src="/files/n34ZOEMCiHpgPb2MjzQJ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File - Icon</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Choose an icon from your system storage for the center of the card by clicking the Select File button under the **Background of the central part** heading.

<figure><img src="/files/Em7yZzpMV22uWXNu2etN" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File - Background of the central part</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Under the Colors heading, you can use the color pickers for Card Background, Text Color, and Background color of the center part.

<figure><img src="/files/zyHSN9LnwqKqfcH0iyYR" alt=""><figcaption><p>Colors</p></figcaption></figure>

6. The Field dropdown and Field Name fields let you select the type of field and the name of the field you want to include on the card respectively.

<figure><img src="/files/BaDn2MyjPtbOHdbzGVwR" alt=""><figcaption><p>Fields Name</p></figcaption></figure>

7. If you want the logo to be displayed on the card issuing form, enable the Show logo at card issuing form toggle button.

<figure><img src="/files/7GQ6H1tiOWcSRuwNbnTN" alt=""><figcaption><p>Show logo at card issuing form</p></figcaption></figure>

8. Similarly, enable the Show background color on card issuing form if you want the background color to appear on the form.

<figure><img src="/files/SQZuSqXwj0SY99c9SKQn" alt=""><figcaption><p>Show background color on card issuing form</p></figcaption></figure>

9. Once the required selections are made, click the **Continue** button. This takes you to the Information section.

<figure><img src="/files/JxbWtAcUzANLpGlDrQxC" alt=""><figcaption><p>Continue</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Information**

1. Using this section, you can fill in the relevant information on the coupon card.<br>
2. To begin, name the promotion you want to offer via the coupon using the Promotion Name field.

<figure><img src="/files/1k9r9bfcKW1bV2TyR4CV" alt=""><figcaption><p>Promotion Name</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Enter the name of your business in the Company Name field. This name will be displayed in the title of the push notification.

<figure><img src="/files/rKrMGSzxpJtoZviKpIHY" alt=""><figcaption><p>Company Name</p></figcaption></figure>

4. In case you want to activate referral program on the coupon card, choose the Active radio button under the Referral Program heading. \
   ✅Note: The one who recommends the coupon to a friend will not receive any additional bonus. Since the coupon already gives some privilege. That is, the referral program in this case is an additional channel for attracting clients to the business.

<figure><img src="/files/V8L1QT4UjPPDTmOueUY4" alt=""><figcaption><p>Referral Program</p></figcaption></figure>

5. This reveals the **Get bonus at the moment when** heading. Here, you can select when the bonus is awarded to the referrer.

<figure><img src="/files/myk8lf46DdxdTzvF5pgW" alt=""><figcaption><p>Get bonus at the moment when</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Use the Type, Link, and Text fields to put active links on the coupon card. Using the Type dropdown, you can choose URL, Phone, Email, and Address. To add an additional link, click the Add Link button.

<figure><img src="/files/W4RFgaY7rFAXypdXnDvU" alt=""><figcaption><p>Active Links</p></figcaption></figure>

7. Similarly, select a service from the Service dropdown under Feedback links and provide the relevant URL in the field next to it in order to collect customer feedbacks on your service. To add additional links, click the Add Link button.

<figure><img src="/files/LGuIkbgP5qQWRLpDXcmi" alt=""><figcaption><p>Feedback Links</p></figcaption></figure>

8. Moving forward, if you do not intend to include terms of use on the card, disable the toggle button next to the Terms of use heading. If enabled, use the text field below the heading to record the terms of use.

<figure><img src="/files/w5F757xK2fttaMD07sT4" alt=""><figcaption><p>Terms of use</p></figcaption></figure>

9. Use the Link to full terms and conditions field to place a link to your full T\&Cs.

<figure><img src="/files/8L1nR9Ngarm8IHixrHaO" alt=""><figcaption><p>Link to full T&#x26;Cs</p></figcaption></figure>

10. Use the Company Name, Email, and Contact Number fields under the Issuer Information heading to record respective details of the card issuer.

<figure><img src="/files/kVFtGfNbXhLxmHbWiSoN" alt=""><figcaption><p>issuer Information</p></figcaption></figure>

11. To activate the template, click the Activate button below the mobile preview of the card.

<figure><img src="/files/Y7UgMQ2VOmAsHvBSBsSY" alt=""><figcaption><p>Activate</p></figcaption></figure>

12. Once the details are recorded, click the Finish button.

<figure><img src="/files/2X4WpWuwT5T536Tnjj9R" alt=""><figcaption><p>Finish</p></figcaption></figure>

**Save & Preview**

1. Upon clicking the Finish button, a preview of the created card template is displayed.<br>
2. You can scan the QR code displayed at the top of this popup.
3. Once the details are recorded, click the Finish button.

<figure><img src="/files/boH1usga0kNfsogWFn1v" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scan QR</p></figcaption></figure>

3. To copy the link on the card, click the Copy Link button.

<figure><img src="/files/moAEi0cR8QVDuVjyHoFE" alt=""><figcaption><p>Copy Link</p></figcaption></figure>

4. To activate the card, click the Activate Card button.

<figure><img src="/files/ZKzli0C8Crj7KgETboxa" alt=""><figcaption><p>Activate Card</p></figcaption></figure>


# Membership

Start your loyalty club with membership

Upon successful login, navigate to the left-hand menu.&#x20;

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/7266c52ffe4b4d09b0a0f0bceb6e9e0e?sid=538854e6-a97f-4743-a05b-a48bc1087e22>" %}

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/e8217cfe67574dd686bbd5c5cda527e7?sid=04b947ce-fa1c-424b-a359-6e5db93f5cb9>" %}

### How the membership card works:

Membership. the card can be with or without stripe collection. The subaccount must connect their stripe. \\

\
The customer buys a membership from you. The card states that the customer is a member of the club, the card has an expiration date which can be manually renewed in the customer's profile or if the stripe is connected the subscription is automatically renewed.\\

\
A membership card may have an expiration date that can be changed. When the card is scanned, the scanner shows the cardholder and the status of the card (valid or invalid). it is possible to write off visits (i.e. a record of the client's visits).\\

\
That is, a membership card shows that the person is a member of some club with some privileges. For example, if it is a hairdresser's shop, then club members are served only by VIP-masters. One can draw an analogy with an airport, where there is a VIP lounge with increased comfort.&#x20;

Limit in membership means the number of days.

1. From the list of modules, click the <img src="/files/pEKOLcEl5uvXI1r0BeT6" alt="" data-size="line">icon. Doing so opens the Cards module.

<figure><img src="/files/t2E1VMMOvmj5soHBfVuz" alt=""><figcaption><p>Cards</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Here, you can either create a card using a template from a list of a wide range of pre-loaded templates or create one from scratch. To develop a better understanding, we will take a look at card creation from scratch.<br>
4. To do so, click the <img src="/files/G09fYhsenXu5eqiY898S" alt="" data-size="line">button.

<figure><img src="/files/QLsMnFlnQaVF9RwaOwrK" alt=""><figcaption><p>From Scratch</p></figcaption></figure>

5. This initiates the membership card creation workflow. A card is created by filling in the details in 5 sections that include Card Type, Settings, Design, Information, and Save and preview. Let us take a look at how each section works.

### **Card Type**

1. This section lets you choose the type of card you want to create. Since we are creating a coupon card, select **Membership** from the types available.<br>
2. Once selected, click the **Continue** button. This takes you to the Settings section

❗️Note. The card type cannot be changed after the card is activated. We also do not recommend changing the card type after selecting the card type. Since the card mechanics may not work correctly in this case. It is better to create a new card.

<figure><img src="/files/WFnLyDCy0Gyjt9nzWmBb" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Type</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Settings**

1. Here, choose the Barcode Type to determine how the card can be scanned and recognized by a system. You can choose the appearance you like.

<figure><img src="/files/ouZK45ZqB5HDseWEJLln" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. This section lets you tweak the settings of the card you are creating.
3. а)Customize payment collection. Available only when the Stripe is connected.\
   b)If collection is disabled, the membership card will be free.\
   You can also set up Membership v1, which is a free card option with no tiers or limits

<figure><img src="/files/zBkCrZHfFzLK0R0WRhxO" alt=""><figcaption><p>a) Customize payment collection. Available only when the Stripe is connected.</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/rfEB3hciZvFerwMOaOgv" alt=""><figcaption><p>b)If collection is disabled, the membership card will be free.<br>You can also set up Membership v1, which is a free card option with no tiers or limits</p></figcaption></figure>

### What Is Membership V1

Membership V1 is a member/participant card (club pass) — it doesn’t use points or rewards.\
It’s designed to identify active members and grant access/benefits tied to membership status.

Key notes:

* Tracks membership status (e.g., active/expired).
* You can log visits/attendance for members (via the scanner), but there’s no points or reward logic.
* Renewal/access can be managed by your agency (and, if enabled, through your payment setup).
* The registration form and card type can’t be changed after creation — create a new card if you need different fields or mechanics.

3. Set up auto-renewal or disable it, then the cardholder will have a lifetime membership.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/62N5zTRwXzGw8Myyr4ct" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. Set the expiration date of the membership

<div><figure><img src="/files/eqY2oyHWoi2uV0Wgu1gm" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/rffhVm6l8jdxo3rquPxn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

5. If the auto-renewal is disabled, the membership expiration date will be based on specific time and date. \
   Use the radio button under Card expiration date to set the validity of the card. In case you select Fixed term after card issuing, the Term dropdowns are displayed. They facilitate you to define the number of days upon card issuance after which the card expires.

   <br>

   <figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXe_d77-hZNfeE0qqud6OmWe1vvMZECEzbBuuqVuNC-SlSc1BEVgXAv1vXgbDNbsFICHvEHOkuQB-UtSLsXSj6iTf4vpMe99fa589z0qCk3-aiY78z-w-noDmJiYUdMpUuE?key=_t1HJ2iWp5pBNmqJJrlpSFZv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Card expiration date unlimited -** the card has no expiration date. The client can use it as much as he/she wants.&#x20;

**Card expiration date Fixed term -** The customer will not be able to use the card when this date occurs. The card will not be deleted from the client's phone.

**Card expiration date Fixed term after card issuing -** As this option is selected, the Term dropdowns are displayed. Here, you can select the number of days upon card activation after which it expires.\
\
✅ That is, regardless of the period for which the client has paid, the card will cease to be valid.

6. **Membership tier unit measure name** - Set the label for the units shown on the membership card (e.g., *Visits, Washes, Classes, Massages, Access*). This is **just a label** displayed on the card (e.g., “Available: 8 Visits”) and in the profile; it doesn’t change pricing or logic.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfhtQI4S9QVi4OadUrqmd4NFX9JXBKreNkABi088dLguLYMaYCZO3bEPEpjPq7okEWRzACOUtTca661ak3mHqtSs2BOgWeZwKfN-_gcikHwHhDDJ7GDrZ4DDjG0gSSvTpc?key=_t1HJ2iWp5pBNmqJJrlpSFZv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

7. The trial period setting, which allows users to set a free trial for new members. The trial period can be between 0 and 30 days (currently set to 0, meaning no trial is offered).

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcPIqOVQQZZqRQxyszs2siwRqApVLBqPdgCihlWiB9m1rwfraIqrEqBEzj2E120EO4qV3V_Y4egmkubmxRPSu_9SnSUIFxkiDdzDDMq7gFA_sYctrak0TmyI3dG-uF8oDs?key=_t1HJ2iWp5pBNmqJJrlpSFZv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

7. Customize membership levels. You can create multiple membership levels.

а) Come up with a name and description for the level&#x20;

b) Set prices and limits for each period. ✅ Note. Once the promotion is activated, prices cannot be changed.&#x20;

c) Specify the benefits for the level.&#x20;

Cards with limits will receive push notifications when the number of visits on the card changes and periods are updated.

<figure><img src="/files/r72Khqorsz0qCyeBJAZZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

✅ Note: if the collection of payments through Stripe is disabled, the cards issued through the general link will have the minimum tier and recommended period. If you issue cards in bulk, you can manually assign the tier and period. You will also be able to change the tier in the customer profile.

You can disable the level if you don't want to sell for example a daily subscription

<figure><img src="/files/tgrPob3lyuAWwaEHogoS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

7. Next up is the Card Issuing Form section. Here, select the type of field you want to include from the Field Type dropdown. Enter the name of the field in the Field Name field. If the field is required, enable the Required toggle. Similarly, if the field is a unique one, enable the Unique toggle button. To add an additional field, click the Add Field button.

This is the form that the customer fills out when installing the card. It allows you to define what fields will appear on the card — such as name, phone number, email, etc.

* To **add a new field**, click the **Add Field** button. You’ll be able to choose the **Field Type** (e.g., text, number, email) and give it a **Field Name**.
* If you want to make a field **required**, enable the **Required** toggle. This means the customer won’t be able to install the card without filling in that field.
* If a field must contain **unique values** (like a phone number or email), turn on the **Unique** toggle. ⚠️ We recommend using this only for fields like phone number. For example, if you mark the **Name** field as unique, another customer with the same name won’t be able to install the card.
* To **remove a field**, click the cart (🛒) icon next to it.

You can also **rename existing fields** or add as many as needed to fit your card’s requirements.

✅ Note. for a membershipcard, the e-mail field is mandatory. You can also add a photo field and display the client's photo on the front side of the card.

<figure><img src="/files/AfOT51knYJn9oKm9GdQI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

8. **In the Locations** field, enter the location(s) of your business to send the push message.<br>

   This push will be received by the customer who has a card installed in Apple Wallet. The customer will receive this push when they are within range (100 meters). You can add multiple locations, it can be any address, not necessarily a business address. [Learn more about how to set up (change) geolocation push](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/geolocations/geolocations).

<figure><img src="/files/V73nTsaEB2DpWxycjzhM" alt=""><figcaption><p>Locations</p></figcaption></figure>

9. Select the language in which you want to create the card using the **Language** dropdown.

<figure><img src="/files/BPIEC4ZVQs7KBEqcQxf8" alt=""><figcaption><p>Language</p></figcaption></figure>

10. **Date Format -** determines how the date is displayed on the card. If the card does not have an expiration date, this setting is irrelevant.

<figure><img src="/files/GkDSZgPJGUqGghcBue2B" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

10. **Thousands Separator Decimal Separator** - for the membershipcard, this setting is irrelevant. Since this type of card has no points. But for other card types, this setting defines how the point balance will be displayed on the customer's card installed on their phone.

<figure><img src="/files/xbQcHB83h88BhGfUKC8c" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

10. The "**Purchase amount when charging**" setting if turned on requires the purchase amount to be entered whenever a transaction is processed. The entered purchase amount will be counted in the ROI statistics, in the revenue figure. ✅Applies only to transactions made via the scanner. If this setting is disabled, the purchase amount is optional when using the scanner.

<figure><img src="/files/D8st8XPwGlIDaONMafJW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

11. **UTM** - here, you can create a channel link for the analytics to be tracked of the traffic generated by that channel. For instance, if you add Facebook in this field, Boomerang will generate a URL automatically associated to a UTM tag.

    You can create as many links as you want with a UTM tag. This way you can understand which loyalty card distribution channel works best.

You can create as many links as you want with a UTM tag. This way you can understand which loyalty card distribution channel works best. For each UTM link you can also configure:

* **Additional fields** — expand to set a custom **Title** and **Image** displayed on the enrollment form for this UTM link, so each campaign gets its own sign-up page.

For a full guide on UTM links see the dedicated article: [UTM Links](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/card-distribution/online/utm-links)

<figure><img src="/files/f1uO1KAR8loCCypCDdcQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You see a unique link with a UTM tag and a QR code with the same UTM tag. Later you will be able to see in the statistics how many clients have installed the card by this tag.

\
✅In addition, you will be able to create customer segments based on this tag. We recommend using this option from the very beginning of implementing loyalty in your business.

<figure><img src="/files/VBNgvbG7fzdKwWOiw1LI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

11. Next, the **"Phone mask"** dropdown allows you to select the default region that will be shown in the card installation form the customer fills out. If the customer has a foreign phone number, that’s not a problem — they will be able to select their own region manually..

<figure><img src="/files/ii2E4wSXDBV6bnCoL6IS" alt=""><figcaption><p>Phone mask</p></figcaption></figure>

12. In case you do not want to include Privacy Policy on the card, disable the toggle button next to the Privacy Policy heading. If enabled, use the field below the heading to enter the privacy policy. You can also add privacy policy text.<br>

    In case you want to take customer's consent regarding the processing of their personal data, enable the Consent to the processing of personal data toggle button.<br>

    In case you want to include consent while processing personal information of the user, enable the toggle button next to **Consent to the processing of personal data** heading.

<figure><img src="/files/OEHnGMZy5nK26t7SwQAD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

14. Next, you can configure the **Google Wallet Installation button and PWA Installation button**.

    You can select the options where customers can install the card. \
    ✅This setting is flexible, you can always change it.<br>

    If the account has additional options for installing a card, for example [WhatsApp](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/mailings/now-to-connect-whatsapp-bot), connected, then clients will see these buttons by default in the card issue form<br>

    **Google Wallet Installation button -** if enabled, allows the Google Wallet button to be displayed in the card installation form thereby allowing customers to add their digital loyalty card to Google Wallet for easy access. Useful for Android users.<br>

    **PWA Installation button -** if turned on, enables the PWA (Progressive Web App) button on the card install form. It behaves like a native mobile app but doesn’t require installation from an app store. Customers can install the loyalty card as a web app on their devices.<br>

    <figure><img src="/files/bOaD8JMhpnjjeYDf6JUz" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Google Wallet Installation button and PWA Installation button</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

Next you can set the following settings:

**Limit the number of cards issued -** controls how many cards can be distributed (0 means unlimited). For example, if this promotion is for a specific number of customers (cardholders).&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/e5zdZTXDbxRk1OICHQbe" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Limit the number of cards issued</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

**Limit the number of customers’ check-ins per day -**  This means that the cardholder will not be able to use the card twice in one day. For example, if it is a car wash, the client will not be able to write off two visits in one day.

15. In case you want to include a customized script for analytics generation, paste the script in the Analytics textbox.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfXxzLL1eT2uxz8IEeg7-fZyfbzEk-RP7xDF7CeqL_mWR0FfFtr71tRJQb_xgZv1pYQxLsl4IO3pM5dgZEMTx4SOfnJ5CW3eSqUOKsQhtBejxGP_80pD9JlrZ0cPBe7USY?key=_t1HJ2iWp5pBNmqJJrlpSFZv" alt=""><figcaption><p>Analytics</p></figcaption></figure>

Once the selections are made, click the Continue button to move on the Design section.

<figure><img src="/files/9AgCw8RkVKttssN52y0s" alt=""><figcaption><p>Continue</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Design**

1. This section lets you set the design of the membership card.<br>
2. Click the **Select File** button from the **Logo** heading to choose a logo to be displayed on the card and on the release form from your system storage. \
   ✅ Be sure to follow the file size and weight recommendations.

<figure><img src="/files/RsnLA94coxzITA2cJAnu" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File - Logo</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Similarly, click the Select File button from the **Icon** heading to choose an icon from your system storage to be displayed in the push messages.\
   ✅ Be sure to follow the file size and weight recommendations.

<figure><img src="/files/2SY3imMPGN9B1Vi8Yk9R" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File - Icon</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Navigate to the Background of the central part heading. Here, clicking the Select File button opens your system storage to choose an icon that is displayed as the background of the central part.\
   ✅ Be sure to follow the file size and weight recommendations.

<figure><img src="/files/tG9GSl0ILF8xXWlNCK0P" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File - Background of the central part</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Next up is the Colors heading. Here, you can use the color pickers for Card Background, Text Color, and Background color of the center part to set the colors for the background of the card, the color in which the text is displayed, and the background color of the central part of the card respectively.   \
   ✅ If you have uploaded a file for the Background of the central part - you can skip this setting. As the image you uploaded above will be displayed.

<figure><img src="/files/wSWwfXsbfCHEoEl0yC8W" alt=""><figcaption><p>Colors</p></figcaption></figure>

6. If you want the cardholder's photo and name to be displayed on the front of the card, turn on the switches.\
   ✅Please note that the card issuance form contains a field requiring you to upload a photo; this is the photo that will be displayed on the card.

<figure><img src="/files/c7xJ9Gys6xef1pBvh00Z" alt=""><figcaption><p>Name and photo</p></figcaption></figure>

7. From the Fields name heading, use the Field dropdown and Field name field to configure the fields you want to be displayed on the card. Each configured field is displayed on the mobile screen preview on the right side of the screen.   \
   ✅The drop-down list will display all the fields that you specified in the card issue form in the previous step.\
   ✅If you want, you can rename the value in Field name.

<figure><img src="/files/LGXwoGJ24svi5qiyqiIo" alt=""><figcaption><p>Fields name</p></figcaption></figure>

8. If you want the logo to be displayed on the card issuing form, enable the Show logo at card issuing form toggle button. \
   \
   Similarly, enable the Show background color on card issuing form if you want the background color to appear on the form

<figure><img src="/files/S4CySdzHwScOn1WDmXav" alt=""><figcaption><p>Show logo at card issuing form</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/JtTP7HHGofaOHO2KN5mu" alt=""><figcaption><p>Show logo and background color at card issuing form</p></figcaption></figure>

9. As the selections are made, click the Continue button to move to the Information section.

<figure><img src="/files/emBzH2WVOZdEwmvPpIAN" alt=""><figcaption><p>Continue</p></figcaption></figure>

## **Information**

1. This section lets you fill in the information you want to display on the card. Starting off, enter a short description of the card using the Card Description field.

<figure><img src="/files/fAZ9WmdJLNLdFCNhdPiM" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Description</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Use the **Company Name** field to enter the name of your business. This name will be displayed in the push notification.

<figure><img src="/files/m4Y7ejYnXv3boiAY5wmK" alt=""><figcaption><p>Company Name</p></figcaption></figure>

5. From the Active Links heading, choose the type of link you want to include on the card using the **Type** dropdown. The available options include URL, Phone, Email, and Address.

   These links are always shown on the back of the card.\
   \
   ✅**Note for iPhone users:** If you open the card in **quick view**, the links might not be clickable. To make them work, open the card through the **Apple Wallet app** instead.\
   \
   ✅There is no limit on the number of active links.

<figure><img src="/files/2DMTI2hZBzxzXXoPLDGN" alt=""><figcaption><p>Active Links</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Similarly, use the link type dropdown and link fields under the Feedback Links heading to add your business links for the customer reviews to be recorded.   \
   ✅These links are not displayed on the back of the card. The client will see these links only after rating the visit (after selecting stars)

<figure><img src="/files/CP4WoJ6h5uM4QpAO3zwY" alt=""><figcaption><p>Feedback Links</p></figcaption></figure>

7. Moving forward, if you do not intend to include terms of use on the card, disable the toggle button next to the Terms of use heading. If enabled, use the text field below the heading to record the terms of use.   \
   This information is always displayed on the back of the card that is installed on the customer's phone.\
   \
   ✅ The text of the terms of use is generated automatically based on the card settings and has variables. If you want, you can change this text, but the variables cannot be changed. So either leave them or delete them if you do not want them to be used.

<figure><img src="/files/3t7zG2blps2oIlVVJue0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

8. Use the Link to full terms and conditions field to place a link to your full T\&Cs. \
   For example, if a business has a page on the site with a beautifully designed description of the promotion, you can add this link here. It is always displayed on the back of the card and in the card installation form.

<figure><img src="/files/nnKCSD41uLJHFcPTDrKI" alt=""><figcaption><p>Link to full T&#x26;Cs</p></figcaption></figure>

9. Moving towards the end, record the information of the card issuer using the Company Name, Email Address, and Contact Number fields under the Issuer Information heading.\
   That is, specifically about the business where this loyalty program will be used. This information is displayed on the back of the card.

<figure><img src="/files/P2kWMMMDvPtthENYgaBj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

10. After filling in the required information, click Finish or Activate. A pop-up window for card activation will open.

<figure><img src="/files/qSNMRdFc8Z2Jzq6TiiJv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Card activation

1. As the Finish button is clicked, the Preview popup is displayed.
2. From here, you can scan the QR code of the card.
3. Click the **Activate Card** button to activate the card. Activate the card only after you are sure of the settings. While the card is not active, only 10 people can install it.

<figure><img src="/files/LyA5bLuMluiyMa2w2bwU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. After activating the card, the main settings cannot be changed. In this window you see a list of settings that cannot be changed.

<figure><img src="/files/bW2n5hfZno6Zx3v3pZHk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Card statistics

To see statistics on a card go to the template, to the information section. General statistics for the card.

<figure><img src="/files/fgLDbSoXSutjv2luOhb8" alt=""><figcaption><p>membership card statistics</p></figcaption></figure>

**This displays:**&#x20;

* Revenue
* Monthly recurring revenue (MRR).The formula for MRR looks like this: MRR = (number of customers) x (average monthly revenue per customer)&#x20;
* &#x20;Members lifetime value (LTV) is equal to Average Revenue Per Subscriber (ARPS) divided by Subscriber Churn Rate. When the churn rate is 0% (e.g. new account), a churn rate of 1.67% is assumed. The churn rate formula is: (Lost Customers ÷ Total Customers at the Start of Time Period) x 100.&#x20;
* Average revenue per user (ARPU) is total Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR) divided by the number of active subscribers.&#x20;

More detailed information can be found on the page: <https://stripe.com/en-de/resources/more/billing>.\
✅ if the card has payment collection via stripe.&#x20;

**Payment statistics.**\
In the payments section you can also see Revenue generated, Active members, Members lifetime value (LTV)? New members and Churned members on the graphs.\
You can select a period and see more detailed information.

<figure><img src="/files/SgHjfDHdq9r7j45RXP4B" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Membership card payment statistics**\
Below the graphs is the table of payments for the Membership Card.

<figure><img src="/files/jWPyw20q8QLvajZ31zur" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Distribution of membership card

You can create a bulk issue of memebership cards.  Select customers, select a card template.

<figure><img src="/files/W19CLXTQzoWRJyRoi1ly" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Select the tier and period. The payment method will be assigned automatically, depending on the settings of the "Collect payments" template. Write a message for card mailing, add a link from placeholders to install the card. Select sending channels: sms and/or e-mail.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/uQftkgPgPk8TZe07FtUU" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

✅It is necessary to connect Mailgun and/or Twilio for messages to be delivered.<br>

<figure><img src="/files/WgHYA7m2DMcZej0OI7Cw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### How to apply a promo code when subscribing to a membership card

A promo code field is now available on the membership card checkout page. Customers can use a valid promo code when subscribing to a membership. To apply a promo code, click the **“Add code”** button, then enter the code in the **“Promotion code”** field.

<figure><img src="/files/k9yaElj8CCl9okQqgtiG" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### ❓FAQ

<details>

<summary>Is it possible to change the design of the card based on the membership tier?</summary>

At the moment there is no such possibility.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Why isn’t the membership level displayed on the front side of the card?</summary>

Please check your membership tier settings. At least one tier must be active.\
The screenshot below shows an example of a correct setup — the **Bronze** tier is created, described, and has an active pricing option with a set price and limit.

<figure><img src="/files/QEwmpRwpxDQd7vje9FBD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

</details>


# Discount

How to run a classical discount cards in digital

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/a3d2abb470934377a5a8242537b21ba3>" %}
Discount card video tutorial
{% endembed %}

### How the discount card works:

A discount card allows businesses to offer instant savings to customers while keeping them engaged. Discount can also be progressive, for example, the more a customer spends, the higher the percentage of discount they earn. The business owner sets up tiers, input an amount to spend to reach the next tier and adds a % discount to each tier.

1. Upon successful login, navigate to the left-hand menu.<br>
2. From the list of modules, click the <img src="/files/pEKOLcEl5uvXI1r0BeT6" alt="" data-size="line">icon. Doing so opens the Cards module.

<figure><img src="/files/t2E1VMMOvmj5soHBfVuz" alt=""><figcaption><p>Cards</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Here, you can either create a card using a template from a list of a wide range of pre-loaded templates or create one from scratch. To develop a better understanding, we will take a look at card creation from scratch.<br>
4. To do so, click the <img src="/files/G09fYhsenXu5eqiY898S" alt="" data-size="line">button.

<figure><img src="/files/QLsMnFlnQaVF9RwaOwrK" alt=""><figcaption><p>From Scratch</p></figcaption></figure>

This initiates the discount card creation workflow. A card is created by filling in the details in 5 sections that include Card Type, Settings, Design, Information, and Save and preview. Let us take a look at how each section works.

### **Card Type**

1. This section lets you choose the type of card you want to create. Since we are creating a coupon card, select **Discount** from the types available.<br>
2. Once selected, click the **Continue** button. This takes you to the Settings section.

<figure><img src="/files/NFofCNly3ENEVn9YCLga" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Type</p></figcaption></figure>

### Settings

1. Here, choose the Barcode Type to determine how the card can be scanned and recognized by a system. You can choose the appearance you like.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeHkTFmgv-hTTwHOBASDGhxwc9Ogrj8kUzDzJ4qw1FSELwvjIw8OZTJJP1RKHOLlN0_5rzDGgUKNVL5y345mf2BEgAEvReCJi7lhQQHPXg_acsCSzNKAHNKPaWBedhnxrQ?key=1P9nlKE7iXZHcPLZbkjGAene" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Happy hours -** a setting that allows you to select a period of time during which customers can take advantage of an increased discount (in accordance with the specified parameters).

<figure><img src="https://docs.boomerangme.cards/~gitbook/image?url=https%3A%2F%2F121681468-files.gitbook.io%2F%7E%2Ffiles%2Fv0%2Fb%2Fgitbook-x-prod.appspot.com%2Fo%2Fspaces%252FBfW4nnOu4AysbkbyxNug%252Fuploads%252Frzzf1722DDOlQlEDZu1j%252Fimage.png%3Falt%3Dmedia%26token%3Dc52512ba-7ae4-4c23-91e9-6b80a3fb4edd&#x26;width=768&#x26;dpr=4&#x26;quality=100&#x26;sign=ef0e09af&#x26;sv=2" alt=""><figcaption><p>Happy hours</p></figcaption></figure>

Use the radio button under Card expiration date to set the validity of the discount card. \
**Card expiration date unlimited** - the card has no expiration date. The client can use it as much as he/she wants.

**Card expiration date Fixed term** - The customer will not be able to use the card when this date occurs. The card will not be deleted from the client's phone.

**Card expiration date Fixed term after card issuing** - As this option is selected, the Term dropdowns are displayed. Here, you can select the number of days upon card installing after which it expires.

<figure><img src="/files/FaC06h4GHf65JRTr8shi" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Expiration Date</p></figcaption></figure>

3. **In the Locations** field, enter the location(s) of your business to send the push message.

   This push will be received by the customer who has a card installed in Apple Wallet. The customer will receive this push when they are within range (100 meters). You can add multiple locations, it can be any address, not necessarily a business address. [Learn more about how to set up (change) geolocation push](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/geolocations/geolocations).

<figure><img src="/files/OdRTQs0YfMtm3cU82OM5" alt=""><figcaption><p>Locations</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Next up is the Cardholder Status heading. Here, you can create a tier-wise segregation for the customers and offer discount percentages based on their spend. Use the Tier Name, Spend to Achieve, and Percentage % fields to define the tier type, required spend to achieve the tier, and the discount percentage offered for that tier respectively. In case you want to create an additional tier, click the Add Tier button.

<figure><img src="/files/9Dbml6KcBARzm4GVESp3" alt=""><figcaption><p>Cardholder Status</p></figcaption></figure>

5. You can remove a tier by clicking the  cart button. Minimum number of statuses - 1

<figure><img src="/files/wWGtGl76NhPqWltbO8fJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

6. Moreover, you can also add an additional tier by clicking the Add Tier button. This adds a new row for the additional tier details to be recorded.   \
   Maximum number of statuses - 6

<figure><img src="/files/KPmHW79LyIxHm0zMlncI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

6. Here, choose the language in which you want to create the discount card using the Language dropdown.

<figure><img src="/files/NWnoU5Fi5UFMvjuMt6DC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Date Format -** determines how the date is displayed on the card. If the card does not have an expiration date, this setting is irrelevant.

<figure><img src="/files/7qoBoKzvL2seBCmt3t9O" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Thousands Separator** **Decimal Separator -** for the discount card, this setting is irrelevant. Since this type of card has no points. But for other card types, this setting defines how the point balance will be displayed on the customer's card installed on their phone.

<figure><img src="/files/ofuF69mVu7g4UJJCO68N" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

6. The "**Purchase amount when charging**" setting if turned on requires the purchase amount to be entered whenever a transaction is processed. The entered purchase amount will be counted in the ROI statistics, in the revenue figure.   \
   ✅Applies only to transactions made via the scanner. If this setting is disabled, the purchase amount is optional when using the scanner.

<figure><img src="/files/LiiSkVmpetVe2bz1oUV6" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

7. Similarly, you can include the required fields on the card issuing form using the options available under the Card Issuing Form heading. \
   \
   This is the form that the customer fills out when installing the card. It allows you to define what fields will appear on the card — such as name, phone number, email, etc.

* To **add a new field**, click the **Add Field** button. You’ll be able to choose the **Field Type** (e.g., text, number, email) and give it a **Field Name**.
* If you want to make a field **required**, enable the **Required** toggle. This means the customer won’t be able to install the card without filling in that field.
* If a field must contain **unique values** (like a phone number or email), turn on the **Unique** toggle. ⚠️ We recommend using this only for fields like phone number. For example, if you mark the **Name** field as unique, another customer with the same name won’t be able to install the card.
* To **remove a field**, click the cart (🛒) icon next to it.

You can also **rename existing fields** or add as many as needed to fit your card’s requirements.

<figure><img src="/files/LrS7nv3e8hvKITL2zHYz" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card issuing Form</p></figcaption></figure>

8. **UTM** - here, you can create a channel link for the analytics to be tracked of the traffic generated by that channel. For instance, if you add Facebook in this field, Boomerang will generate a URL automatically associated to a UTM tag.

   You can create as many links as you want with a UTM tag. This way you can understand which loyalty card distribution channel works best.

   You can create as many links as you want with a UTM tag. This way you can understand which loyalty card distribution channel works best. For each UTM link you can also configure:

   * **Additional fields** — expand to set a custom **Title** and **Image** displayed on the enrollment form for this UTM link, so each campaign gets its own sign-up page.

   For a full guide on UTM links see the dedicated article: [UTM Links](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/card-distribution/online/utm-links)

<figure><img src="/files/VTUZyBfSGRXf4yEBvYqx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You see a unique link with a UTM tag and a QR code with the same UTM tag. Later you will be able to see in the statistics how many clients have installed the card by this tag.

<figure><img src="/files/kqSE0FK04wh2eOUGXb98" alt=""><figcaption><p>UTM</p></figcaption></figure>

✅In addition, you will be able to create customer segments based on this tag. We recommend using this option from the very beginning of implementing loyalty in your business.

The **Phone Mask -** from the drop-down list you can select which country prefix will be specified by default in the card issuance form. If the client has a phone of another country, it is not a problem, the client will be able to choose another country.

<figure><img src="/files/bkQzzWd7eAhkcYELRiF1" alt=""><figcaption><p>Phone Mask</p></figcaption></figure>

9. **Privacy policy -** consent is displayed on the card's release form. The customer must accept the condition before installing the card. This text can be supplemented if necessary. In case you want to include the privacy policy on the card, enable the toggle button next to the Privacy Policy heading. Moreover, you can also edit the privacy policy using the field below the heading.

In case you want to take customer's consent regarding the processing of their personal data, enable the Consent to the processing of personal data toggle button.&#x20;

This information is displayed on the card issue form.

<figure><img src="/files/kJezDvfsdEVDYKSzCbcq" alt=""><figcaption><p>Privacy Policy</p></figcaption></figure>

10. Then you can select the options where customers can install the card. \
    ✅This setting is flexible, you can always change it.

If the account has additional options for installing a card, for example [WhatsApp](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/mailings/now-to-connect-whatsapp-bot), connected, then clients will see these buttons by default in the card issue form

**Google Wallet Installation button -** if enabled, allows the Google Wallet button to be displayed in the card installation form thereby allowing customers to add their digital loyalty card to Google Wallet for easy access. Useful for Android users.

**PWA Installation button -** if turned on, enables the PWA (Progressive Web App) button on the card install form. It behaves like a native mobile app but doesn’t require installation from an app store. Customers can install the loyalty card as a web app on their devices.

<figure><img src="/files/z3kyPvIUCIwWN58cELRH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

11. Next step you can choose how many people can install the card. **Limit the number of cards issued** controls how many cards can be distributed (0 means unlimited).\
    ✅This setting is suitable if the promotion applies to a certain number of people.

<figure><img src="/files/QogNDQs1XOVdnYt04h26" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

12. In case you want to include a customized script for analytics generation, paste the script in the Analytics textbox.

<figure><img src="/files/yKdc2mLVHx1DmqueOU4I" alt=""><figcaption><p>Analytics</p></figcaption></figure>

Once the required selections are made, click nthe Continue button. This takes you to the Design section.

<figure><img src="/files/W3m5Cbvj4ATP3jLydWDA" alt=""><figcaption><p>Continue</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Design**

1. This section lets you configure the design of the gift card..<br>
2. Click the **Select File** button from the **Logo** heading to choose a logo to be displayed on the card and on the release form from your system storage.\
   ✅ Be sure to follow the file size and weight recommendations.

<figure><img src="/files/GfKNBqXqVqRmDjakhqE8" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File - Logo</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Similarly, click the Select File button from the **Icon** heading to choose an icon from your system storage to be displayed in the push messages.\
   ✅ Be sure to follow the file size and weight recommendations.

<figure><img src="/files/JxbnWXxXEYmHFZ4j9Oan" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File - Icon</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Navigate to the Background of the central part heading. Here, clicking the Select File button opens your system storage to choose an icon that is displayed as the background of the central part.\
   ✅ Be sure to follow the file size and weight recommendations.

<figure><img src="/files/yXRbmirPEDXw4De8GpBC" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File - Background of the central part</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Next up is the Colors heading. Here, you can use the color pickers for Card Background, Text Color, and Background color of the center part to set the colors for the background of the card, the color in which the text is displayed, and the background color of the central part of the card respectively.\
   ✅ If you have uploaded a file for the Background of the central part - you can skip this setting. As the image you uploaded above will be displayed.

<figure><img src="/files/CVe7MGkjVFq2Mneaa7m9" alt=""><figcaption><p>Colors</p></figcaption></figure>

6. From the Fields name heading, use the Field dropdown and Field name field to configure the fields you want to be displayed on the card. Each configured field is displayed on the mobile screen preview on the right side of the screen.   \
   ✅The drop-down list will display all the fields that you specified in the card issue form in the previous step.

<figure><img src="/files/YLwMDsKPoDCLUnPggjf6" alt=""><figcaption><p>Fields Name</p></figcaption></figure>

7. If you do not intent to display the logo on the card issuing form, disable the Show logo at card issuing form toggle button.

<figure><img src="/files/g8JPELl9pxVQ1CDcDI50" alt=""><figcaption><p>Show logo at card issuing form</p></figcaption></figure>

8. If you do not want the background color to be displayed on the card issuing form, disable the Show background color on card issuing form toggle button.

<figure><img src="/files/MXCDgQ4qfcht8hKCqXHv" alt=""><figcaption><p>Show background color</p></figcaption></figure>

9. As these selections are made, click the Continue button. Doing so takes you to the Information section.

<figure><img src="/files/rLM3H6Op5RxvhMAVsSPZ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Continue</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Information**

1. In this section, you can fill in the required information on the card.<br>
2. Starting off, enter a short description of the card using the Card Description field.

<figure><img src="/files/to8MceCpKC6xNHW6Y8kk" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Description</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Use the **Company Name** field to enter the name of your business. This name will be displayed in the push notification.

<figure><img src="/files/piGxg47sqMP7yUiEXX0M" alt=""><figcaption><p>Company Name</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Choose whether you want to include referral program using the Active and Inactive radio buttons under the Referral Program heading. \
   ✅The referral program in this type of card does not provide an additional bonus to the person who recommended it.

<figure><img src="/files/KpsxdhJU2cFJ01DxvFIm" alt=""><figcaption><p>Referral Program</p></figcaption></figure>

5. From the Active Links heading, choose the type of link you want to include on the card using the **Type** dropdown. The available options include URL, Phone, Email, and Address.

   These links are always shown on the back of the card.\
   \
   ✅**Note for iPhone users:** If you open the card in **quick view**, the links might not be clickable. To make them work, open the card through the **Apple Wallet app** instead.

<figure><img src="/files/uR5vRkHMxAmO6o3xI6IZ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Active Links</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Similarly, use the link type dropdown and link fields under the Feedback Links heading to add your business links for the customer reviews to be recorded.   \
   ✅These links are not displayed on the back of the card. The client will see these links only after rating the visit (after selecting stars)

<figure><img src="/files/zlEXUNqBH4YTHDkYjkoB" alt=""><figcaption><p>Feedback Links</p></figcaption></figure>

7. Moving forward, if you do not intend to include terms of use on the card, disable the toggle button next to the Terms of use heading. If enabled, use the text field below the heading to record the terms of use.   \
   If this setting is enabled, this information is displayed on the back of the card installed in the customer's phone.

<figure><img src="/files/lXZI0n7Px8Bn586oDUW4" alt=""><figcaption><p>Terms of Use</p></figcaption></figure>

8. Similarly, include a link to the full T\&Cs of your business using the Link to full terms and conditions field.

<figure><img src="/files/N4Q30to0CaaeXgBiGPmQ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Link to full T&#x26;Cs</p></figcaption></figure>

9. Moving towards the end, record the information of the card issuer using the Company Name, Email Address, and Contact Number fields under the Issuer Information heading.

<figure><img src="/files/xwqxeu86B5TCxylsi4xb" alt=""><figcaption><p>Issuer Information</p></figcaption></figure>

Once the required information is filled in, click the Finish button. This opens the preview popup.

<figure><img src="/files/Mhs9icZgevYKvTVSm7Bp" alt=""><figcaption><p>Finish</p></figcaption></figure>

### Card activation

1. As the Finish button is clicked, the Preview popup is displayed.
2. From here, you can scan the QR code of the card.
3. Click the **Activate Card** button to activate the card. Activate the card only after you are sure of the settings. While the card is not active, only 10 people can install it.

<figure><img src="/files/jdw1U7mi1N4PD53r2jyE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. After activating the card, the main settings cannot be changed. In this window you see a list of settings that cannot be changed.

<figure><img src="/files/gdLz8nGVwBDFavPzWdOi" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Reward

Reward your most active customers and get more repeated sales

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/caf8b12f0a2149cca5e113b3823fde00>" %}
Reward card video tutorial
{% endembed %}

### How the reward card works:

The client can accumulate points through three options: purchases, visits, or individual customization. There is no limit to the number of rewards that can be available, with each reward being worth a certain number of points. When the client redeems a reward, the corresponding points are deducted from their card balance, but they can continue to accumulate points afterward.

1. Upon successful login, navigate to the left-hand menu.
2. From the list of modules, click the <img src="/files/pEKOLcEl5uvXI1r0BeT6" alt="" data-size="line">icon. Doing so opens the Cards module.

<figure><img src="/files/t2E1VMMOvmj5soHBfVuz" alt=""><figcaption><p>Cards</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Here, you can either create a card using a template from a list of a wide range of pre-loaded templates or create one from scratch. To develop a better understanding, we will take a look at card creation from scratch.<br>
4. To do so, click the <img src="/files/G09fYhsenXu5eqiY898S" alt="" data-size="line">button.

<figure><img src="/files/QLsMnFlnQaVF9RwaOwrK" alt=""><figcaption><p>From Scratch</p></figcaption></figure>

5. This initiates the reward card creation workflow. A card is created by filling in the details in 5 sections that include Card Type, Settings, Design, Information, and Save and preview. Let us take a look at how each section works.

### **Card Type**

1. This section lets you choose the type of card you want to create. Since we are creating a coupon card, select **Reward** from the types available.<br>
2. Once selected, click the **Continue** button. This takes you to the Settings section.

<figure><img src="/files/WHJsPVakz5pTdfbhAiTA" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Type</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Settings**

1. Here, choose the Barcode Type to determine how the card can be scanned and recognized by a system. You can choose the appearance you like.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcebX5pmByo2wcJMnCdusObSdMykzaMdrCQwpa4bZUAcDy1IC5h59FnfNPDiLMPfNRUQqQkx8fhJXKNxWfnN1FoTATRV5qgzWOOu3GJwT29sHOgsolYGBC3j2-bMNORfw?key=n3tELLD69Vr8p3qR4ZKCytci" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. In the Rewards Program section, select how customers will earn points. Choose one of three rewards programs: expense, visit, points:\
   \
   ✅ You can change the program at any time. Even after you start using it, when customers have already installed the cards.\
   ✅ There can be as many awards as you like, there are no restrictions.

а) **Spend** Points are awarded based on the customer's spending. Specify how many points the customer will receive for what amount.\
\
✅ Spend – Customers earn points based on the amount they spend. For example, if you set it to give 10 points per $10 spent, a customer spending $30 would receive 30 points.

<figure><img src="/files/ZOKHsCJPNpMnetSN4zhO" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

b) **Visit** Specify how many points can be received for 1 visit. You can also limit the number of visits to 1 per day. This means customers will receive rewards only once per day, regardless of multiple check-ins.\
✅ Customers earn points each time they visit, regardless of how much they spend. For example, if you set it to 10 points per visit, every time they check in at your business, they get 10 points.

<figure><img src="/files/VW2M1cR08puDlSDLOSNf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

c) Points Accrue points according to your rules. \
✅ This allows for custom rules where points can be given based on specific conditions you set (e.g., certain products purchased, actions completed, or special promotions).

2. Now let's customize the reward levels. You can make an unlimited number of reward levels. Come up with names for your rewards.\
   ✅You can change, add or remove rewards at any time.

<figure><img src="/files/orm4ZRnWcjqjeJKCYJ44" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Choose how many points you can get an award for

<figure><img src="/files/n78D3KZmI711613PQjDD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Specify what the reward provides. You can choose:

a) % of discount and limit the maximum discount&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/EmTejWjzv5lgmMjINY1t" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

b) Absolute value of the discount&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/J80gmMjNNCBtwV18q4Wy" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

c) Other, such as some kind of physical gift. You can make custom reward usage limits.\
✅ For example, it can be a welcome gift for installing the card. The client will be able to use it immediately after installing the card. Set the number of uses to 1.

#### Usage Limit and Time Period

In addition to limiting the number of times a specific reward can be used, you can also set a **time limit**.

For example:

* **Usage limit** = 1
* **Limit period** = 1 week

This means the reward can only be redeemed once per week.

You can also decide how the time period is calculated:

* If you enable **Calendar Period**, the limit will reset at the start of each calendar week.
* If you leave it unchecked, the limit will reset based on the time of the last usage (e.g., 7 days from redemption).

<figure><img src="/files/CkpytJDaBkNKjERSDC4a" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Reward Availability by Segment**

You can restrict each reward to specific customer segments. This allows you to offer different rewards to different groups — for example, a special reward only for VIP customers, or exclude a reward for a certain segment.

For each reward you can configure:

* **Available only to segments** — the reward will be visible and redeemable only by customers in the selected segments.
* **Not available to segments** — the reward will be hidden and unavailable for customers in the selected segments.

You can select multiple segments for each option. If no segments are selected, the reward is available to all customers by default.

{% hint style="info" %}
This setting can be edited after the card has been activated. You can add, change, or remove segments at any time.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/BxU9S5g8SIUZsDz3aeGI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Reward Availability by UTM Link**

In addition to segment-based restrictions, you can also control reward availability based on UTM links. This allows you to offer different rewards depending on how the customer installed their card — for example, a special reward only for customers who installed the card through a specific advertising campaign, QR code, or a particular distribution link.

For each reward you can configure:

* **Available only to UTM links** — the reward will be visible and redeemable only by customers who installed their card through the selected UTM links.
* **Not available for UTM links** — the reward will be hidden and unavailable for customers who installed their card through the selected UTM links.

You can select multiple UTM links for each option. If no UTM links are selected, the reward is available to all customers regardless of their installation source.

<figure><img src="/files/UgqKEXjAbP3e87JWFHGR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Happy hours -** A setting that allows you to select the time period during which an increased number of points will be credited to the card when a customer visits (in accordance with the specified parameters). \
❗️ **Please note** that this option only works for the Spend and Visit mechanics. This points has no specific expiration date.

<figure><img src="/files/lKjxuR4HD5eohjIFl6ue" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3. Use the radio button under Card expiration date to set the validity of the reward card. \
   \
   **Card expiration date unlimited** - the card has no expiration date. The client can use it as much as he/she wants.

   **Card expiration date Fixed term** - The customer will not be able to use the card when this date occurs. The card will not be deleted from the client's phone.

   **Card expiration date Fixed term after card issuing** - As this option is selected, the Term dropdowns are displayed. Here, you can select the number of days upon card installing after which it expires.

<figure><img src="/files/JRqLJHSzU0Xextv7kVS4" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Expiration Date</p></figcaption></figure>

4. **Lifetime points** determine whether loyalty points last forever or expire after a specific duration.

Here, you can define the number of days a points remains valid after it is earned.

Each point has its own expiration countdown, starting from the date it was earned. It doesn't matter whether the customer earns more points or not — each point will be removed individually once its validity period ends.

Example:\
If you set the validity to 1 month and a customer earns a points on April 5, that specific points will expire and be removed from the card on May 5.\
\
✅ When a client earns a reward (meaning they’ve collected enough points to make the reward available), their accumulated points will not be lost. The reward will remain accessible, and all previously collected points will stay intact.

There is no push notification about upcoming points expiration.

4. **In the Locations** field, enter the location(s) of your business to send the push message.&#x20;

This push will be received by the customer who has a card installed in Apple Wallet. The customer will receive this push when they are within range (100 meters). You can add multiple locations, it can be any address, not necessarily a business address. [Learn more about how to set up (change) geolocation push](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/geolocations/geolocations).

<figure><img src="/files/rTizjezZ6rtdlJP6FYtm" alt=""><figcaption><p>Locations</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Use the Language dropdown to select the language in which you want to create the reward card.

<figure><img src="/files/Q09KKxH66VUqc6JKnSDP" alt=""><figcaption><p>Language</p></figcaption></figure>

**Date Format -** determines how the date is displayed on the card. If the card does not have an expiration date, this setting is irrelevant.

<figure><img src="/files/X6VixOiKkcBOW5OMAEiz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Thousands Separator** **Decimal Separator -** this setting defines how the point balance will be displayed on the customer's card installed on their phone.

<figure><img src="/files/ibCSAvdTvFAKIAS2WVtt" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Thousands Separator</strong> <strong>Decimal Separator</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

6. The "Purchase amount when charging" setting if turned on requires the purchase amount to be entered whenever a transaction is processed. The entered purchase amount will be counted in the ROI statistics, in the revenue figure.\
   ✅Applies only to transactions made via the scanner. If this setting is disabled, the purchase amount is optional when using the scanner. But the window for entering the amount will be displayed, you can skip it.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/kQBEpaaMDltoncyh1ire" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
7. Similarly, you can include the required fields on the card issuing form using the options available under the Card Issuing Form heading.<br>

   This is the form that the customer fills out when installing the card. It allows you to define what fields will appear on the card — such as name, phone number, email, etc.

   * To **add a new field**, click the **Add Field** button.\
     You’ll be able to choose the **Field Type** (e.g., text, number, email) and give it a **Field Name**.
   * If you want to make a field **required**, enable the **Required** toggle.\
     This means the customer won’t be able to install the card without filling in that field.
   * If a field must contain **unique values** (like a phone number or email), turn on the **Unique** toggle.\
     ⚠️ We recommend using this only for fields like phone number.\
     For example, if you mark the **Name** field as unique, another customer with the same name won’t be able to install the card.
   * To **remove a field**, click the cart (🛒) icon next to it.

   You can also **rename existing fields** or add as many as needed to fit your card’s requirements.

<figure><img src="/files/SEFRitBVRqAIhPcDdk1Z" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Issuing Form</p></figcaption></figure>

8. **UTM** - here, you can create a unique link for each distribution channel to track which sources bring the most card installations.

   For each UTM link you can also configure:

   * **Points** — the number of welcome points awarded to the customer upon card issuance through this specific link. Overrides the card template default.
   * **Expiration date of welcome points** — sets the expiration for the welcome points issued via this link.
   * **Additional fields** — expand to set a custom **Title** and **Image** displayed on the enrollment form for this UTM link, so each campaign gets its own sign-up page.

   For a full guide on UTM links see the dedicated article: [UTM Links](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/card-distribution/online/utm-links)

<figure><img src="/files/vC0kDHYUan8MFSh5d3F6" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can create as many links as you want with a UTM tag. This way you can understand which loyalty card distribution channel works best.

<figure><img src="/files/kVKznDxSp4NEKkWCOvI3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You see a unique link with a UTM tag and a QR code with the same UTM tag. Later you will be able to see in the statistics how many clients have installed the card by this tag.\
✅In addition, you will be able to create customer segments based on this tag. We recommend using this option from the very beginning of implementing loyalty in your business.

<figure><img src="/files/XHUYXw0HrR8P2pZHX7HS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

9. Next, the **"Phone mask"** dropdown allows you to select the default region that will be shown in the card installation form the customer fills out. If the customer has a foreign phone number, that’s not a problem — they will be able to select their own region manually.

<figure><img src="/files/mNk8AHgFQOs6IniQQdqV" alt=""><figcaption><p>Phone Mask</p></figcaption></figure>

10. In case you do not want to include Privacy Policy on the card, disable the toggle button next to the Privacy Policy heading. If enabled, use the field below the heading to enter the privacy policy. You can also add privacy policy text.

In case you want to take customer's consent regarding the processing of their personal data, enable the Consent to the processing of personal data toggle button.

In case you want to include consent while processing personal information of the user, enable the toggle button next to **Consent to the processing of personal data** heading.

<figure><img src="/files/Hyao0XklKDVtVLLJT8oX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

11. Next, you can configure the **Google Wallet Installation button and PWA Installation button**.

You can select the options where customers can install the card. \
✅This setting is flexible, you can always change it.

If the account has additional options for installing a card, for example [WhatsApp](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/mailings/now-to-connect-whatsapp-bot), connected, then clients will see these buttons by default in the card issue form

**Google Wallet Installation button -** if enabled, allows the Google Wallet button to be displayed in the card installation form thereby allowing customers to add their digital loyalty card to Google Wallet for easy access. Useful for Android users.

**PWA Installation button -** if turned on, enables the PWA (Progressive Web App) button on the card install form. It behaves like a native mobile app but doesn’t require installation from an app store. Customers can install the loyalty card as a web app on their devices.

<figure><img src="/files/ZjhVnSaDa615t4OwRNIa" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Google Wallet Installation button and PWA Installation button</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

Next you can set the following settings:

**Limit the number of cards issued -** controls how many cards can be distributed (0 means unlimited). For example, if this promotion is for a specific number of customers (cardholders).

<figure><img src="/files/zxzcSTUozg5MgGLbK0c9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Number of points when issuing a card -** sets the starting number of points a customer gets upon receiving the card. Set how many points will be added when a card is issued.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/mMZW32VWwIdVytaPVSpA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Number of birthday points -** On the customer's birthday, the specified number of additional points will be credited to their card. The customer will receive a push notification informing them that their point balance has increased.

<figure><img src="/files/oA041PLpvLDW0DmPJoUL" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Number of birthday points</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

**Track visit when redeem reward.** Turn on the switch to add the visit to the statistics when the reward is redeemed.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/RkPVMrR8Jz5McGJmwUJb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Earn points when redeem reward.** Set whether points will be added to the balance when the reward is redeemed.

<figure><img src="/files/UGkZ65f0IM3rs0vlB05x" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In case you want to include a customized script for analytics generation, paste the script in the Analytics textbox.

<figure><img src="/files/5RAZQGruLb3cmJmCA1wo" alt=""><figcaption><p>Analytics</p></figcaption></figure>

Once the required selections are made, click the **Continue** button to move on to the Design section.

<figure><img src="/files/IjAwx7e08nPhVPnTxoqU" alt=""><figcaption><p>Continue</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Design**

1. This section lets you set the design of the reward card.<br>
2. Click the **Select File** button from the **Logo** heading to choose a logo to be displayed on the card and on the release form from your system storage.\
   ✅ Be sure to follow the file size and weight recommendations.

<figure><img src="/files/cmsPi6FQf8g8UyKnU5kE" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File - Logo</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Similarly, click the Select File button from the **Icon** heading to choose an icon from your system storage to be displayed in the push messages.\
   ✅ Be sure to follow the file size and weight recommendations.

<figure><img src="/files/WJSbkeHwn6G6JZC4IhlU" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File - Icon</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Navigate to the Background of the central part heading. Here, clicking the Select File button opens your system storage to choose an icon that is displayed as the background of the central part.\
   ✅ Be sure to follow the file size and weight recommendations.

<figure><img src="/files/soOca1wEKMI0KEZXcnDG" alt=""><figcaption><p>Background of the central part</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Next up is the Colors heading. Here, you can use the color pickers for Card Background, Text Color, and Background color of the center part to set the colors for the background of the card, the color in which the text is displayed, and the background color of the central part of the card respectively.\
   ✅ If you have uploaded a file for the Background of the central part - you can skip this setting. As the image you uploaded above will be displayed.

<figure><img src="/files/t8YvJGNZSdRC06eGJfIp" alt=""><figcaption><p>Colors</p></figcaption></figure>

6. From the Fields name heading, use the Field dropdown and Field name field to configure the fields you want to be displayed on the card. Each configured field is displayed on the mobile screen preview on the right side of the screen.\
   ✅The drop-down list will display all the fields that you specified in the card issue form in the previous step.

<figure><img src="/files/CXcl3bhSsCkPHRZ0VfcN" alt=""><figcaption><p>Fields Name</p></figcaption></figure>

7. If you do not intent to display the logo on the card issuing form, disable the Show logo at card issuing form toggle button.

<figure><img src="/files/lujVg2F7cJ7EBGq6yJAE" alt=""><figcaption><p>Show logo at card issuing form</p></figcaption></figure>

8. If you do not want the background color to be displayed on the card issuing form, disable the Show background color on card issuing form toggle button.

<figure><img src="/files/mkJwSdzh1SgxQfbNkT0O" alt=""><figcaption><p>Show background color</p></figcaption></figure>

Once the selections are made, click the Continue button. As a result, you land on the Information section.

<figure><img src="/files/HCucSUbbMoIssYGArIjp" alt=""><figcaption><p>Continue</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Information**

1. Using this section, you can fill in the relevant information on the reward card.<br>
2. Enter the name of the reward you want to offer in the Card Description field.

<figure><img src="/files/vHGVd2VozzVF1Mf69dlV" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Description</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Use the **Company Name** field to enter the name of your business. This name will be displayed in the push notification.

<figure><img src="/files/PCay9Rf36WxOztzrpHm3" alt=""><figcaption><p>Company Name</p></figcaption></figure>

4. In case you want to activate referral program on the reward card, choose the Active radio button under the Referral Program heading.

<figure><img src="/files/jovBBuLvH2TMCZbDdgNS" alt=""><figcaption><p>Referral Program</p></figcaption></figure>

5. This reveals the **Get bonus at the moment when** heading. Here, you can select when the bonus is awarded to the referrer.\\

   \
   **First visit/card use by a new customer** (Selected) → The bonus is given when the referred person makes their first purchase or uses the card.   \
   **Card issuing to a new customer** → The bonus is given as soon as the new customer installs the card, regardless of purchase.

<figure><img src="/files/8kUmsHlxRU5ISXBbU8sT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

6. **Number of points for the referrer** - This field (set to 20) determines how many points the person who shared the card (referrer) will receive once the referral conditions are met.

<figure><img src="/files/DWZNObzFHwVRqAZ0oDUE" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Number of points for the referrer</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

7. **Number of points for a referral** - This field (set to 10) determines how many points the referred person (new customer) will receive after fulfilling the conditions.

   <br>

   <figure><img src="/files/x24XE9rumWM9eHflbSg4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
8. From the Active Links heading, choose the type of link you want to include on the card using the **Type** dropdown. The available options include URL, Phone, Email, and Address.

   These links are always shown on the back of the card. \
   \
   ✅**Note for iPhone users:** If you open the card in **quick view**, the links might not be clickable. To make them work, open the card through the **Apple Wallet app** instead.

<figure><img src="/files/MWUH8F18eq2mfHpJfo1A" alt=""><figcaption><p>Active Links</p></figcaption></figure>

7. Similarly, use the link type dropdown and link fields under the Feedback Links heading to add your business links for the customer reviews to be recorded.   \
   ✅These links are not displayed on the back of the card. The client will see these links only after rating the visit (after selecting stars)

<figure><img src="/files/Zcyxw0YsYyXqSbnVMEHb" alt=""><figcaption><p>Feedback Links</p></figcaption></figure>

8. Moving forward, if you do not intend to include terms of use on the card, disable the toggle button next to the Terms of use heading. If enabled, use the text field below the heading to record the terms of use.   \
   This information is always displayed on the back of the card that is installed on the customer's phone.

<figure><img src="/files/kljuRc8cPGotqmyiVqhE" alt=""><figcaption><p>Terms of Use</p></figcaption></figure>

9. Use the Link to full terms and conditions field to place a link to your full T\&Cs.

<figure><img src="/files/iSD3Fxhwj2ffDoEiOoTs" alt=""><figcaption><p>Link to full T&#x26;Cs</p></figcaption></figure>

10. Use the Company Name, Email, and Contact Number fields under the Issuer Information heading to record respective details of the card issuer.

<figure><img src="/files/1e3fHEu2frb9OyVSBOqc" alt=""><figcaption><p>Issuer Information</p></figcaption></figure>

Once the required information is filled in, click the Finish button. This opens the preview popup.

<figure><img src="/files/RUa0ihEx8YXTl7R6bQ5b" alt=""><figcaption><p>Finish</p></figcaption></figure>

### Card activation

1. As the Finish button is clicked, the Preview popup is displayed.
2. From here, you can scan the QR code of the card.
3. Click the **Activate Card** button to activate the card. Activate the card only after you are sure of the settings. While the card is not active, only 10 people can install it.

<figure><img src="/files/BGl9XXgOVyhLF0qR79dD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. After activating the card, the main settings cannot be changed. In this window you see a list of settings that cannot be changed.

<figure><img src="/files/lq8PBCoosxdNzsDVAzuS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Promotions

You can create a promotion for your customers.

Promotions in Boomerang are designed primarily for customer communication and event marketing.\
They don’t affect the main loyalty logic or point accrual rules — instead, they help inform customers about special events, campaigns, or offers.\
\
For example, you can create a promotion to announce a “Sweet Week”, invite customers to a store anniversary celebration, or notify them about a limited-time gift.\
\
During the promotion, the card design can change, and customers will see the promotional details directly on their loyalty card, helping you increase visibility and engagement for specific events or campaigns.\
\
To do this, go to the "Promotions" section.<br>

<figure><img src="/files/UDFSdvvkJpbSbk7xWr2H" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

\
In the promotion creation form, enter the promotion name and description.\
Also, select the fields that will be displayed on client cards during the promotion.

<figure><img src="/files/ilwPZopGiQMkIVn7nvI6" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Set up push notifications notifying you of the start and end of the promotion&#x20;

Also, add an image that will replace the card background during the promotion (The recommended file size is 960 × 252 pixels. Only PNG format. 3 megabytes). You can view a preview of the promotion in the adjacent tab.

<div align="center"><figure><img src="/files/ftxXYrEQ8HnN3K6VMiuT" alt="" width="224"><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/wkGeVXJxtPcAwbaf2jL3" alt="" width="272"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Set usage limits: per-client limit and total usage limit for the promotion.

Select the templates to which the promotion will apply. Each template can only have one promotion per period.\
If everything is ready, set the status to active.

<figure><img src="/files/aW5zpjaWlIE72Dipjw1f" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Usage Limits

In this section, you can set two optional limits for the promotion:

Limit per member – the maximum number of times a single customer can use the promotion.

Max global usages – the total number of times the promotion can be used across all customers.

Both fields are optional.\
If you leave these limits empty, the promotion will have no restrictions — customers will be able to use it an unlimited number of times.

### Promotion Card Preview on Your Phone

This is what the promotion card will look like on your phone.<br>

<figure><img src="/files/IE7qfDFsexg2aEiKXTDM" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The promotion can be redeemed in the customer account and in the scanner. In the scanner, the customer's usage and the total remaining usage for the promotion are indicated by a slash.<br>

<div><figure><img src="/files/roFSyTC74CeQyCCebsBp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/iNH2YPIbotF2gHpcg49m" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### How to Delete a Promotion

To delete an existing promotion, open the Promotions tab in your dashboard. In the list of active or scheduled promotions, locate the promotion you want to remove. On the far right side of the row, click the trash bin icon. After confirming the action, the promotion will be permanently deleted and will no longer be available to customers.

<figure><img src="/files/HHZwMOQIqrNXJP3leZDR" alt="How to Delete a Promotion"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### How Promotions Interact With Card Mechanics

Promotions do not change how a card works. A promotion cannot double cashback, cannot add extra stamps, and cannot increase a discount. Promotions also cannot automate extra points or extra rewards. They do not affect the earning rules of the card in any way.

To learn how to redeem a promotion using the Scanner App, please see our guide: [**Scanner App — How to Redeem a Promotion**.](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/scanner-app/scan-and-make-transactions/scanner-app-how-to-redeem-a-promotion)


# iPhone (iOS)

Learn how to install the card in iOS devices

## How to install the card in Apple Wallet?

> Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Cards > Select Card

1. Follow the above-mentioned workflow to land on the Card Information section.<br>
2. Scan the QR code of the card from your mobile phone.

<figure><img src="/files/updly8xskXDJzRPRLp7A" alt="" width="255"><figcaption><p>Scan QR</p></figcaption></figure>

3. This opens the card issuing form in your mobile phone. Here, enter your first name in the First Name field.

<figure><img src="/files/vNrMwCW8kXqn3Vbye1ee" alt="" width="248"><figcaption><p>First Name</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Use the Last Name field to record your last name.

<figure><img src="/files/DzIdNZ1VIc3ZqKL2LlOp" alt="" width="248"><figcaption><p>Last Name</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Enter your contact number in the Contact Number field.

<figure><img src="/files/4Wv7bojUfbqI5fdmohPD" alt="" width="248"><figcaption><p>Contact Number</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Use the Email field to enter your email address.

<figure><img src="/files/ep3Fk0TBrpLp1mIAIlSQ" alt="" width="248"><figcaption><p>Email</p></figcaption></figure>

7. Once the required details are entered, click the Install in Apple Wallet button.

<figure><img src="/files/AtfPLxNIiJkvMCRjvcbx" alt="" width="248"><figcaption><p>Install in Apple Wallet</p></figcaption></figure>

8. This loads the card in the apple wallet. To add the card, click the Add button at the top-right corner of the screen.

<figure><img src="/files/jpalBMyCTZDs8TMIUb3p" alt="" width="250"><figcaption><p>Add</p></figcaption></figure>

To View and Manage Your Card;

1\. Open Your Wallet App.

2\. Tap on your loyalty card to view details.

3\. Click on the three-dot menu (···) in the top-right corner (as shown in the image) to open additional options.<br>

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfG83Ba71N9s5jnSrWz6XrafVIn1E8brDIM44uxmvCIWcOvTsJk71e1eR8onNq6AMP8ZFJgzDn6YtPqCdzvBcB7KnzscZkqe8PUJjpYf5sL1AYPUCtQXWZubvcJCtONe_Y?key=riGMEXj6ICC4zgEQU0ccXt4e" alt="" width="188"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can click on Pass Details to view detailed information about your loyalty card, including available visits, total visits used, and any additional benefits. All actvic links are displayed on the back of the card.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfzblomoWv0Ri7PdxydvoydWqvrgPycQ9uGVk_eXkkw3y653UE5CqqrnX7ZvjN_vh2V56tNdG6mmMl5fyP4UtIZMX3m3144xxwfl2BV4aT3WuFEpM_d4NgoBjg7oYWiLw?key=riGMEXj6ICC4zgEQU0ccXt4e" alt="" width="188"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can manage notification settings related to your loyalty card by clicking on Notifications.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXd2lEWJT3PW0mlkk2Td7lhtBl-z0Y6C4eEL56ZjvYIjhSZOwbjdTVTrEcmafb4Z3lwXZOsRt-GJN6ksnhweNvhFYzkvcy1Y7QuP2OuIno20Wnn3pN88LhlsvWmIQpEfy5E?key=riGMEXj6ICC4zgEQU0ccXt4e" alt="" width="188"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Available Settings and Their Functions under Notifications**

1\. Automatic Updates – Keep this enabled to ensure your card reflects the latest changes, such as updated visit counts or rewards.

2\. Allow Notifications – Turning this on allows you to receive important updates, promotions, and reminders related to your loyalty card.

3\. Suggest on Lock Screen – Enabling this option allows your card to appear as a suggestion when you're near the business location, making check-ins and redemptions more convenient.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXe1a-QBTgkHP80kuiyWLekiRaiMfrOk2ylnLM9JLs6LwgZG40ualaRXZAe9rCk5i65Y4znMBExh-SbT8JEP1Fk79dkuJ7RqXtIvtfY_cEGzNu1CfUVWgCSCjAJ9q8_lnw?key=riGMEXj6ICC4zgEQU0ccXt4e" alt="" width="188"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you no longer need the card, you can select the option Remove Pass which automatically deletes it from your wallet.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeKUoWeDQem0QqnLK0AqnhniQSUpxVKB5ns3P10UilU6qRc0GKQ6RztlRG5Sb_5Pm3TcvAvVr7EXQnjN30NzEZc_vcTmDdPjlG8-pesBkHJFBkjGT5EIOgFYn-RaZ5X_Q?key=riGMEXj6ICC4zgEQU0ccXt4e" alt="" width="188"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Android

Convenient method to install cards on Android devices

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/7f4fb9dceb454709b709687236c9cb1d>" %}
How to add the card in Google Pay
{% endembed %}

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Cards > Select Card**

1. Follow the above-mentioned workflow to land on the Card Information section.<br>
2. Scan the QR code from your Android device. This takes you to the Card Issuing Form.

<figure><img src="/files/FxVyb00E1rzT36P4pmbI" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scan QR</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Use the First Name field to record your first name.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXc0MYDqahmj1qv2eBgvitovzKg9o8_5-PMqrXGjckS-VJdp5JrL0GrQU_-b3r12b9FGJtEOjODlLATam-9mYhiQ9HYtCLcthr0PYWjAA6IunSzbP_bQ3INM7_rRBLj4qWYZH7ZSkA?key=3pQHWJs6BqOmraVDkXWHjoe0" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. Similarly, enter your last name in the Last Name field.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcEgU4-Qmq-EhSlfpoivreUybMP_u3n4-vVTTbPXQI7SR5s_4NsE-hnAiXHXIMDPjQky0PQUKrtJ05qapdzXsPLmZ0oyKlCB33ddBXEM869lfKARvqE_3QlwFsmdGUvP9V6G9P0?key=3pQHWJs6BqOmraVDkXWHjoe0" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>Last Name</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Enter your contact number in the Contact Number field.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfORVRtO-ryYFZDJ-Yag7ToLrxzs-lO_OHGrHMxbv-dPsiUPAEGtxeE3sVI3JoKBlDiUYQ3xrDXmWXTLfHe_mAy_zkzWrLGHwYS3FpdVukr_ZeARY3EHISwz1IJpy1tuzYzFUGA?key=3pQHWJs6BqOmraVDkXWHjoe0" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>Contact Number</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Use the Email field to record your email address.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXep0dxgGWFuJKOo7mxFoQPVTci39qRB4qQyIGqyVsbFzXlfu74nKNvqjByU_TGGmNPfFVKLH8JRBBCC5FGV7odGcWCxlr-VuJWEn-kVNpGM1F9NQwArs6ERBbLe7nSaHRZZlUOu?key=3pQHWJs6BqOmraVDkXWHjoe0" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>Email</p></figcaption></figure>

7. To install the card on your home screen, click the Install on Home Screen button (PWA).

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXePuq8xQ8hpTLIfpmETu6BUHQMy1TBuZtpt8_yijQSS1zqAz89LjLPgmt7BuPgEjPe-baPzLzS2BewaWafBbsNT_zLl3YsUw3-Kx1DUBZDfHsmor5CIxy8arcMN7ftIt-ioai1G?key=3pQHWJs6BqOmraVDkXWHjoe0" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>Install on the Home Screen</p></figcaption></figure>

8. To install the card in Google Wallet, click the Install in Google Wallet button.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcXs2nZmJHVQ0WXhiltYThYZ2f2w5sSrkcIJYqFr7y9iNY8TyhAqQhW8grlibRw4RoBEa7Thiw5Ik5ls3wBjPJAOGm2qqQ43o5n0dDxWPIygU27OiRGWOvlLtCxHGPb57iPKVFn?key=3pQHWJs6BqOmraVDkXWHjoe0" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>To install the card in Google Wallet</p></figcaption></figure>

9. This loads the card in Google Wallet. To add the card to your wallet, click the Add button.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfK7Cf2jWCh7P7mX_cPGCVV7EQt-nJUxgvAjxv7TGtU4WOuSEzliqiHes-mcxq3qOdulouu2ErXVHOuuwf6uoKptulrd06_WdusIglo4v6sWZ_IkX1Bmmv5RRTxN7eaU0QB0nLHWg?key=3pQHWJs6BqOmraVDkXWHjoe0" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>Add</p></figcaption></figure>


# PWA cards on Android

Learn how to install PWA cards on your Android device

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/230d946087374733bbea8b5f9421f227>" %}
How to install PWA card on Android device
{% endembed %}

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Cards > Select Card**

1. Follow the above-mentioned workflow to land on the Card Information section.<br>
2. Scan the QR code from your Android device. This takes you to the Card Issuing Form.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeK3tcHgoe5suIJpcbAekkI1KCMBB2Qr_JE-G0iFEgywFd9ghmnmiw57KVajHH2Sq8-2W7GnuIjfg7hFQZDVL6o1RUYz3uJEKRszpBQuWElKdHDXyUMn3vdXFFLikwEE5e9ZMVf?key=2_HLfsXHhv5L9XyzRiYiGUni" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3. Use the First Name field to record your first name.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeophSG3oqRBOPU6lYzDlwA_4jWgeOsnguZI0en0ZLS4kPvVkt69nUSXOccwa2Jfiz-xwuIrpCU9RnKynRpzseuNwsEpZ8HaeXEkV0FrXj-p0H9OAMZ1a9SvSGwExBH7eJhlgyTTQ?key=2_HLfsXHhv5L9XyzRiYiGUni" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. Use the Last Name field to enter the last name.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfv2luee62_K8Y3QTpA274iQoHq3i9i_rQDzqqIHVFUlwr07stxS1BnZ3R2SQvG1gqAneVBpkW6ChcSZ_9W8jcpAWxM7PzKQOeeyEk_5Zr5HHauYaSC3z9dlVFxGd8XWvzTFpYAiw?key=2_HLfsXHhv5L9XyzRiYiGUni" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

5. Enter your email address in the email address field.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXegvCYM2a-DHnArNIbpzceqmeZCRNbdzA9MSvfyrnq91faMJ9E8L7REXQ7npQ_NaP7AHc6qIt1xeQ-zAffUgCkz3zGg2BbKk4niwOhTUNuv96fRN5dBEhxtrZqyG6ukocYaZyZ3WQ?key=2_HLfsXHhv5L9XyzRiYiGUni" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

6. Use the Phone number field to record your phone number.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfxsdKtMuIhHWrv546GOeqaTBsF2BSK5tORqhuKHAAs1S0ZoBx0RYbF4sZPYmwTh4oirGYA68LbibmN8aguiQnFvA_ajC0tPX893Z8gNsAKra-bgN7kbg6T7G3fdoz1uVxuQGq9qw?key=2_HLfsXHhv5L9XyzRiYiGUni" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

7. Click the Install on the Home Screen button.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXc0tUoxc0mt4E1kQo12JjHTpGb_0lwu0Tlarxh8xit9V_JVN_X_WZBlMa6NYapCyaNm-_8LGIXMNu2pWZSEtYWRstC0e8WHdh6z65AiqUx32YTqbLySikDETRiR6ipzfGy5qhki3g?key=2_HLfsXHhv5L9XyzRiYiGUni" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

8. This opens the push notifications confirmation screen. To enable, click the Enable button.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXchwNsoZAEs8POhyX-cJ0JvANFW4bcXqG7Ue7A6EXWsFzfDAUVW4UnoMeiO58sLfLcqD1MVWDzpZnA_dcrXtB25oNUMBTKKKSPbYGTtj7KBhdZ3pl-DWuJ52cmnACwml7AvwJBJ2Q?key=2_HLfsXHhv5L9XyzRiYiGUni" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

9. To add the card to your homepage, click on the menu icon in your browser.&#x20;

✅ We recommend using the Chrome browser. In this case, you can collapse this prompt window and you will see a pop-up window and a "install" button. Click it and add the map icon to your phone's home screen.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeUB5N0UT4uUFZz77IY8mmVeudk4_eCioS9r_fVHvy6EEQm4dQj8zMHaQIDHeYrrkCvaN3MwENDr1v2vCKebCPPZGUUumFA8yrZsTSjkj-ydPghBRbNo70FRkzQDV8UeH5DTY0OmA?key=2_HLfsXHhv5L9XyzRiYiGUni" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Depending on the browser, you will either find the install app button or the add to homescreen button. Click on the install app option or add to homescreen, depending on what appears in your browser.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdpA94iQC3XF9TKTRjkLwsq3tuUuSUIBVKx-FLrq-qH9hfIPYZIJHqVuJ31eZXcPMimpqbmEPfeyZ19DjoMOUBkVlVapEC56nuIOnsu7MEuhzUF-C4-ps02HdPV7Zo0KUarVG2Neg?key=2_HLfsXHhv5L9XyzRiYiGUni" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In the next step, a pop up will appear, which contains two options, the install option and the create shortcut option, click on the install option. After clicking on this, the card will be installed on your device.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXe8ghs8Ih9026ANP151V9prj8seLGUCsQzpfgv2G3k0O2H6WzdAW_gK4qZtmx1Dc__19kSbMSeqjvXdSlMjVgiYsw0rm9HxoSWwZEe6oaUrskthpi1IKsVrGYB_ai_usk5qiJm7QQ?key=2_HLfsXHhv5L9XyzRiYiGUni" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Installing a card on Android via the app installation pop-up window.

<figure><img src="/files/PJRdqaA1NGNBbUlyzbBH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This opens the Install app popup. To install, click the Install button.

<figure><img src="/files/tvW1itPzr63tnnUK0tqj" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After successful installation, you will see the card icon on the home screen of your smartphone. Click on the icon and you will see your loyalty card.

<figure><img src="/files/Uy8oQWRT6dNmKBB0SOYS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

That's all, the installation of the card on Android is complete.


# Google Pay on Android

Learn how the card addition in Google Pay works

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/7f4fb9dceb454709b709687236c9cb1d>" %}
How to install loyalty card in Google Pay
{% endembed %}

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Cards > Select Card**

1. Follow the above-mentioned workflow to land on the Card Information section.<br>
2. Scan the QR code from your Android device. This takes you to the Card Issuing Form. Alternatively, you can also use the scanner app to scan the QR code.

<figure><img src="/files/FxVyb00E1rzT36P4pmbI" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scan QR</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Use the First Name field to record your first name.

<figure><img src="/files/lRVOq0QR8i15PMMshcvR" alt="" width="288"><figcaption><p>First Name</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Similarly, enter your last name in the Last Name field.

<figure><img src="/files/InT6Dy3LdIP25ITuASL3" alt="" width="288"><figcaption><p>Last Name</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Enter your contact number in the Contact Number field.

<figure><img src="/files/lxOGi9EZwk1yKZkwxCCW" alt="" width="288"><figcaption><p>Contact Number</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Use the Email field to record your email address.

<figure><img src="/files/7V2Cr1QM4W4M5ZRiXZqT" alt="" width="288"><figcaption><p>Email</p></figcaption></figure>

7. To install the card in Google Wallet, click the Install in Google Wallet button.

<figure><img src="/files/TBmgPTtqcvwZ5gxwFH56" alt="" width="288"><figcaption><p>Install in Google Wallet</p></figcaption></figure>

8. This loads the card in Google Wallet. To add the card to your wallet, click the Add button.

<figure><img src="/files/dJsKWhGwbgZAOnzGfo2t" alt=""><figcaption><p>Add</p></figcaption></figure>


# How to restore the card

If you lose your device or delete the card by mistake – just restore

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/1d9a3ecb917e4c48a50f67886f652fc5>" %}
Restore deleted card on iOS
{% endembed %}

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Cards > Select Card**

1. Follow the above-mentioned workflow to land on the Card Information screen.<br>
2. Scan the QR code of the card.

<figure><img src="/files/updly8xskXDJzRPRLp7A" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scan QR</p></figcaption></figure>

3. This opens the card issuing form in your mobile phone. Here, enter your first name in the First Name field.

<figure><img src="/files/vNrMwCW8kXqn3Vbye1ee" alt=""><figcaption><p>First Name</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Use the Last Name field to record your last name.

<figure><img src="/files/DzIdNZ1VIc3ZqKL2LlOp" alt=""><figcaption><p>Last Name</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Enter your contact number in the Contact Number field.

<figure><img src="/files/4Wv7bojUfbqI5fdmohPD" alt=""><figcaption><p>Contact Number</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Use the Email field to enter your email address.

<figure><img src="/files/ep3Fk0TBrpLp1mIAIlSQ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Email</p></figcaption></figure>

7. Once the required details are entered, click the Install in Apple Wallet button.

<figure><img src="/files/AtfPLxNIiJkvMCRjvcbx" alt=""><figcaption><p>Install in Apple Wallet</p></figcaption></figure>

8. As the card credentials are pulled and it is identified that it is a lost card, the Continue with Card Issue button is displayed. As it is clicked, the Confirmation Code field appears.<br>
9. Here, enter the confirmation code received on your contact number. Once entered, click the Continue with Card Issue button.

<figure><img src="/files/kGvdtjzkAGdIfsqzvLqQ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Continue with Card Issue</p></figcaption></figure>

10. This recovers the card and loads it in apple wallet. To add the card, click the Add button at the top-right corner.

<figure><img src="/files/doOY6CfsPczi3fnyRkeY" alt=""><figcaption><p>Add</p></figcaption></figure>

✅ **Note for Agencies:**

1. The recovery code is requested only for recovery of cards in the “Installed” status, for cards in the “Deleted” and “Not Installed” status - not requested
2. If the Agency does not have any mailers connected - the recovery code will not be requested when restoring an installed card
3. If the Agency has mailers connected, the recovery code will be requested regardless of whether the subaccount has mailers connected or not. The recovery code will always be sent from the Agency, even if the subaccount also has its own mailers enabled.

**The sub-account's mailers that are connected on the /mailings/settings page are for mailings only.**

4. If mailers are only connected to GHL, only links to the card installation are sent through them (in the sub-account that is connected to GHL). Confirmation codes are not sent during recovery. It is necessary to connect senders additionally in the agency settings.


# How Cards Look in Apple Wallet and Google Wallet

See how different types of cards appear in Apple Wallet and Google Wallet with screenshots and demo videos.

To help you and your customers navigate more easily, we’ve prepared an overview of all card types and how they appear on iPhone (Apple Wallet) and Android (Google Wallet). This article includes screenshots of the front and back sides of each card, as well as short demo videos. These materials will help you understand how users will see cards on their devices and simplify setup and presentation.

### 📱 iPhone (Apple Wallet)

#### ✴️ Stamp Card

* **Front side**: this displays, the stamp the client has, the number of stamps they need to collect before the reward and the client’s name.
* **Back side**: here you can turn on the notification, drop your feedback, see push messages, share your card, view reward details, card term of use and business owner’s information.
* **Video**: [Watch](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1pmPumqMn7HldNmXL4DQOAA3onRr_ptZ5/view?usp=drivesdk)

#### 🎟️ Multipass Card

* **Front side**: shows the number of visits purchased, the number of points and customer’s name.
* **Back side**: here you can turn on the notification, drop your feedback, see push messages, share your card, view card details, card term of use and business owner’s information.
* **Video**: [Watch](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1MnPB7OgaFv6GGgYDGMUv1UcLPoeFodba/view?usp=drivesdk)

#### 💰 Cashback Card

* **Front side**: displays number of points client has, amount client needs to spend to reach the next level and client’s number.
* **Back side**: here you can turn on the notification, drop your feedback, see push messages, share your card, view card details, card term of use and business owner’s information.
* **Video**: [Watch](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1ra8z34vklHLq9j4nTd_OivrnxWGe2LJJ/view?usp=drivesdk)

#### 🎁 Gift Card

* **Front side**: displays customer’s name and balance.
* **Back side**: here you can turn on the notification, view card details, card term of use and business owner’s information.
* **Video**: [Watch](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1tA21KI3aPkSDAvWiCdq2Q4OffXM8bypZ/view?usp=drivesdk)

#### 🎫 Coupon Card

* **Front side**: displays the coupon offer, client’s name and card validity.
* **Back side**: here you can turn on the notification, remove the card, share your card, view card details, card term of use and business owner’s information.
* **Video**: [Watch](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1HBn0Sgrw8mRKxhX5llFSHya3WjBEqLBy/view?usp=drivesdk)

#### ❤️ Membership Card

* **With Stripe payment**:
  * Front: displays the client’s name, renewal date, the membership tier and available limits.
  * Back: here you can turn on the notification, view the different tiers, the available limits, view card details, card term of use and business owner’s information.
  * **Video**: [Watch](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1_s6PcURIifXUxdHUCdrVXyxJ6immPcjd/view?usp=drivesdk)
* **Without payment**:
  * Front: displays the client’s name, card validity, the membership tier and available limits.
  * Back: here you can turn on the notification, drop your feedback, renewal date, card term of use and business owner’s information.
  * **Video**: [Watch](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1zpaSsIgcfBfeim1fQUh5nMOO0ygLjRtZ/view?usp=drivesdk)

#### 💲 Discount Card

* **Front side**: displays the amount you need to spend to get to the next level and the discount status
* **Back side**: here you can turn on the notification, drop your feedback, see push messages, share your card, view card details, card term of use and business owner’s information.
* **Video**: [Watch](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1fbgKgztf8KeA5yvAOsWh6Mu_ctx6tKZC/view?usp=drivesdk)

#### ⭐Reward Card

* **Front side**: display the balance, client’s name and points you need in your account to access the reward level.
* **Back side**: here you can turn on the notification, drop your feedback, see push messages, share your card, view reward levels and their offers, view card details, card terms of use and business owner’s information.
* **Video**: [Watch](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1pzbt2xvwL5ITlOkfXGLJr83jPWwWcXzO/view?usp=drivesdk)

***

### 🤖 Android (Google Wallet)

#### ✴️ Stamp Card

* **Front side**: campaign name, stamps collected, stamps until reward, customer name, QR code, card number, stamp icons.
* **Back side**: campaign name, member ID, expiry date, stamps until reward, earned stamps, earned rewards, available rewards, conditions, reward details, terms of use.
* **Video**: [Watch](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1sM6nBGUbztd8gaqTx2qH0xMFzbdig2bK/view?usp=sharing)

#### 🎟️ Multipass Card

* **Front side**: visits purchased, points, customer name, QR code.
* **Back side**: notifications, limits, campaign info, terms of use, business info.
* **Video**: [Watch](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1co8yqdAqWrnOHhyfXHEcpuOFX3nnpAIp/view?usp=sharing)

#### 💰 Cashback Card

* **Front side**: number of points, amount required to reach the next level, card serial number.
* **Back side**: notifications, feedback, push messages, terms of use.
* **Video**: [Watch](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1NHV3BcFZIplDXSEZ5-Og5t_HRgfYW9TV/view?usp=sharing)

#### 🎁 Gift Card

* **Front side**: customer’s name and balance.
* **Back side**: notifications, card details, terms of use.
* **Video**: [Watch](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1abX95Vit5HjVKilsTPpb2zBMBnh12ZhG/view?usp=sharing)

#### 🎫 Coupon Card

* **Front side**: coupon offer, customer’s name, validity period.
* **Back side**: notifications, option to remove card, card details, terms of use.
* **Video**: [Watch](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1azWRisgDi95XsPOwqxnOydZW_NHL-kOe/view?usp=sharing)

#### ❤️Membership Card

* **With Stripe payment**:
  * Front: customer’s name, renewal date, membership tier, available limits.
  * Back: notifications, tier overview, available limits, terms of use.
  * **Video**: [Watch](https://drive.google.com/file/d/12dWQQ_jr_p6OmAjVG9wAWQKFPvowStxj/view?usp=sharing)
* **Without payment**:
  * Front: customer’s name, validity, membership tier, available limits.
  * Back: notifications, feedback, renewal date, terms of use.
  * **Video**: [Watch](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1beQSwaXwSEKXjFiXkSfjceW8z8nnMZuk/view?usp=sharing)

#### 💲 Discount Card

* **Front side**: amount required to reach the next level, discount status.
* **Back side**: notifications, feedback, push messages, card details, terms of use.
* **Video**: [Watch](https://drive.google.com/file/d/13B1ifNX3BVH5OcbFlQUeDYncTkDwS_P_/view?usp=sharing)

#### ⭐ Reward Card

* **Front side**: balance, customer’s name, points required to unlock the reward.
* **Back side**: notifications, feedback, push messages, reward levels, terms of use.
* **Video**: [Watch](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1ogJS2qRlATPnK_asQhAG1CqnpcGmBeQ1/view?usp=sharing)

✨ With this guide, you have a complete overview of how all card types appear on iOS and Android. Use it to train staff, and double-check how your cards are displayed.


# Customer profile

A closer look into the customer profile access and creation

1. Upon successful login, navigate to the left-hand menu.
2. From the modules listed here, click the  <img src="/files/rPXDVoZIuvabjBLIsi33" alt="" data-size="line">icon. Doing so takes you to the Customers screen.

<figure><img src="/files/BOmlu1QPxAzh8MNGXyJl" alt=""><figcaption><p>Customers</p></figcaption></figure>

3. The screen starts off with the Customer base heading under which 4 tiles are present to display meaningful information. They include a count of total customers, card transactions, reviews, and an overall feedback rating.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXd1q4xGmhu-QI6ECMyi_B4uKpypgm_vvN2tqH_gXwPmm2bg0PBR4NUqVDjiY6cqTeb4y8YWcmSV1S7dZbbF0-B_tcGlteNFY7hTs-jPsAYEG718hjQcvGsvtPLTfvytmsNJj3DY6w?key=SDyi9p9IDm-UjlkmBSJbHMgS" alt="Customer Base"><figcaption><p>Customer Base</p></figcaption></figure>

4. On the same screen, you also have the option to export data for all the customers in your.

   Customer Base. Once you click on the export tab, the list of your customers would be downloaded to your device.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXePY3h-93vP1cVUvY2NtljYdVbOsjV2m_gy2YsKJdjKHBYuosghyQ4gGZ_8gWfovbon_qay4OsqO2UzhVK2E6eHlIR-xxm0p18bEXdivr7hI4qiia-7vQJ312VJ46dhqMsRr1cL7g?key=SDyi9p9IDm-UjlkmBSJbHMgS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

5. Next you have the import tab, the import tab allows you import customers into your customer base, once you click on the import tab, you would be directed to another tab where you can download the CSV template. Once downloaded, add your customers information to the file and upload the list of customers to the CRM

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcQO-RMqYFy9ka_nftNL5K4se_IRkAvURMvlr22Wi-quWKZrk777wZlYQBELPP0up70c_DqiaWPf86y80zxRkx2Ar-0jGkqcgJGgIvcjdb1Wgakp2h1swlDK_jtwf0XtMRyF1eT3w?key=SDyi9p9IDm-UjlkmBSJbHMgS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcwuOxfdjuFUCtuUJV3ZHG-S1ivDRzPiN6nobM6ujX-8d4WEuSWoW6JTQ7yF5ztXn7clQfa8-P_P9bXlYD0qVcus0I2Db5XLJQxITIf2fEyBRu7CcwtHGsdVVY9nfAAnHPRlU1jKw?key=SDyi9p9IDm-UjlkmBSJbHMgS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

5. Next we have the My filters tab, My segments tab, the RFM segments and the communication tab. The filters tab allows you to filter the list of your customers according to the available filters. The segments section allows you to group your customers into different segments and communicate with them based on these segments. The RFM segment automatically groups your customers according to their purchase behavior (Recency, Frequency and Monetary).

<figure><img src="/files/db98YlraablMPsjq9l7c" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Customer Profile

1. Next up is the customer's grid. Here, information for each customer is tabulated via a number of columns that include User Name, Date Created, Birthdate, Phone, Feedback Rating, UTM, Device, Customer Cards, and Custom Fields.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXf6RsNtqLiI5EiJwSILNcIWGR57yEpOVfb5FdG124hk0l2Bdtqj3kwgfXS2wEm_XC1Kwc1KkhJUBnYyzveIuvAgLZmrC2jLbqTz76Dm5WL4OdyLQ6u7AoJ-t8xsz5j28X6n-67F4A?key=SDyi9p9IDm-UjlkmBSJbHMgS" alt="Customer Grid"><figcaption><p>Customer Grid</p></figcaption></figure>

2. From here, clicking a customer's profile opens the details of the selected profile. Apart from the customer name, it has the details of the cards issued to the selected customer.

<figure><img src="/files/Cheh4nn3TXancsvp8RMv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3. Some important details you need to pay attention to include the card serial number and the custom fields.

In the client's profile you can make transactions on the card. For example, add a stamp, add points, debit visits and so on. The actions depend on the type of loyalty card.

<figure><img src="/files/6No9tGDsxAVkfSvBGXNU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. Here's where you can see all the cards that have been issued to a particular customer. You can switch between cards.

<figure><img src="/files/htuI5iN5Vlqdlsq56h9a" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

5. Scrolling down further, you can see the card installation and referral links. You can click the Copy button to copy and send the link to a customer. These are unique links, for a specific client.

<figure><img src="/files/Ji78mXrDrvCYjzHnK0k1" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Installation and Referral Links</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Next you can find the customers transaction history when you scroll to the bottom of that page. At the bottom of the page, you need to pay attention to the download symbol at the top right, this allows you to download the transaction history of all the customers with that particular card.

<figure><img src="/files/KBA4vY4xg1l191R22wxY" alt=""><figcaption><p>Last Transaction</p></figcaption></figure>

7. Next up is the Customer Import tile. This allows you to import customer records in bulk via a .CSV file. Boomerangme keeps an import template for your ease that can be downloaded by clicking the button.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/NnyR4mg52zbjqRXz53xg" alt=""><figcaption><p>Download Import Template</p></figcaption></figure>

8. Once downloaded, you can fill in the fields as per your requirement. Once updated, choose this file from your system storage upon clicking the button "import"

<figure><img src="/files/EiAdDW6PDQLq7ge5UQfb" alt=""><figcaption><p>Import</p></figcaption></figure>

### How to Edit a Transaction Amount (LTV)

You can now edit the purchase amount of a transaction directly from your dashboard. To do this, open the customer’s profile, scroll to the **Last Transaction** section, click the pencil icon next to the transaction amount, and enter the updated value.

<div><figure><img src="/files/7BbbYCgI2nWKOOFvjL4z" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/xfOHNTfON3FbJrSDZkmo" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### **Create Customer Profile**

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Customers**

1. Follow the above-mentioned workflow to land on the Customers screen.<br>
2. Navigate to the customers grid.<br>
3. From the bottom of this grid, click the <img src="/files/ZM16PPhrzU0zynyKNjRW" alt="" data-size="line">button. Doing so opens the Add Customer popup.

<figure><img src="/files/D5cfK7KpK3Dui2bMZDKL" alt="Add Customers"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. Here, enter the last name of the customer using the Last Name field.

<figure><img src="/files/HFJ9jgiCspnEmDs2969g" alt=""><figcaption><p>Last Name</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Similarly, use the First Name field to record the first name of the customer.

<figure><img src="/files/2KMxDN5Kvx2RG5T9EqpK" alt=""><figcaption><p>First Name</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Use the Contact Number field to record the contact number of the customer.

<figure><img src="/files/GKiMndHD94Rq3qulZIJf" alt=""><figcaption><p>Contact Number</p></figcaption></figure>

7. Enter the email address of the customer using the Email Address field.

<figure><img src="/files/fzSHfboPeMwQYdrodASP" alt=""><figcaption><p>Email Address</p></figcaption></figure>

8. Record the date of birth of the customer using the Date of Birth date selector.

<figure><img src="/files/8ME3eKAzWRDrd7XQgEpy" alt=""><figcaption><p>Birth Date</p></figcaption></figure>

9. Once the required details are recorded, click the <img src="/files/uzc1ksveFPhM6BASMwMa" alt="" data-size="line">button. This adds the customer profile and it is displayed in the customers grid.

<figure><img src="/files/yZ8fSa89kuNdnCcbQdDV" alt=""><figcaption><p>Add Customers</p></figcaption></figure>

### Manually Adding a Customer

To manually add a new customer to your database, go to the **Customers** section in the left-hand menu.\
Click the **Actions** button and select **Add Customers** from the dropdown list.

This allows you to create a new customer profile by entering their details manually — for example, name, phone number, and date of birth. The customer will then appear in your customer base and can participate in loyalty programs or receive marketing communications.

<figure><img src="/files/Eq8oOsZ7SxN3bdZVsEs4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### **How to delete a customer's profile**

To delete the profile of a customer with an uninstalled card, you need to follow these steps. Click on the customers icon.

<figure><img src="/files/HM0IdoaZpu1wQuvgBtCB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Next select the customer from the list of customers.

<figure><img src="/files/JjXrTovObk6HXlIIM3eC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The next step is to select the actions tab at the top and click on delete customer.&#x20;

✅ If a client has a card installed - you cannot delete such a client from the database. You will see a warning message. This is normal.

<figure><img src="/files/P76BdPgTFKXQAUOEYJCI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**To delete a customer with an installed card**, you need to follow these steps. First delete the card from the customer's profile to do that, click on the customers name. You will see the customer's profile and click on the pencil icon next to the card status.

<figure><img src="/files/lv7KFGLMOxrs8TPihkZI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After you click on the pencil icon by the card status, a delete pop up will appear, click on it. Note the card status must show installed in the customer's profile for you to do this.

✅ This action will not remove the customer card from the phone. The customer must do this on their own. The client will not be able to use such a card even if he/she does not delete it from the phone.

**You can go straight to the actions tab to delete the customer if the customer's card status is uninstalled or deleted.**<br>


# ✴️ Customers profile: Stamp card

Let us dive into the world of the customer's profile using the stamp card.

Let us dive into the world of the customer's profile using the stamp card. Under the customers profile, you can view the clients profile, send push notifications directly to that particular customer, view customers information and also feedback. <br>

### Profile

From the customers profile, you can view the following tabs and you can also perform the actions explained below.

* **LTV indicator in the card user profile.**\
  For a cardholder, LTV represents the total amount of all their purchases since they joined the loyalty program (from the moment their loyalty card was issued). It is calculated as the *purchase sum* from visits — the same value used as revenue in ROI statistics.
* Stamps earned: This refers to the total number of stamps the customer has earned so far.
* Reward earned: This refers to the total number of rewards the customer has earned so&#x20;

Far.

* Rewards redeemed:This means the total number of rewards the customer has redeemed since inception.
* Last stamp earned: This is the date the last stamp was earned for that customer.&#x20;
* Last reward earned: This is the date the last reward was earned by that customer.&#x20;
* Last reward redeemed: This shows the last reward that customer redeemed.&#x20;
* Total visits: This shows the total number of visits the customer has made to that business.&#x20;
* Actual stamps balance on card: This shows the current balance on the customers card at that time.&#x20;
* Stamps earned by referral program: This shows the number of stamps the customer earned by referring people to that business.&#x20;
* Segments: This is the RFM segment.
* Feedback rating: Here you can view the feedback rating from that customer.&#x20;
* Installed on device: This is used to check the kind of device the phone is installed on.
* Card issue date: You can view the date the card was issued to this customer from this tab.&#x20;

### Adding Transaction Amount

Transaction Amount: This is the total amount of the purchases that customer has made. You can add or subtract transaction amounts from the customer's profile.&#x20;

To add a transaction amount, click on the plus sign.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfmC8tlS5Hh_4xuNiq4g2AZpaAZ08AD9ZLaoM1g8TMZkS2exIDp8B_44J22YZDItdmsey3uJls4MyIn-A1Vhv1kWOqPcIFVVoWlIqp6d_k-6TpkCtPrpp0h3-aRTjsrPfP1tZyunw?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt="Add the transaction amount to the stamp card"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

\
Enter the value and click on apply. Please note that the value and the purchase amount are the same and you can decide to enter only the value and ignore the purchase amount if you wish. After entering the value and applying it, the system will award the stamp to the customer's profile based on your loyalty rules for that card. You also need to repeat the same step to subtract reward but this time you need to click on the minus sign.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXforco6bGAzXTZ2Wf0l41ujWVof7bk4tClfT7w0y7MmE3pBL55OJLoGZP19xHIPaqqwQgkZUSeN0vYj3_aSTQeM-4gfpgjVOFlYQ7gI1Ip7SY9eTG3W0bL6_4YrWW84T7jUhXznbA?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### How to Manually Remove Extra Stamps from a Card

If stamps were added to a customer’s card by mistake, you can remove them manually from the customer profile.\
In the **Stamps earned** block, click the **minus (–) icon**.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/tA2nEGDqLtL0ygccO31U" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

A dialog window will open where you can specify how many stamps should be deducted.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/viGesIFbPyeTYwOT4E23" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Please note that you **cannot remove more stamps than the customer currently has** on their card. The system will not allow deducting a number greater than the current stamp balance.

### Rewards available:&#x20;

This simply means the number of rewards that customer has at the moment.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeQL3n4OYqAiInByEejXEyxer2m8NjL4WkA0aZbQTAarYR_c0sXKPLXn_GkQqAppQfR7CDM7abDbTxwSsCltRHSDFvI32lxykCKreOmLonmKIbxEyOmgWP-U7PHiaKXbJ47z5AakQ?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

\
Under the rewards available tab, you can add and subtract rewards from the customers profile, to add reward, click on the plus sign icon.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdnLjFm5mVVnqtQeUcvthWdeHAN7BZGZ4rju2ihvqnKq6CrbQSv5CtV8QsL80W8PBTenxO1wvJcJB1wndygHOesgBullCP5i8MTHa3WGbUwWmsiW95eS7SfEprXdrdGvdvVvPi9yg?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### &#x20;Adding and Subtracting Rewards

Enter the number of rewards you want to add in the value field. After entering the value, you also need to enter the purchase amount. You can also add a comment if you choose and click on apply. The rewards will be added to the customer's profile. You need to follow the same steps to subtract reward but this time you have to click on the minus sign first and follow the same steps.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfUedCFggbnQrUTnMdGTGdt6c9GOaydEx_SbjNmA92DZHKYKcTcG29VZSx1HBlRrG66Hlmy1eY35wrXZXJt6Y37JK1V-FYPXDxE39Mh4ZKFR6y5w1G2Qjg2qiknERufT12a1yMq3g?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Correcting Mistakes

Mistakes in transaction amounts can be corrected by subtracting the excess purchase amount from the clients profile. To remove the excess amount, follow the steps below. The removal of excess transaction amount only works for the spend mechanism, if the card has the visit mechanism, you would have to write off visits entered in excess instead.<br>

1. Navigate to the CRM by clicking on the customers tab in the left hand menu.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeGN9EdgXUqaLPmUX0aN8jppRWs_PxGJBXqsGkPrUL7RxfTIs8jT4Uh7B_j3WwGStEHUrc0OlmrclQM6MddMWbCFhe-eDkY7ayZEz13J2kn7DMTt6s6zXMqREVxyvqPaFxqsqs9xg?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Search for the affected customer by entering their details in the search box, you can search with the first name, last name, email address, phone number or serial number of the card.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeK-4g0y_3dWSF0UAjUQDdSZeBNqF9ldi89FuVLCJpOggaTi5sDZolf3l5z_Ln7UMRU1mGhqbhoiaYlEpwDrfkYsIFsx3JC01885_6yrvuFSPVzeXPCD5u9dVs4fuTkXaUJ-kiOLQ?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3. Click on the customer's name to open the customer's profile.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdPpL5fsDs_pR2CTyEz0jsK8sUt7xvsi5mcocMQjNkxtLOx0iHFT8XR0JVjTJtQYoVCzWPkZHf6F_CwJyHs1RYW3cWrKB9tqlJVQe1GP-yrHGDENnyDe0ZWtA2tvClTYjqYO33vZQ?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. Next click on the minus sign by transaction amount.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXftJycdo146GZI0u-C0RvTwj91-dvC8GvNeEwmJVXPDm5FtUJfGKtsyscSNpm_Xdd753pyiFk8hD6A7lv0M8vliT0dyynjd9xTtEzY9wjgwhXbNjh00kWwyFcntnVw8chPf7k9QBw?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

5. In the space for value, enter the excess amount you want to remove. Note that the space for purchase amount is optional but if you decide to fill it, it should contain the same amount stated in the value field. The value field is the required field.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXc2wtTzp8AbPiLVvBXDaEg6JXawpU5DAxmWay4K-wEZ1eG2O6wid5IvZ1DIpIHTaO25adNqnVg3Vf4Ava2KnrFznethNYOoD8901ixRmIOPwvMAWtpDIz_OmLyiF0Us8K-bKUC0nw?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

6. Click on apply and the excess amount will be removed. Once the excess amount is removed, the amount on the LTV also decreases and the number of stamps earned with the excess transaction amount is removed. Please note that the existing rewards remain the same.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXc4ARH82Zt_sniSlP59I_t5KNy2PJSNSOYKXhvrQvkI7WFFXT9we9ALm8we3TMUlh4m5pfkOI4Y2PSyJiTcDIJ95fbAGnyYvJd_ZjZ0EAaDivhJpAx8XoMl-vNmiPzsBUpCRsormQ?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The excess transaction amount removed appears in the transaction history as refund of amount spent&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfTCioeuKr8CeE3_OOdRMBPFXgchUYQvURFSKsse79cX-wJ6wCxxA9t_ZZ0LYqCWtQOW9EMUr6BsCWzfwjWoTOQRg1dkC6fa4Pw8J0asv4Nahfsaesfwh9ipzfDOkdwpHtfCmojhg?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The stamps removed as a result of the removal of the excess transaction amount appear as stamps redeemed in the customer's transaction history.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXe0IUoSYcbnJnMnSQp568spg3gkx7PXCLg-z73UhKXRcrhlWWkUrEyd6qpaaGZxBSoNnyRedMb6CFNt7iBl95Skoey_MawueIhTCG8TUM-2rChM_P0IE-DGTjQieccawn1SimOXlg?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Changing the Card Status

**Status**: This shows the card status. If the card is installed, not installed or deleted. Under the status tab, you can delete a card from a customer's profile, this comes in handy if you wish to delete the customer entirely from the system. To delete the card from the customer's profile, click on the pencil icon.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXch4GNnUoODM0KBCkWryemkngpf5-P1nBrykM661rmVmJ_ECZ7aeum9ceMjeITc0UD21YscapbL2P0AOWnsUSooxfaSECDodEYhnYuysa_UMgJcA729QpB0n5eDQznOwFi-RAuRLQ?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Next a delete button will appear, click on that button and the card will be deleted from the customers profile.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcgOvHg9Ol2nsboU8Au-zTjNcSNgVq7VA7pJfQ7sZcVpZ2P8RjcIq7OiW1iN3Ya3PwIPIxsniOBMFFFD5Plf2EDcUxadxDCT2ldlpvqAl2s9F4v1H6y949G8ikV_-kiaXiMD-5qAQ?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Card serial numbe**r, this is the unique number assigned as an identifier to the customer immediately after installing the card. To copy the card serial number, click on the copy sign beside the card serial number.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcuhAKIpru45JLCAYievehaI2ZKACqX_0KUR2j7AvMRggJI-qJFmUdHgR_dm5kPcPtCGpT-0-4pGvZed2huhh8rOkFiECDcPdixWY71ZULjUuKSQd6OEZ5BAlmFxAYzdypVmlYhlA?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Modifying Card Expiration Date

Card expiration date: You can view the card expiration date and also make changes to it.&#x20;

To change the card expiration date, click on the icon beside the card expiration date and select the date from the calendar that appears after you click on that icon.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXftAL4944v-fUKjq1kHnjHK060UFgxJNtKnCuoJmXjEdM0GtojO0kXxgTD59vNSOt9aBcUwZKMlvmOBabim4nkcmvWrbgoclYlB78fGWZqLO2FiCLG8ko87kWa7BzK8SL1A9khfMw?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### View Custom Fields

You can also **view custom fields** and copy the **personalized  card installation link** and referral link from your dashboard. To view custom fields, click on the view custom fields tab.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeDL7Mwtd4KMrKeg-4Lr7K36zhUy--PdKiwzeW6J3O4egFyTb5WtpFR9GR0OvZ9Y-0NAWAewUqleVwl_76t25LJXSccUBbRq4ZBbwGtsMVnWvJZzIvcepodJ6PiS_Wa8lhNKdsW1g?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Copying personalized links

To copy the personalized card installation link, click on the copy tab by the link

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdgVrYWvAXC0F_adL-2yBui9dagoluqn4KxM4N2wLNWJNvbUOobD-Xf4kQyhTAv9ByhYSasvIUH8ubux9dK8-6U5kkJjpgi0R1b1VKZSWPd23HSjaTpfp9Kvle_n1OoEjkK0i-6vQ?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt="copy the personalized card installation link"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To copy the personalized referral link, click on the copy tab beside the referral link.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfWrfLNnGbD1k3XS7pFqsEn0WHxYQ_dudUPUA7_Ag-XF_kEpej2yxLsGCgRO16Le7uUQhU2Vpdoa2TY8C1gMXB8yga1eqBHYdeWf8iSYIi62sXwpqQ1IbLokdv3xgrhABicWfGM?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt="copy the personalized referral link"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Send Push tab

On the send push tab in the customers profile, you can send a push directly to that customer. When you send a push notification directly from the customer's profile, the push notification is sent to only that customer. To send a push notification from the customers profile. Click on the send push tab.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcmeK9LXXou33MfkbozjLAA93HH_m1_aFaM4jgkUSWs3K42xzRLkV4gov_6TTC0yE1z7AL8z-gVU9GZzi-qBdgKrGp6VfVFgXtrnlXawcPi2ihmJVqeozMZQg0Xwc62gn7feULuSg?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt="Sending a personalized push to one customer"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Select the card

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXftubKc1uPqhHGMPr0bT0TBuRuGc3kjRGdFerSM1j1WbSr2Xx5VuqB55lRwofYI5rty1SA0FUxnY_tK4_IAnuIC2ANOvOxddLJjOs1H_mp88m7pmjh_2epFYgi3jvYuTtI48wuf?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can schedule the message if you want to.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdh7dWZ049S-UNq7xrISK3DwtSfDo2N1D98-UoZ46fp7-Eu3As0FEvpQf59GfU4TRHJEYHktjw-lFwTQW-yAPeg3f2-3YBON58PlY5fhpyvFWmtoBWw4_jEHEN_s2q8gJrtWaWFKw?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The next step is to type your message in the message box and send.&#x20;

### Information tab

On the information tab, you can view the customers personal information.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcOwBZaLaOomIzSmCjy9dg16QTBOq_pnfjztjO92-7ukodZ17IqzXA3O8nNm31R20YRHuUB1kjkpYTH_qsBpGaRA5BOzhmojbiOcT7Jb_wSTsyWAAyXIaQ51FndEFYexCVwbm1a?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Feedback tab

In the feedback tab, you can view customers feedback,&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcOMQwH0LHUn-G5GXT9Gi7LaN6ggl3hFkMCMAMKKc95qDYh_TX4XJgpkP6oxCPIxmFvDxMSVYE2uwj6kguXRtjcSRgOXIb1uCoFgwPZmyMYHmqIgcJDpsryTo3uGsHWmb4y7ETMMw?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can filter customers' feedback and view the feedback by day, week, month, year, all time or for a specific period.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeA2_Qe7N_uB3vuMgj4zjBwe2qlZLODce3Zk2aIO57YgDniq5fu2qxQMPpkQaVzBcxVT4SiCANDQ5_yg3vrhIls6eetUZ3_mUkglw6BKN_YZrgDMh2nqw1OIyEJqGDQ0rY7Jn7g?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can also only view feedback with comments by ticking the only comments checkbox.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXem5dyEz7-ukzJgntanpb5-LRFLAMThBxbxtgbKzov4bmNyjr8or0uW3Ac85x1BVM08X-6nwkathDz7Tv7dAEvoqsJIIFiCjMCgit4Bw0ij94UpXX3UFsCdRAaPspNCa507puRY?key=Dk-HgHcd1Gk383ZVSc0hJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

\ <br>


# 🎟️Customers profile: Multipass card

Let us dive into the world of the customer's profile using the multipass card.

Let us explore the settings on the backend for the Multipass card in a customer's profile.&#x20;

Here is a list of functions you can find in the customer's profile for the multipass card. &#x20;

1. **LTV indicator in the card user profile.**\
   For a cardholder, LTV represents the total amount of all their purchases since they joined the loyalty program (from the moment their loyalty card was issued). It is calculated as the *purchase sum* from visits — the same value used as revenue in ROI statistics.&#x20;
2. Redeemed visits: This is the number of visits that have been used by the customer.
3. Available visits: This is the number of visits that the customer has not used.&#x20;
4. Visits sold:This is the total number of visits that is added to the card.
5. Last visits redemption: This is the date that the last visit was redeemed.&#x20;
6. Last visits adding : This refers to the last date a visit was added to the card.&#x20;
7. Bonus Balance : The bonus balance is the number of points earned.
8. Segments: This shows the segments this customer is categorized into, this can be useful for sending push notifications.
9. Visits by referral program: The number of visits by referral program.
10. Feedback rating: Here, you can check the feedback rating from that customer.
11. Card status : This enables you to check the card status, whether the card is installed, not installed, or deleted.
12. Card serial number:  From this tab, you can copy the unique card serial number for that customer.
13. Installed on Device:  This shows how the card was installed, it shows if the card was installed on the homescreen(PWA) or if the card was installed in apple wallet or google wallet.
14. Card Expiration Date:This shows the expiration date on the customers card, this expiration date can be edited and changed from the customers profile.
15. Total visits: This shows the total number of visits the customer has made to the business so far, note that visits removed from the customers profile from the backend are also counted as visits.&#x20;
16. UTM: This tag is added to the customers profile to show you the channel the card was installed through.
17. Card Issue: This is the date the card was issued to that customer. This could mean the date the card was installed by the customer, if the customer was not added manually or the date the customer was added manually to the CRM and issued a card from the dashboard whether the customer has installed the card or not.

#### Actions that can be performed from the customers profile.

### Adding Visits

To add visits from the customers profile, click on the plus sign by the available visits.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfuQx7u6qiOyejAZMbgUJp-7FKT5mXk3xIxKQjLJqJHUa1H2uXNdXVO_Ln6kLeQDRzHl-sIkiYwa0FxqXVYOxrhQSkRWqZehSzoIsjhYhCPJhph_ddz_ULE7xHz-xbHl8u5-A8Clg?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

\
The next step is to enter the number of visits you wish to add into the value field.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXd0YrgcnebXi3ECHD5YY15H9xOwz0Y05J1oee47AwxSPBrKLeSOxKVJxlqPIzZsdwav27ef8D1kdswUzZxUkUrq4cktEylkI2C-5KobdV-6z7ruA_2CTPy-y-mz8fWk6pf-PRgO?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Next enter the purchase amount if the customer has purchased something, if not, you can leave it blank.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcmURIgfP8TzKl1jfbHlr_bZyZZEnjrBxs8kSAI-C0FCJk3jhCRl67pO_gVdcPABh7q7WYotM5oGb-jGW5lU3dXcHR5Om3-Vu5swnPwyamf_38JbVyElumZBCTph2_QrWRCB8_y?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can add a comment if you decide to, otherwise, leave it blank.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXe14OM1l-4hyLWTJQ7crhVVIaZ8Lm0wqB0IzuvDwCdeQCa2c4-hvG49HnMQ3Jh_UT4XSnliD6PxEBbUITex9lhIEAP8Rszkm0RPXjL_1V7FcdOapCBLZ8lw0YB2NDKDMucKwSHi?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The final step is to click on apply. Once you hit the apply button, the number of available visits will increase, the LTV will increase and visits sold will also increase.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeD0tytxR6EWzRAkNnh-S2zS7pqPfG--jMjeR_wbWIWHneO1u5_qXu3ZUBLSw__Ksk7oUnbLtLi6WZysJ7Mhc2sfc2QtDMTuBxne3IYHvtFmDo7styEfboO3QQ5jeiv-7N710AuHQ?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Subtracting Visits

You can subtract visits from the customer's profile. if you made a mistake by adding extra visits, you can easily correct it from the customer's profile on your dashboard. To subtract visits, follow the steps below.

**Step 1** . Click on the minus sign icon in the available visits tab.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfRlQOzlVl7yOZNw7Lqmvjwxk3nSDdDL3caAzd8PcOHrHTOXrVr0SEtunbJWqjOBf0RYOe2Jcidbf3SKt9aefB935OfoUc4jwm0OW8OtvEShzGIxrKmyhSWzRRziCwv946V0zOwAQ?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Step 2**. In the value field, enter the number of visits you wish to remove.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXclsrdpgqLAwcTIJmVtd4N13idUWAOmg0TGX6CqZa50Mkcj8CYicD0iIokiNDyiyZ3x5sHmJjX4rW89UlhzwspiJF2IbIE7vGGr0GeQ4ZNzNNdqsoErv95ta570H-p5mewMuE_Wtw?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Step 3.** If you have a purchase amount, enter the purchase amount in the field for purchase amount, if not you can leave it blank.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXe5oKuZkIaYybZx4fFpPrWr7Z9k8P5uHRdHf7TZITUZt8747bwtpexFzffRm77_R-tQiMT3-ZxC7EY_oO4OQtDbD7tiTHUmJ02pwZyMWNRez0qE1ikRYzF9lg0K257IVigoY9L8yw?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Step 4**. You can add a comment if you wish to in the field for comment. This is optional.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXc8OP4ClrfpFV3dJa8wAHHMWNoKf6iSjPtL8Kf53CpNLc-yM3PT6tEHS1lar-15QdobHVufbGc6MSduiEXfE4hartC6ABxjUznYIhwNU4L-SHXM-YiTpO-PpXDGQPOUMsZNha1WXw?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Step 5.** Click on apply. Once you click on apply, the number of visits you entered in the value field is removed. Once the number of visits is removed, the number of available visits decreases, the number of redeemed visits also decreases. The LTV remains the same if no purchase amount was added but it increases if the purchase amount was added.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdVuCKOgIkQQZcot9d0HGnpgzPblyMAjzQlYJRPqQoA8cdAv63OuoEAIlL3IyaNg8D2shkm8ECrUyX1VUYIGOjm0imtUEdIeWIHmkqy5mfzrS4jppkIrQGG60_AaIZPBZ3wAC494Q?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Adding Bonus Balance

From the customer's profile, you can also add to the bonus balance for that customer.&#x20;

To add to the bonus balance, click on the plus sign icon by the bonus balance field.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXf9Q5vjxUohWzMKitvnwjrpeti2QdF0zrphbqa7ZQ4CE1A3BPDjBAaHw8AqJK4RX1n4Wnb8E5lDRpYdesroOzmaJnozgC3ecEJTB1Cw3_0kR9nk1d85Bqun_ncJlzuWtVcwDFhe?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In the value field, enter the number of points you wish to add to the card.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXf_b9SeGTc_WaMxi89VEhCNfSq1fjt8-UokWlczAfEhTYK0yUp6-HuMgQF2Hx2NRUpMq8kO5n6YSzzQJZkbdKu1DYYqvnarFDKJS0JQWNwWYIU6W3QAligyyLNgPYDyN62-UoeInA?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Next enter the purchase amount for that customer into the field for purchase amount, you can also decide to leave it blank, if the customer is not purchasing anything at that moment.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXc0bQaBUW9NtVG7wwKt8PYkLJ8r6kwqHdDwst4GOlaLrnTMjyRFq6cAfi1Q2kAo0ZFBdE9ABwl0J3Rhim1bbXkPt6tvmT2ib9NO5qjhNsZVwGeI2xtmgSOBjnmmZ684Lt0PFFwQ?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can add a comment if you wish to in the space for comment. This is optional.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeq7uKkZDFwXwfIfs5GlFbzTbiQ3fP_Koc_vROxox71weuhNCddl2WhiTrlgdZn4k6OQzCwY5uedxdzcq-V2JSzOYOB0zyOIXuf9KBCeGCxJIuxIn1cXNyJv8MbbZvDf8PrGUuzVg?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Lastly, click on apply and the number of points you wish to add will be added to the customer's card. This also increases the LTV if a purchase amount is added, if you do not add a purchase amount, the LTV stays the same.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeDMK4uu0yX46lTffr1_LIcgisddD-tWxa-T4Q5KuZd65Bo-mIEsAf8Rr-NaaD49MD514SMzspINLKQTQI-ogEhOMnu8opn3RSbNLFD1XpgYy1CAu94AfCrgeaptj7iCb8fAucZeg?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Subtracting Bonus Balance

Bonus balance can also be removed from the customers profile on your dashboard. To subtract from the bonus balance, click on the minus sign by the bonus balance field.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXc_o02ZsHOCoTaYrKm70Wg0GQBkT4wIlSWmKl_vQ4-4lUsDdzOjrzhAwj04BCw1cPdaIq30hKxkRmBI6fuGxSjC7upaoPGyRwybfqPi7PO-bMshj3eZY-Hl7907r8LsTqemLD1SDA?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In the value field, enter the number of points you wish to remove.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfvTalmjw-hQckR9f5rTBq7a3Dg7lK-uWufex3OOX6iVzJnG-e_RkKnFSoEkIrRKQY8MhBT110wPbZMyNJDPZ1rsp3SxHNdudjXJMSNfiLutGERiMsYtYXQyxf4mro-d0OClYuKTw?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In the field for purchase amount, enter the purchase amount for the customer. If this is just a random subtraction and you do not have a purchase amount, you can leave that field blank.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXd5nZXMOU1DJE_IrgkF7oK0RByEGZJG1v3UKknFrLyayo6nEcaq3gSzIcaLKACmiVIvElvMVfF3HwprrQCKbN9AJzwVIq3yXRi74NqfCuFxrhu6d_Y4y9x0_GHvynC1iiwyMJjnvg?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Fill out the comment field, if you want to leave a comment, this is optional.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXedAGr3BH7w9aZvPJ8lo4qdGGRNBHS5Jpz5JZrALwssg2M87mRmqBSiOy0P_Lnnmyocdv9PXWyHd51VzSdrKi8fvFjY_hTrULVaj95mmaZIeNZPkLhwC2wVUI_Vn6CT4MiQ4QeF8g?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Click on the apply tab and the number of points you entered will be deducted from the customer's card.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfOv259tEla7E3nyzBaKLYFSe-w5s4ArPIbuxtdKai8o7h58C6IrYf5FGzyASNKomZf582MjxiIH6i3G0sJcONV9mnHpe38A9CoDWkbs8CXEwRQWjwbyFKZ8oxb-tQZynpIvOTCMg?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Changing the Card Status

This comes in handy when you wish to delete the customer entirely from your list of customers. If the customer's card status is installed, you would not be able to delete the customer from your list of customers without changing the card status to deleted. To change the card status, from the customer's profile, you need to click on the pencil icon by the card status.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfktHVOnHtCOF0KtD4lP9ADcyDGxxo7F2daZpSoy8UIs5gzN-nJK5YA4BP6Pg_wetg8t9alaU-wdH_hg6-c0KZac0GxgIqIyrax0s2UchE-EFG7xHDg0ON-BLNYVxQiEZd76ozD?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Next select the delete button that appears.&#x20;

Once you select delete, the card status will change to deleted and you can now delete the customer completely from your dashboard.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXf1BKmMM8uM_Hz3mIheIOXTIs982nMEpNhQuGYOmDpUMIMzgfhtGvBRfAxB_3T0St6rR-6LmfvuGrVY318fCQhcKInmn18xYaXr-E11VjHS8ISha2o1KVrPXGn8ROV1ZwkjVNAqaA?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Modifying Card Expiration Date

To modify the card expiration date, you need to click on the pencil icon by the card expiration date in the customer's profile. After clicking on the pencil icon, a calendar will appear, select the expiration date and this will be added automatically to the customer's profile.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeHaojLxsJv0egt80R9LOaWmxX5Uzi6Yxqgf5ONvKJhYqspChE-EdEHoMQjbEJbE1Q6_Zv6vvK8C6lBm3penFH9eZoouqpG3TXjdzDR11wqrn78asU0o14-yIBatOUgnjYZ4jVqrA?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### View Custom Fields

You can view the custom fields from the customers profile.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdDLXkLzkb54K_Kn0f7O5uQAYDm-lrSURant-DPq-vhYXTmi7U_TQ_Gri-_5JSBDj-A3Ykeo_uLOTeXOswowiodQPE2x8A5Y4p3cvbo4Iq4uwtQOSnJ71H_sxT0F5T1FalBELlu?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Copy Personalized Links**

You can copy the personalized links for that particular customer from the customers profile, the links available are the card installation link and the referral link used to refer customers.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeHsRfl2VGPAipPE5PtIZvo85AP74UqihHKeIs073oMUduhYFEEU8jvJwZ4803Pq_gHPN1hlmQJW1yIgDF1dY1wLKVQ6mg-QJndvIaqAlUvZbh6nBNOhD4WMFkmZUvAPiVxRFpZKw?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Send Personalized Push

From the send push tab in the customers profile, you can send push notifications directly to that customer. The push notifications you create from the customers profile will not be sent to anyone else.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcyo1ITMYLzlAWA33Obr2Urc1i-TXi3nIuYi87HSf56cIpsT0EOCzlJCM9fZI6F5qKOa9cv3MONr_FJWfV5Pa66MxrfytP9sMatKqx_ZmAF68pA4NKOzpGBhTnv5c46tgRsAvBApw?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Information tab

From the information tab, you can view the customers information, you can also make changes as well to this personal information. Note that the changes made here will not affect the original personal information on the card.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcu5ekrR7qdug0C89QF-oo1Y5fzCjuZg2NVNaloul689GEfALaI29muOE8FDA994VOyGrfRtE8qqfbepLgNwLMpK34970HjauUoB-Db1rJwspB5gkj9l6A3aaMTh574-7bj4DOb4g?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Feedbacks tab

From the feedback tab, you can view feedback for that customer, you can also filter the feedback by day, week, month, year, and custom periods, you can decide to view only the feedback with comments as well.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfh2szbI00qLkOb3L6I_1mVfCANyLSe-Ux4-NzhFTuWJ0luVdi_WiCbkjDdTkdeOVHsyg1jYpHZu_bti2GlaP6JrNoJMDxHp-PtukrhOjfNn0cviPgOCLE6EldM9loF6-mDO1-Prg?key=sVYbBEbSevi_488jhojmRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<br>


# 💰Customers profile: cashback card

Let's explore the cashback card within a customer's profile on the backend.

The customer's profile for the cashback card contains the following tabs:

* **LTV indicator in the card user profile.** For a cardholder, LTV represents the total amount of all their purchases since they joined the loyalty program (from the moment their loyalty card was issued). It is calculated as the *purchase sum* from visits — the same value used as revenue in ROI statistics.
* Current Balance: The total number of points currently available on the card.
* Points Earned: The cumulative total of all points the customer has earned since the card's inception.
* Points Redeemed: The total number of points redeemed.
* Transaction Amount: This is the total purchase amount for that customer.
* Last Point Earned: This refers to the date the customer earned their most recent point.
* Last points redeemed: Most recent points redeemed by the card holder.
* Cashback percentage:This  indicates the percentage of cashback the client is eligible to receive.
* To the next cashback level: This is the number of points the customer needs to qualify for the next cashback level.&#x20;
* Cashback: This indicates the cashback level of the card holder.
* Points Earned by Referral Program: The total number of points earned through the referral program.
* Segments: The segments the card holder is classified under.&#x20;
* Feedback Rating: The customers feedback rating for that business.
* Status: This refers to the status of the customer's card.
* Card serial number: This is the unique number that stands as an identifier for the card holder.
* Installed on device: This field indicates the type of device where the card was installed.

Android Devices: PWA, Google Wallet and Google Pay

iOS Devices: Apple Wallet

* Card Expiration Date: This is the card expiration date.&#x20;
* Total Visits: This is the total number of visits for the customer.
* UTM: This is the tag that helps you track how the customer came into the system.&#x20;
* Card Issue Date: The date the card was issued to the customer.

#### Customer Profile: Available Actions

From the customer's profile, you can perform the following actions:

### Increase Card Balance:

From the customer's profile, you can add points to their balance. To do this, click the plus sign icon next to their current balance.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdZw8bosl9DmkwMrPwkutVkHN3Gm-NGB8dCNEYg8ejaZldR_Ox_RI4-gz2ZcLbO1yEJNVlkUiHO3zkPWMZ0bMPT0b0Ac95aDN6oMQVA3gTldSTcN_p52b22oDXTzgkklSTLH3m39A?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In the value field, input the desired number of points.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcceVbm8l7axQFA9u_pmxjVtke6K2Z-M2uOHyiXId1y2c6D4pj5EbbGn0j5l155kd2ubNBxPcs8vo1ZKUoF9DBHEuMNNIJhL-LA-xZ4Yq4dvdIOM7xNbSBNQ7bg4hORs9CJdUrwOw?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Enter the customer's purchase amount in the designated field. If no purchase is being made, this field can be left blank. When the purchase amount is added, it does not affect the transaction amount, only the corresponding number of points is added.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXefeJjl-eTv-Mvz59096YyuSHTLiYul-V9xh2l8Z-X44FF48EaCN4gfR08MbrzQ7r5d3F2upn1VwRK1m2Zbm2WtoqSPSushuq56Y7lyqZzK-7D9v2iIi1J5q5Rpl-okZn202zs5rg?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Adding a comment in the designated field is optional.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXerLjdKgcW92nAyakDKY-FBm8BBs8W0isukP28j4VqhCePuvsP-JKIH9QrX3A3U0RVXepLPISUxo6bui8q70P2FlcFYR7cqa2sU98R69SEc3fBMEsuBhmjnw4uZqoJakkCitifE?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Next, click on apply and the number of points will be credited to the customer's profile. Once the points are credited, the LTV amount will increase as well as the points earned and the total visits.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfymfEMSzSGDNiSLCOPmOpmwkEU-IHju1BHYdZY5R49dT2N9RPRf9Bs9ByABF5Ut2ATzpc6hN2gfl5XAmc5h5Oh5PKbI-RlEiU2a29gMY95MRHCP1BucJfk5O6PHIzRz39QLCCSbA?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Decrease Balance

You can adjust a customer's balance or remove points entered in error directly from their profile on your dashboard. To remove points from the customer's balance, click on the minus sign icon.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXctjUyAVzZ2pPWuHcZGkbuERlEdrS_9x2d8QVbGreUuLhZYVvU454xsUrbH2KQpu4St87qVMi_9xo9zMDrLTKRn3_5x1oDoS5sCRXhrdzmDMY7LjNEoiQNLA5mFBz4jAMI-cwU2Wg?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In the designated fields, enter the number of points you wish to remove.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcvGsVEA8XnLxqgwXOkS__xJ9DsqayZ8RaoZI1hLd_5mmC4jeRg2J89z3T0yaPF_BhB62fW2BpZElCRBM_dJqnWvUtK3yCywfAnYQkt9T4PLs7Ltv-KOuiBnV6qjOZgTfOx-XbHpA?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You may also input the same number of points into the purchase amount field, or leave it blank. Please note that the value entered in this field will not alter the total transaction amount.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfmiIRqg_r5nWrCNa8fMjoOgtpJ7k-A1h95hQMJ--XFTpdTOrcOaSRHFvmoZWva_HZIwz6zVyjDb58-RymuANjxDljgwziU-kJXtmX-SXU6BieBQuRODYCTgUB5Jw9y6-K-wXzidA?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Feel free to add comments in the designated field, or you may leave it empty.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeMhIiH5rZxTH68V6L94tZpkEeowpUrQzp8Ek5KsYMA47YLyxd-cSa7YE8A6i0HRSP_sDPPBhchgtvFsr9mVh4EvVlVS5mcM7obp0gvpOl77wzb0bI2hL_L426mQ2OAZSvwJfg8hQ?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Clicking "Apply" will deduct the corresponding points, increase the total points redeemed, and count towards the total number of visits.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXe3clw9s7UAtwP0A5YjGVTF-Kjy-9rBt9K6SptqxHpPo-FF0xQNgVjRi0XEMdgkbaMS3WvDC1sGkvbGXFCznMRki0oAYsX9T2bzd9T6e6JBFNFNJ7vs2lBYCEqZpCBSLQGWMbz7oQ?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Increase the Transaction Amount

From the customer's profile, you can increase the transaction amount, among other modifications. To increase the transaction amount, click the plus sign icon in the transaction amount field.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfN_oalWf-xcoZ77m5TeXPho1vs9InfxlfOfKz95TkT1Ue8sR6u8kS43shv7m6QnCfI5ZgwrkbVAodqMHsbRoUNNGPIDZDi7JL1WvPcSnOy6zQGWNHqPNF3VpG_pWgauBbXawrtbg?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Enter the purchase amount increment in the value field, you can repeat the same amount in the purchase field or leave it blank.In the value field, input the incremental purchase amount.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcceVbm8l7axQFA9u_pmxjVtke6K2Z-M2uOHyiXId1y2c6D4pj5EbbGn0j5l155kd2ubNBxPcs8vo1ZKUoF9DBHEuMNNIJhL-LA-xZ4Yq4dvdIOM7xNbSBNQ7bg4hORs9CJdUrwOw?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The amount entered in the value field can be duplicated in the purchase field, or that field may be left empty.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXefeJjl-eTv-Mvz59096YyuSHTLiYul-V9xh2l8Z-X44FF48EaCN4gfR08MbrzQ7r5d3F2upn1VwRK1m2Zbm2WtoqSPSushuq56Y7lyqZzK-7D9v2iIi1J5q5Rpl-okZn202zs5rg?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can leave a comment, or leave the field blank.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXerLjdKgcW92nAyakDKY-FBm8BBs8W0isukP28j4VqhCePuvsP-JKIH9QrX3A3U0RVXepLPISUxo6bui8q70P2FlcFYR7cqa2sU98R69SEc3fBMEsuBhmjnw4uZqoJakkCitifE?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Applying the amount from the apply field increases the transaction amount, which in turn boosts the Lifetime Value (LTV), points earned, current balance, and total number of visits.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfymfEMSzSGDNiSLCOPmOpmwkEU-IHju1BHYdZY5R49dT2N9RPRf9Bs9ByABF5Ut2ATzpc6hN2gfl5XAmc5h5Oh5PKbI-RlEiU2a29gMY95MRHCP1BucJfk5O6PHIzRz39QLCCSbA?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Decrease the Transaction Amount

You can decrease the transaction amount from the customers profile, in cases of error in the transaction amount, you can easily decrease the transaction amount. To decrease the transaction amount, click on the minus sign by the transaction amount field.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXegOoJs7YjlsQ2QpWByR4kBinWaQahyBoAX2ror0qEFPbG9svtuY5z5Q8_ifoQdmEYkKkZJ7q0JYAHCAS9zgOGsTWscGxvNsG3UTqKxgvvCW2NJETQZd06bIQFVQEL8Lu5mcuFllQ?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Enter the desired amount in the value field to subtract it from the transaction amount.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcvGsVEA8XnLxqgwXOkS__xJ9DsqayZ8RaoZI1hLd_5mmC4jeRg2J89z3T0yaPF_BhB62fW2BpZElCRBM_dJqnWvUtK3yCywfAnYQkt9T4PLs7Ltv-KOuiBnV6qjOZgTfOx-XbHpA?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can either enter the same value in the purchase amount field as in the value field, or leave it blank.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfmiIRqg_r5nWrCNa8fMjoOgtpJ7k-A1h95hQMJ--XFTpdTOrcOaSRHFvmoZWva_HZIwz6zVyjDb58-RymuANjxDljgwziU-kJXtmX-SXU6BieBQuRODYCTgUB5Jw9y6-K-wXzidA?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Adding a comment is optional**; you may also leave the comment field blank.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeMhIiH5rZxTH68V6L94tZpkEeowpUrQzp8Ek5KsYMA47YLyxd-cSa7YE8A6i0HRSP_sDPPBhchgtvFsr9mVh4EvVlVS5mcM7obp0gvpOl77wzb0bI2hL_L426mQ2OAZSvwJfg8hQ?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Next, click on apply to deduct the desired amount from the transaction amount. This deduction also reduces the LTV, the current balance, and increases the points redeemed.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfymfEMSzSGDNiSLCOPmOpmwkEU-IHju1BHYdZY5R49dT2N9RPRf9Bs9ByABF5Ut2ATzpc6hN2gfl5XAmc5h5Oh5PKbI-RlEiU2a29gMY95MRHCP1BucJfk5O6PHIzRz39QLCCSbA?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Changing the Card Status

Should you wish to remove a customer entirely from your customer list, you may do so. However, if their card status is "installed," you must first change it to "deleted" before you can proceed with the customer's removal. To modify the card status, navigate to the customer's profile and click the pencil icon next to the current card status.,

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXds0Jd9k5Vo6HMO1Ts_N57iNXmNEZ86gPTJ0cmKHxuSGozH7zNgtnPF-A6q1JumhathlTyOPLBjWCgo0IivVP7yTi5-F8S7OO5usBfRoZ7F6KQFFAfpuXfVGeVUlsnSBkGOqze2?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once you select delete, the card status will change to deleted and you can now delete the customer completely from your dashboard.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXe3ZfBUAUuUBAyTWR3e2VTaikewMJQQlNN_d2jIObLReahqybkbcyWoMiIc4VYtz1u7E6UPMBpNEqqBBdyyHcP9qB1AyrbZ8JrF0UBPUSci6U-p14gy_f5DfcMZJcxGiNb5BH95qQ?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Modifying Card Expiration Date

To change a card's expiration date, click the pencil icon next to the existing date in the customer's profile. A calendar will then appear, allowing you to select and automatically update the new expiration date in their profile.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXf-IoqvmqwR0XrLet3GpkWc_tQimUggOCEwXO4kdDVNFnavl_z8F7WwWn-Sx4dUS_kGkpW-Qfw2QHsMfiHZiU5ticaEA4EQaLylxcqPEllkNBrQFYls662S7pPBMUrjVomQ9p1E?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### View Custom Fields

Custom fields are accessible from the customer's profile.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdpd5aGkaZvhvgCPYk0V6Xi8GphuG_Tt4SAoSefQ-S-H-SGYahboaFy0FyhqK48CAO_afFeuf6NOEOpn_qMKKYIp6gwj27ysadj-hX9dJhhGCLU4j1-ju1oxdpxTw3TjD8kKw2zvQ?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Copying personalized links

To copy personalized links for a customer, access their profile. The available links include the card installation link and the referral link, which customers use to refer others..

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdgj8F5UnJXECoPJKHhebNa9BHT-OtHbYn7zoEhASRwa5GoFUk-wI1nQ9EMcku22tGdmd9SpBai2WlNiGTndUlM7YYcUesacvtL94RVqNWqwQ8mLYTPky1vjUMEHIU9JsGmwLbEdQ?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Sending Personalized Push Notifications

You can send push notifications directly to a specific customer from the "Send Push" tab within their profile. These notifications are exclusive to that customer and will not be delivered to anyone else.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfTpQpXccZSQHlnf7aMEm7L_YimPDER3YYCksjW4Q6g6Oh8qYPkAXYqaW8JUOdkeGuj_K8YYJcoU5cQ9qRBBTs9tEv6nYzky6BLOdXS8Gg6Wzyh8oKoHDtBFykT2Up3x5ZkfPYUqg?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Information Tab

The Information tab allows you to view and modify customer personal details. Please note that any changes made here will not alter the original personal information stored on the card.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeF_qt17lvRDBvLg2qxIgUtl6r0HpRM_i4I01Cqa60Q5vdY2XRse6zxl-9LAWXaUujfPhZhfKHeOwAvRv94cl-P4hbd04ltvT-obwLL_FeEihifrOGliCcg1PWF2jXxRa9zyHi7WQ?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Feedbacks

The feedback tab allows you to view customer feedback. You can filter this feedback by day, week, month, year, or custom periods. Additionally, you have the option to display only feedback that includes comments.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeRr6E16PIv2rb3SO-41Y50saXu9RbhszbPeybySR2ZHVvJEiwjQhT3yrDwlVSr65ce88Ef4DAqDLqbxodOVJSbXjzAXRren0jXLNMKCsBRzAF5CWU28_txxKUXgnkZRQDO0xsVXQ?key=gYKxk36rlArGa6HncQrtcw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<br>


# 🎁Customers profile: gift card

Let's explore the gift card within a customer's profile on the backend.

This section explores the customer profiles, outlining the tabs available within the customers profile. You can find the following tabs in the customer profile.

The customer profile includes the following tabs:

* **LTV indicator in the card user profile.** For a cardholder, LTV represents the total amount of all their purchases since they joined the loyalty program (from the moment their loyalty card was issued). It is calculated as the *purchase sum* from visits — the same value used as revenue in ROI statistics.
* Current Balance: Available points on the card.
* Status: This refers to the status of the customer's card. If it is installed, not installed or deleted.
* Card Expiration Date: This is the card expiration date. This can be edited from the customers profile.
* Card Valid From: This is the date the card is actually installed on the customer's phone.
* Segments: Segments that classify the card holder based on purchase behavior and other factors.
* Feedback Rating: This refers to the feedback rating provided by customers for a particular business.
* Card serial number: This unique number identifies the cardholder.
* Installed on device:This field specifies the type of device where the card was installed. PWA and Google wallet for Android and Apple wallet for Iphone.
* Total Visits:.This represents the aggregate number of customer visits.
* UTM: This tag tracks the customer's entry point into the system.
* Card Issue Date: The date the card was issued to the customer.

### Customer Profile: Available Actions

On the customer's profile, you have the ability to perform the following actions:

### Increase Card Balance:&#x20;

From the customer's profile, you can add points to their current balance from the current balance tab. To do this, click the plus sign icon next to their current balance.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdwPLVpZNHaHSxnj33jgP-vzF_piDc6cRWl0mUscHI6FPlKXBGyS9QBlZIB9WtY7T-4yKtUPUgtCiiXsYCuSXiR26B3Y4OOnpXrVhfAUyX2p0e_6e7aS3aFurPWPukjHwpqSBEFPQ?key=rcYoyLUiUlHXeW-dNtibfQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Input the desired number of points into the value field.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeHQ_DV-inH7yEt1bQ5RobUcJsOu4_W8NkBTBCOjAq4VCMt1jLMryeDXak9DR-Y7a99xzhmZtH19SDDfF9jJyadsHoQ99jMobqwwnsMkIdwZ3oLs9k-Mk2Q8ToRaE-QaUlQYBI_oA?key=rcYoyLUiUlHXeW-dNtibfQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Input the customer's purchase amount in the specified field. This field may remain empty if no purchase is being made.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeyNC3xLq5OG2dP1moR_eBcFjU1zL_AblklvoZPayvJXvRvp1f8-jEk08-pYUDBYsQavWGWmnxk4WdvdxjLdl1WfahdfGTlov1qwaHTYp4TSxncb_0OOzQpeNLn96BWEHZbdiV9Cg?key=rcYoyLUiUlHXeW-dNtibfQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Adding a comment in the designated field is optional.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfQWwO7fg0LGKi5lj-gXKc7RUgYFZkw_SHy3Sz7Y9q6_sFR92zGkHmNg-OabKI1hyYZfonrwwaSKF2LS5uLl6C5xrPTXuNuYQGSJZ2272ppkJY5sTKud9x79KmKsTR08SfQ4kvCMQ?key=rcYoyLUiUlHXeW-dNtibfQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Click "Apply" to credit the customer's profile with the points. This action will increase both their Lifetime Value (LTV) and total visits.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXf_NjdVOPb9v8FjHaI2cBiljBEYnw0uuwy4CPv8T5XIv9GqVYJa2JltV_jmMVF6L4oLYf6P3Zs6Fyb4fgjkbYQM_hYIXf4-KM2t5bRWjmW5NzSCIa0gtOjyeCOlO-i7LGjEGBiZMw?key=rcYoyLUiUlHXeW-dNtibfQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Decrease Balance

On your dashboard, you can access a customer's profile to directly adjust their balance or rectify points entered in error. To deduct points from a customer's balance, select the minus sign icon.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcT5cTawHDcNxkF5z-ygC8Wzu4g4Z3EVEFKEHaNZGcmIUEHSZ_3iyPa6LoXODVuiKo_qixTxmE2zKhkkzP-yphY5EKYz920SdGeeerm_MOu8GSavgeP26XgQ30AGAzp-UtocJBANA?key=rcYoyLUiUlHXeW-dNtibfQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In the value field,  enter the number of points you wish to remove.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXebV27DPaTjDM3ASOL0BEdZcQcXRGTqaXzIHcrIj-0CBTlL60af0K6S0WjoSoVl58m8hdSTizIrCfgASp8eAmnePij_Oe890IHT9iuBKrECozU6vRgwKm4n05g9n_J3Q6XMgxGFCw?key=rcYoyLUiUlHXeW-dNtibfQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If the client is making a purchase, you can enter the purchase amount, if not you can leave it blank.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfbPpvShwjqYSDrmZzVGoUwWlVEoDFImVvzWot5NbK7WywAJA0yIXTvuV8PulZuLsBsaOyUqZMKQK4shYAVNlHF24g67L_XnsCLdu4c-Ngz534tXHxmUr3C0wKaRRaTWiBbgTV5Yw?key=rcYoyLUiUlHXeW-dNtibfQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Feel free to add comments in the designated field, or you may leave it empty.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdKvH_rZoAMNEgkVpl7k2vzP-Bsj2oofwqROldl3OAPsukm_07tHPTPE1RbHVKL9nx_riOWxOLYfJVcUvYboAxebNCPRbzvdsY1VPYtDHDKAjt5Q9a6GvVxeHWfITLPDX9ZdJzgsA?key=rcYoyLUiUlHXeW-dNtibfQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Clicking "Apply" will deduct the corresponding points, the LTV and the total visits will remain unchanged.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfpF3KPkvqCM-FmHPq-fxQUaxqM5kN0yItoGkVb7gzz3_y529sWkogBWT0lVgsNNX6dtpZhyogndoOkPZVAvSDIb_NJt3qkQ9Q7_8pSW60kM_w4MgxBzAlAyjf4gbP2fCFzCKYgKw?key=rcYoyLUiUlHXeW-dNtibfQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Changing the Card Status,

To remove a customer from your customer list, you must first change their card status from "installed" to "deleted." This can be done by navigating to the customer's profile and clicking the pencil icon next to their current card status and clicking on the delete button that pops up..  Once you select delete, the card status will change to deleted and you can now delete the customer completely from your dashboard.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXej5-R0bCdOU17r0koRMQG6r1BFoO3sX296-raelPFDp5NKFzPydSrcYwF1Cst5iVNmRr5CVns5z3x8lysxlGcXfNViIKPKs5iKDYr7qX1GAiNA4ima-l4Ql9eToZAozQ9_mJMP?key=rcYoyLUiUlHXeW-dNtibfQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Modifying Card Expiration Date

To modify a Gift card's expiration date, navigate to the customer's profile and click the pencil icon next to the current expiration date. A calendar will pop up, enabling you to choose a new expiration date, which will then automatically update in their profile.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdimZ1ZVvq4GBRGl69pL7cRtVZ3iAR1Ygze8wBDwqJstHLqP4NclNvIHq_DhTvN4X0UrQCUzT_qtV7Gr9xRPmCC2QLiYs4Rp8WMkUA7nQWt7C6nixsQ2l2bdtyU3btCdUqc7aPTtw?key=rcYoyLUiUlHXeW-dNtibfQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### View Custom Fields

You can access custom fields directly from the customer's profile.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXepCYFoKP2FhqTQpzYFCPutwo6yffbqb1Fe7lr1cZsNoSn4K6kVzT_Sz1ci4jDKNOzyHzsxIX5aycEc8kUjA3i015df4dooFXkl61yEmjQoI9CB0LBsUVTx0FmXgW6OYvVtKj6jpQ?key=rcYoyLUiUlHXeW-dNtibfQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Copying Personalized Links

Customers' profiles contain personalized links, which includes the card installation link and the referral link (for referring others). These can be copied as needed.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcETN-z3DdJAVdVFVJk_SSeuIygKWnBkXbg7rKyIvk9Ve-P7aI0XYHDKTWx_BAdb2Ho0kf5V3GvLNDGxu_I-JY4EgbrLW49L22X4lYHL2dyxbXor4UwVv9agF7bbC4SUPp8AE9g?key=rcYoyLUiUlHXeW-dNtibfQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Sending Personalized Push Notifications

To send a push notification to a specific customer, navigate to their profile and select the "Send Push" tab. Notifications sent from this tab are delivered only to that customer..

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcnxVXEB0wQRoeL7TSqwsyz_MICfpSg2aGk7NHnfZr8OXClqIadnb105mgqJqBeRJnQ_A8YOt7MH7A-VMhs6l64963bME3EqZwJotyCFDDqxDAo_CeeItQgszBe-yTf8WK4qYwK3Q?key=rcYoyLUiUlHXeW-dNtibfQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Information Tab

You can view and modify customer personal details via the Information tab. However, changes made here will not affect the original personal information saved on the card.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcpHC2yFzwTN9q9aEtHQLSf1AllwZ96fPeVq8lJt_yB7-e_z_o_IJxQxo8-fBWyt54U58ncq5pSY8RlyBo-cfsPa6U0YomW8agpMvjADUe6RSXkhLZel1WwOeOOlUNCBiVsD_B7hw?key=rcYoyLUiUlHXeW-dNtibfQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Feedbacks

Access customer feedback via the feedback tab. Filter feedback by day, week, month, year, or custom date ranges. You can also choose to display only feedback containing comments.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcIzFecQUvTyr2QLMdwFCIynXcansbmLaI2tugI_fxQSBwKKoblr9cCgpQTUe4_NscjtIboDkilZZlSbe89kcOFXnJl4mL50r1DMs-7Piqrxbzsy2fDxnGEf3nYd9_-8IGisLk-5w?key=rcYoyLUiUlHXeW-dNtibfQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<br>


# 🎁Customers profile: reward card

**LTV indicator in the card user profile.** For a cardholder, LTV represents the total amount of all their purchases since they joined the loyalty program (from the moment their loyalty card was issued). It is calculated as the *purchase sum* from visits — the same value used as revenue in ROI statistics.

### To add or remove a transaction manually:

Click the "+" button to add transaction amount or the "−" button to deduct from the client’s profile.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdcKoiHjXRqHFg-1msSG_LpooXTXTqOWw_9ZV96I12eK4iNXsGk6JLZR_g1BOh1sefvZjLsatAkvaLUiQ3nFAw45caei96cOKP7olw7BL1rFl6TfSymuauYUqsnxr8acHqt8Bsa?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

A popup will appear prompting you to enter the amount. Enter the value and confirm by clicking “Apply”.&#x20;

Note: The amount entered under 'Value' determines how many points the customer earns. For example, if your spend program is set to $10 = 200 points, entering $50 will award the customer 1,000 points.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdDVD8BECn9hDSJdG7EDAd9GJkKsHBINfuIe7KjhF13OU0qa7qXn9iVrP6SNwT89dWVajYp57D7MU9_Tn6FYGDg75uoVFNPd62C6J80s3m62oSz2FN_ZH_rhGybC1JfRR39qLYmxA?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### To add or remove a bonus balance manually:

Click the "+" button to add points or the "−" button to deduct points from the client’s profile.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXc4Lh1YhkjDXe2zp2J3JxHGZ1KMWls-VyQuiCGvUyyGim01R3dCuWpYyOzW3VlkgWWq1jljolgWofQypcvbn0ptKOIeyJfgn7AwTbIAuoArH5g7e8gzCX-hoJ9bj94jIdT944gxWA?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

A popup will appear prompting you to enter the amount. Enter the value and purchase amount then confirm by clicking “Apply”.&#x20;

Note: The number entered under 'Value' is the exact number of points the client receives, independent of the purchase amount. For example, if you enter 10, the client gets 10 points, regardless of what they spent.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXezvG3_cstzkblouRQ0AG3l9YGXlceIvuUq1rYLtetg7-tnuJ8V7TjG2paZAyHH-gZk697WpnKxmhoAXcP6GefIkCRxsiDqDKW9ftIajwbbktttbTL8iKtRbYFbcnovjRPHKdt7?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Redeem reward

Rewards can be redeemed and viewed in client’s profile by clicking the edit button.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXc-R9CORtvEpNT3t8RPQF4KKL8KOzxb5lSz9G4dCYQ87cAsHI6amXyCBrycauJtpu5m6uokRgSOsjM21ScDYeSsiaSatQ6SksByo9MTcflqcz91BpJus8jeEQWJZPQPln77DHqYvA?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once you click the edit button, the rewards the client is eligible to redeem are listed and view rewards received.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcGilG_-Rz2hwHSNpgRQAZWRlQ1EqxKz8GxH6TN6JPjY7oI51opTTux8u54jNqkJQokHR_kmorSOLuWmdoyPtNCXxEPyQ2rUoE43_-fzJ0zAVh2TGB1KXg71tyehlPIhjIZoeL6sA?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Event Description

**Transaction Amount:** Displays the value spent during a specific transaction.\
**Amount Column:** Shows the number of points added or deducted. For example, if 10 points expire, you'll see “10” listed here.\
**Balance Column:** Reflects the total cumulative transaction amount after each transaction. For instance, in the example shown, two transactions were recorded, and together they resulted in a final balance of 340, as highlighted.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdUAMUD00GU_OS76n3I_xAs606kxCKoiJOYz-V18K9APl_1xW5-jTOx46cR6e7fYadTP8APe8RFMmpTQQj0EUEXZDwPRtdTsP1RCWfcwGmMgwL11wyPLj2koULqocAibKXJAdRd?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Same goes for the points, it reflects the total cumulative/remaining points after each transaction. It helps you track how many points are still available. For instance, in the example shown, two bonuses were recorded, and together they resulted in a final balance of 6800 points, as highlighted.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcfOUFDuJofJ2ZM9nfZfAfZz351SEc463ydvLosU6hmxdfmbCElGV1iqnNBosLtixuLwSJdwoZkLyDu4k3LNL8WcOMgme6XMI7qUQiyGkVh9cfiMqrlwWsDe0lZnIr9aCkWZpbPSg?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# 🎫Customers profile: coupon card

**LTV indicator in the card user profile.** For a cardholder, LTV represents the total amount of all their purchases since they joined the loyalty program (from the moment their loyalty card was issued). It is calculated as the *purchase sum* from visits — the same value used as revenue in ROI statistics.

### Coupon redemption

Coupons can be redeemed in the client’s profile by clicking on Redeem.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfuC4aTM9IxYgRfuThP_VJzfqUPpWA_lApQ7tglLgJeExsqSU_OJaCFzVtEeuJgqiqX_5okfv_MjLpWSO_xsjUvaqn9oAQqeNIJlVHKjamjVEEcMm-ES0iSyciZ_iw4RWTqD-g1?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Enter the purchase amount then click ‘Apply’.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfBK_lNsRmt8PIXIKx-HysPykC_XcqJUKTR2w5INslYLwIhvCs7UQyKtccrvj1kXFD2ktBQ6mWfT169iyIOO_kJ6WgOrl6b79q5zvZqQSg9cpcj3umsBhrtsoZxu5kO-f_tOEFSew?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once redeemed, the status changes to ‘Redeemed’.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXczy7aF6L9KuH4gYttYdt1dQUoIEjE2r3U62LxxhE7M3Rs7HeTsKFQWFaBI8DKS5I0qK1Htjc4npxs9IKggfcS8xSwPgIiVTaPiFW7OeLm_hoaUltSyuefwEyWK1pHn9c5WiSwuGg?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If the card is linked to a stamp or point card, the reward program will be changed in the customer’s profile.&#x20;

Note: If a coupon card is linked to a stamp or point card, and a customer installs the coupon card:

* That customer will not appear as an installed user under the stamp or point card.
* The installation is only recorded under the coupon card that the customer interacted with.<br>

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXda7HgtHfZKyLukwTNGCkg0HZB47ZYqQdu1bKx7IHTPiggU4L0-JEDUJ-47zBvfYbdcPTsfk5HjwwSEPcAarWnETTjEHY-F_kfEY-rz65RFF1C_BhCdno3iQahfGSL7m0ycAvDNqg?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# ❤️Customers profile: membership card

**LTV indicator in the card user profile.** For a cardholder, LTV represents the total amount of all their purchases since they joined the loyalty program (from the moment their loyalty card was issued). It is calculated as the *purchase sum* from visits — the same value used as revenue in ROI statistics.

### Membership card without Stripe

### Change the expiration date

For the membership card, you can change the expiration date in the client’s profile by clicking the edit button.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeDtsU4Kemk4JJy_7i_zxhvsEUnU5l8TPsW4doLgFYtCUx9zW64Ob5YFKQ4OAhV9xURWgc2ZD_iHjMH2JvA0KTa1_LlvjbMNPZycXn2cToiSeXMbUUAWX22IOvOMRh8f9hyeSMGYQ?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Change of membership card tier

The tier can be upgraded or downgraded.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdzXdUVeJSPslFYnEvnRgBoSG5v3K9r35mGg1b-fRI1xn7QHw13XVmFg8RbP54QyivIqqRKPBVrNl6gEK2l29amudIRjyjFSxVoRAJb_zaS5zsy1VG-44APPYDAmvqGWXP9ELw6RA?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Сhange of subscription period

The subscription period can be changed from day/week/month or year. Once you are done with the edit the click on ‘Submit’.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdEAdaJeHWatPXsbmMyvaH1pG0-Oq_DaUeXd-Y7CcVyB4LwNwg2rUs3hwtwka6I_PyK8s4IZ7qkLoZBUn8SOsqRTeB8B_ltVrdTtQIOgoPre9CXWKu9nuXPNRMCSVcuXnGQFBfouA?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Membership card with connected Stripe

For Membership cards with Stripe connected, the tier cannot be changed from the client’s profile. This can be adjusted in Stripe or upgraded by clients through their device.

The subscription expiration date for a membership card with a connected Stripe cannot be changed in the customer profile.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXf8LdntJwJnJZQtF0hBwT5w5OUYLHcLb7Yk3iHKkYuhmlqIIzvvpgfAHbC87TKlluwmGGM3O6MBP0U1FXLW6-yDwJtVPT71vZOYjpZoUsg23E3xhir92jmlpDmmWZ5JkkSD6Z6WDg?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Membership v1&#x20;

For membership cards with Membership v1 enabled, in the client’s profile there will be no tiers or limits included as it is a free card.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfy3ANpOiooJ-CL6nuKwtNiogUOnn9wEUol02NQqGDZWX37TgttZ3muLNdaOIuiGHNsvNHSji_F2IUtbWzYE_LFLGN8iZT806PVPy6XMsybZiNDaw567aXGt7vhphyhEPIpJWj-?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<br>


# 💲Customers profile: discount card

**LTV indicator in the card user profile.** For a cardholder, LTV represents the total amount of all their purchases since they joined the loyalty program (from the moment their loyalty card was issued). It is calculated as the *purchase sum* from visits — the same value used as revenue in ROI statistics.

### Add/Deduct Client Amount

Transaction amount can be added or deducted in the client’s profile

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeMUo8r8ahRb-8tKQgysXDl9dhb37w7ZGeSV9wNEyOWNVo_M-zMkxnKNnlQyU0OdSgPwBnUv6BrjoDo1gIMQSQEIR2UtDYu0COA1uMMtmFTZLuWxHPXT2YXS-fZ2Qn2pvSjWqM1?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If you click the + icon a pop up appears asking how much increase balance and if the - icon, how much decrease balance.&#x20;

Value: Enter the same figure as the Purchase Amount field under value. The system uses this to calculate the exact discount value based on the card setup. For example, if a card gives 1% back and you enter $50, the system calculates and applies 0.50 discount.

Purchase Amount: Enter the monetary value associated with the transaction, whether it's the value of a purchase, a refund, or any relevant financial adjustment.

After filling in the details, click Apply to save the changes.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdGLvWiROr6xmAy_cN4wOqDi2ZOXudZOfB7Y5RBtOQd8VofIZVNKAINe17XcJIIyMlYv_sESvUZ_Q22-UcPBp5dQb2DSLS1JJeuiiGvBZkqaZJzIbRjN1RYzin3tvfk8yzbbmRhLQ?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If it’s an addition, the system shows it as a discount amount. If it’s a subtraction, it appears as a refund of the amount spent.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXc7ialvgYFZkb1hitArrUxTFoNJ9ixQu-3_Ip9W7P8jWsJTHYMSJ6B7OamnJpTqefw2qrpLQaH-FXJp0YGAssYA9D5iP7uOOfMl9o2KuTkvoNLj_x4NX9zQBPxolCCkzt4d9ZZdKQ?key=5QvbMeC0MqqIOXGHmxhR-A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Import / export

Learn how you can import/export records from Customers section

> **Boomerang > Left-Hand Menu > Customers**

1. Follow the above-mentioned workflow to land on the Customers screen.

### Import clients.

Once you land on the customers page, click on the import tab at the top to import your list of customers.

<figure><img src="/files/B5Wayx7MAoC5UaEjTI5Q" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After you click on the import button at the top of your screen, a pop up with the download import template will appear on your screen. You need to click on the ![](https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeA92C0qSuPV2Y8cAWu2er5FmdZCtcOemQwavpjnTIzb1HA83dhAilebV3unT4YmC-6268QT0Vazc6jlyHgdZGz3-f-hgVpI3fpevoZtTJzgUkoFjcMS_flwsbqhkvwacwcGYl1?key=yznhMV2wn5452BnRgVzOuQ) button to download the import template. We maintain a CSV file to make the process seamless. Once you click on the download import template  button, the csv file will be downloaded.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfXv5iL2fBvX8ZSkj1FuJDXTWAk-yWLstROs4QgEYL_ue7im72pxtqZY-hvLaXdm-HlF-ajJ57jiSud34uQ_GPWSrjwEmoBQLkMcgFcfdt63yahqgl5R199C3s9vCZUCBtJBc5W?key=yznhMV2wn5452BnRgVzOuQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Or navigate to the Customer Import tile. Here, a .CSV template is maintained by Boomerang to make the import process hassle-free.

1. To download the import template, click the <img src="/files/NeyXn8hg75jlzqePfwBd" alt="" data-size="line">button.

<figure><img src="/files/rimHRlUED6vKUHLj8KJX" alt=""><figcaption><p>Download Import Template</p></figcaption></figure>

4. After the import template has been downloaded in the form of a csv, you need to fill your customers' information into this file.

In the balance column, you can specify the number of points that this client should have. For example, if a loyalty system has already been used previously, the client has some savings that you want to save and transfer to the new loyalty system.

✅ Please note: Do not delete columns if you do not have information, just leave them blank. Also, you can't add any Columns. The maximum number of customers in a file is 20 000 at a time. If you want to upload more customers, do so in several batches.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfv1ZBTt4Gisf76MQv4ZUWOjVMFtm8J1-BKTCQXx_HZl9tRPzKAv0U2P-84jQqVuySbTwcEHB-Ca1ospHBZ40i2gddgbO_dX9d7K0SDmt0HKWhASEGwP9JEl6PqwFSM64_4VBrIjA?key=yznhMV2wn5452BnRgVzOuQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

5. Once filled, save the file at a conveniently accessible place in your system storage.<br>
6. To choose the saved file, click the <img src="/files/lecoWrPSwKQOooK1E6l0" alt="" data-size="line">button.

<figure><img src="/files/gDfQR2WDKTM5aDyK5kAB" alt=""><figcaption><p>Import</p></figcaption></figure>

7. This opens the customer base import popup. From here, click the Select File button and choose the saved file.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcm0TZOadf_06LwuAEaf7fYXtgMa72o-lHgfJnevrv5O3gTzFbkb_UVrz7YnJQFB-E3SgFX1VHasCkBJ-V960ELP6FSYOCcWedehmzDnAFB263F9XXllJ8tRNcJVsxIBxIL9n3bxQ?key=yznhMV2wn5452BnRgVzOuQ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select File</p></figcaption></figure>

8. After selecting the file, If you want to issue these customers a card while importing them, you can choose the card template by clicking on the select template tab. This will open up the list of available cards in that account and you can select the card to add to the customer's profile as you import them.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcWbTAdwKisxf_h7BBdlt6frVirE40OTU0Cu06UCjoZOazVkjrP13jPOsGi1mmXH1E5cPmunrYifMeee8Mv_bQUi_Jkcr884_09130JFuDx881X4Gqe__JnmKT5yklzP0ocnmOsaQ?key=yznhMV2wn5452BnRgVzOuQ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Import</p></figcaption></figure>

9. Once the file has been selected and the card template has been selected as well, click the ![](https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfKWjsTvEMjHA9CCpuCFDFjQt-lK0lCDjSKipo7kYLeOJj4qnjDDemAMSziUtbueOpTs6nMOgWkA2bIaNc6ferVwTFa2sG0fdbTyQ1Ecp-t4KcPxmlYEod7T6NRr-1xtBbCysC0Og?key=yznhMV2wn5452BnRgVzOuQ) button.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXe_f3ntrRELY8JFyHV8kUnFj2mrrqcVR7DJeUuLbUKmT2pQZZ9Qs2FPF8V0295klAm_Qst2DqGMVTbojF4KluNU4n8D4g3LIQ0kmMyUjEUf7tCiUGusfouHMompg4dpvK9tGJI2?key=yznhMV2wn5452BnRgVzOuQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This imports the customer profiles in the .CSV file and displays them on the Customers grid.

### **Export** customers

> **Boomerang > Left-Hand Menu > Cards**

To download the total number of customers in your account on your loyalty program, you need to navigate to the customers tab and click on the export button at the top right. Go to the customers section, click the **export** button.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdSBWP4SbsJW_oylouS9657NHX0zTlLqlVAUuda-uhQZ02GpqH6l8dCSoaYvJpszTD_iCBdJ2xcImMyqkvp1pVfKRg7Dok1h8Aq2oA6cumcH2iOqrmcoKuue_LO446uOcmApt7Etw?key=yznhMV2wn5452BnRgVzOuQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After clicking the export button, a list of all customers will be automatically downloaded to your device. This is the information contained in this download.

* Name
* Phone number
* Date of Birth
* Phone number
* Email address
* Date created
* Card status
* Card serial number
* Card Device
* Utm
* Custom fields

✅ Please note that if you use multiple loyalty programs (e.g. coupon and stamp card), you will get all customers in this file.

### Export customers within a specific loyalty program.

If you are interested in clients for a specific card (loyalty program), you can also download it. To do this, go to the cards section, then go to the card and go to the clients section.

<figure><img src="/files/sE0aTd24wuKMaMnyH9oS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/ObYjpjUnuS1TVpQkWJTL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

&#x20;This is the information contained in this download:

* Name
* Phone number
* Email address
* Date of Birth
* Date created
* Card status
* Card serial number
* Card Device
* Utm
* Total visits
* LTV
* Expiry date
* Limits
* Custom fields

✅ Please note. Data may vary depending on the type of loyalty program card.

### Export transaction history.

You can also download your transaction history by selecting the card you want and clicking on the download button, you can do this for each individual card.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXf2WA4PnSMniLVB7Qdi5r0yPdIl3Osn0bRKX9X9AxmV4B2_OUGsxuNOCQ1Gv5nNxUV7MNVq_s-ynWksSQnM8-W79237c8vvLaOZWdvTxHsFjFslXE6hTL566z39GeQ5EjZeRyADgQ?key=yznhMV2wn5452BnRgVzOuQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

&#x20;This is the information contained in this download:

* Date created
* Name
* Last name
* Phone number
* Device
* Template
* Operation
* Note (A comment that is specified when conducting a transaction through a scanner.)
* Amount
* Balance
* Purchase sum
* Manager
* Company
* Location
* Charging device type
* Utm Source

✅ Please note. Data may vary depending on the type of loyalty program card.

### Customer Import & Reward Balance Preservation

To make the transition from other loyalty programs easier and ensure your customers keep all their rewards, we’ve prepared a dedicated guide. It provides step-by-step instructions on how to import customers along with their points or stamps into our system. You can read the full article here: [How to transfer customers and their rewards into our system](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/customers-crm/import-export/customer-import-and-reward-balance-preservation)


# Customers import & reward balance preservation

Easily transfer customers and keep their rewards in our system.

This article provides step-by-step instructions on how to transfer customers into our system while keeping their existing rewards. You’ll learn how to upload customer data for all types of loyalty cards, including stamp cards, discount cards, cashback cards, multipass cards, membership cards, reward cards, and gift cards. Our goal is to make the migration process smooth and ensure your customers continue enjoying their benefits without interruption.

### Import customers for coupon card

There is no need to import customers for a Coupon Card. The main purpose of coupons is to attract new customers to your business, not to manage existing ones. Since a coupon is typically distributed to potential clients to encourage their first visit or purchase, importing an existing customer list doesn’t add value. Instead, focus on sharing coupons to reach new audiences.

But if you want, you can do it. To import clients for the coupon card into the CRM, download the CSV file. Fill in each customer's details, leaving the balance field blank. The customer's balance for the coupon card is predetermined by the "reward for first visit" field in the card settings and cannot be altered by entering a different amount in the CSV file's balance field.

<figure><img src="/files/6241F6xaA1bJiyoCnZaY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After filling in these details, upload the file, select the card template and click on import.

<figure><img src="/files/CErf8IocIllnbnWvdaPJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After successfully uploading the file,the customers list from the CSV will be displayed in the customers section.

### Import customers for membership card

To import customer data for the membership card, download the provided CSV file. Enter each customer's details, we recommend you leave the balance on the file blank because for membership cards, the customer is automatically placed on the first tier and the balance on the first tier is what becomes the customers balance, this cannot be changed by entering a different limit for the csv file.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/seHoBTPhqjX8oJUOY4po" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

&#x20;After filling the customers details, upload the file, upload the file. Next, select the desired card template and click "Import." Once the upload is successful, the customers will appear in your customer list.

<figure><img src="/files/FPoTnw8DYTRoDyIfEHp7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### &#x20;Import customers for discount card

Download the CSV template and fill in the customer details. In the **Balance** column, enter the customer’s **total qualifying spend** (not points). The system will use this amount to assign the appropriate **discount tier** based on the thresholds configured when you created the loyalty card.\
If you want to place a customer directly on a specific tier, enter the spend that matches that tier’s threshold (e.g., if the 10% tier starts at $3000, enter ≥ 3000).

<figure><img src="/files/RjMsoUvBMrqNLxZamyMB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After you have completed filling in the details, navigate to the import tab within the customers section. Upload the file, select the card, and click the "Import" button to import the customers.

<figure><img src="/files/HdRDl2gFstJnbeNU2oAS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Import customers for reward card

To import customers to the reward card, download the CSV file from the customers section in your dashboard. You can add a balance to each customer's profile if you wish to add a certain number of points to each customer's profile.

<figure><img src="/files/fuzeKa4TkbG6FXS4qh4i" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After completing the CSV file, go to the customers section and click on the import tab. Select the file and the appropriate card template for these customers. Finally, click the import button to add them to the customer section.

<figure><img src="/files/B7OzeG9paR1UYVXB6hlr" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Import customers for multipass card

At this time, you can issue multipass cards to customers, but it is **not possible to import them with an existing visit balance**. Visits can only be added manually in the customer’s profile or by scanning the customer’s card and recording a visit. However, bulk uploading or assigning visit balances for multipass cards is not currently supported.

### Import customers for stamp card

Once you’ve downloaded the import template, select the **Stamp Card template** you’d like to issue to customers during import.

<figure><img src="/files/49Q05C2Q6fyNFWXOmBc8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Fill in the available customer details and enter the **number of stamps** you want to assign to each customer.\
**Note:** Leave fields blank if certain details are not available.

<figure><img src="/files/2uqdpEbjIggYOaGi5rn9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can find customers imported in the customer base.

<figure><img src="/files/lhRgIwWoFdxrNbFY7V5S" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The number of stamps added can be found in the customer’s profile. In the screenshot, you can see a customer who was assigned **2 stamps** in the import file. This means that when the customer installs the card, they will immediately see that they already have **2 collected stamps**.

<figure><img src="/files/6inPpAgK7jv8MG2K8smf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Import customers for gift card

Once you’ve downloaded the import template, select the **Gift Card template** you’d like to issue to customers during import.

<figure><img src="/files/56Qoo89ca6QqutiWfkh8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Fill in the available customer details and enter the **gift card balance** — the amount the customer will be able to spend on products or services in your business.\
**Note:** Leave fields blank if certain details are not available.

<figure><img src="/files/54wghs15VRQoAV0Oekl8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The gift card balance added can be found in the customer’s profile. In the screenshot, you can see a customer who was assigned a **gift card balance of $15** in the import file. This balance represents the amount the customer can spend on services or products when visiting the business. When the customer installs the card, they will immediately see their available balance and be able to use it for payment.

<figure><img src="/files/vHVqOdJR7knJLekUK0ET" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Import customers for cashback card

Once you’ve downloaded the import template, select the **Cashback Card template** you’d like to issue to customers during import.

<figure><img src="/files/FXmB054dGh54agGQPGwN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Fill in the available customer details and enter the **cashback balance** — the number of bonus points assigned to the customer.\
**Note:** Leave fields blank if certain details are not available.

<figure><img src="/files/ZtgLByYybUu0pWS7ACnu" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The cashback card balance can be found in the customer’s profile. In the screenshot, you can see a customer who was assigned a **cashback balance of 15 points** in the import file. This balance represents the bonus funds the customer can use when paying for products or services. When the customer installs the card, they will immediately see their available balance and be able to use it for payment.

<figure><img src="/files/mgAfeMrW6YOxfvkXO2aF" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Customer filters

Overview of the customer base filtration options

> [**Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Customers**](#user-content-fn-1)[^1]

Customer filtration by parameters and filter groups have been added to the customer base

1. Filters include the following parameters:

* Card balance
* Device type
* Card serial number
* Card status
* UTM Source
* Actual stamps balance / Available visits (multipass)
* Registration date
* Email
* Gender
* Name
* Phone
* Available rewards
* Number of stamps
* Customer birthday
* Card bonus balance
* UTM Medium
* UTM Campaign
* Card expiry date
* Card last visited date
* Number of customer visits
* Visit purchase value

<figure><img src="/files/rfqUdc0mmCrh7zfO7TqB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Filters can overlap on an AND/OR condition

<figure><img src="/files/9ou0NxAzrrjKIM8ZTug9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Filter can include:    &#x20;

* &#x20;     comparison to a specific value (string, number, etc.): equal, not equal, more, less, etc.  &#x20;
* &#x20;     entering a range of values: e.g. date from - date to&#x20;
* &#x20;     entering an array of values: equal to one from the list

For example, the "Card balance" filter

<figure><img src="/files/QG5TtWqyPLa25DhxARTv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Filter Groups are ready-to-use presets based on filters. Each filter in a group can be applied individually or combined

There are currently 3 groups of filters, but they will be added quickly.<br>

**The first filter group “RFM - segments” is a method of analysis that allows you to segment customers based on two variables - duration and frequency of visits.**&#x20;

The following visit periods are included in the analysis:

**0 to 30 days:**<br>

Number of visits from 0 to 3: RFM - Beginners

Number of visits from 4 to 7: RFM - Growths

Number of visits from 8 to 12: RFM - Champions

**31 to 60 days:**

Number of visits 0 to 3: RFM - Doubtful

Number of visits from 4 to 7: RFM - Medium (borderline)

Number of visits from 8 to 12: RFM - Loyal - Regular

**61 to 90 days:**

Number of visits 0 to 3: RFM - Sleeping

Number of visits from 4 to 7: RFM - At risk

Number of visits from 8 to 12: RFM - Needs attention

<figure><img src="/files/fVTo7HMUj8CW89wvbcE1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### "Health" group contains filters that can be used to sort clients with missing data/not installed cards:

* Card status not installed
* Unknown gender
* Empty birthday

<figure><img src="/files/Hkb39PEfrUd811kRjI2C" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### The "Loyalty" filter group includes filters:

* Card status installed
* Apple Wallet
* Wallet Passes
* Google Pay
* PWA

<figure><img src="/files/KbOZsmOZ89LdLrARvlaL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

[^1]:


# RFM analysis

Segment your clients automatically by their purchase behavior

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/71e64f72a51c4e12b7d1b964aba5b335>" %}
RFM analysis
{% endembed %}

### Recency, Frequency, Monetary Value (RFM): Definition <a href="#headingrecency-2cfrequency-2cmonetaryvalue-28rfm-29-3adefinition" id="headingrecency-2cfrequency-2cmonetaryvalue-28rfm-29-3adefinition"></a>

RFM, also known as RFM analysis, is a type of customer segmentation and behavioral targeting used to help businesses rank and segment customers based on the recency, frequency, and monetary value of a transaction. RFM marketing can help marketers and small business owners determine their target audience to use their budget most effectively.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/Y4KDF9xnjoHITgI200xb" alt=""><figcaption><p>RFM analysis methodology</p></figcaption></figure>

This method gives customers scores based on 3 factors:

* **Recency**: Recency refers to how recent a customer's last purchase was. Customers who have made a recent purchase, typically within the last few weeks, still have the product and brand on their minds and are most likely to make a repeat purchase. You can measure recency however you deem necessary for your business. However, it's important to note that some companies might not have customers ordering every few days, weeks, or even months. For example, a car company might sell a single car to an individual within ten years.
* **Frequency**: Frequency is how often the customer makes purchases, which can help you identify repeat customers. For example, many clients make frequent repeat purchases within a set timeframe. Frequency is essential in determining the individuals most likely to continue shopping with your brand after their first initial purchase.
* **Monetary value**: Monetary value refers to how much a customer spends within a given period. It's always important to consider because it can tell you a few things about <mark style="color:green;">consumer behavior</mark>. For example, you might find that customers with the highest monetary value don't purchase items as frequently as others but typically buy the most expensive products when they do.&#x20;

The values of each factor allow businesses to provide objective analysis and determine which audience to target for the most effective advertising and marketing campaigns. Most companies use a scale between 1 to 5, but you can use any values you think are necessary and helpful in evaluating clients.

### Boomerangme automatically segments your customer base by RFM analysis

#### **0 to 30 days:**

Number of purchases from 1 to 3: RFM - **Beginners**

Number of purchases from 4 to 7: RFM - **Growths**

Number of purchases from 8 to 12: RFM - **Champions**

#### **31 to 60 days:**

Number of visits 1 to 3: RFM - **Doubtful**

Number of visits from 4 to 7: RFM - **Medium (borderline)**

Number of visits from 8 to 12: RFM - **Loyal - Regular**

#### **61 to 90 days:**

Number of visits 1 to 3: RFM - **Sleeping**

Number of visits from 4 to 7: RFM - **At risk**

Number of visits from 8 to 12: RFM - **Needs attention**

<figure><img src="/files/IQUt0pVALLR578nb9tQN" alt=""><figcaption><p>RFM segmentation in interface</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Customizing Recency and Frequency Metrics for Various Business Types

In our system, you have the flexibility to customize the values of Recency and Frequency metrics, allowing you to tailor RFM segmentation to the specific needs of your business. This functionality enables you to more accurately and effectively manage customer interactions, enhancing their loyalty and satisfaction.

#### Customization Capabilities

1. **Recency (time since last visit/purchase)**:
   * **Setting intervals**: Define intervals to assess the recency of the last customer interaction according to your business type. For example, in the retail sector, you might use intervals like 0-10 days (high activity), 11-20 days (medium activity), and 21-30 days (low activity). For hospitality, intervals could be 0-20 days (high activity), 21-40 days (medium activity), and 41-60 days (low activity).
2. **Frequency (number of visits/purchases)**:
   * **Setting ranges**: Frequency can also be customized according to your business specifics. For example, in a cafe, frequency ranges might be 1-3 visits (low), 4-7 visits (medium), and 8-12 visits (high). For health and wellness services, the ranges might be 1-2 visits (low), 3-5 visits (medium), and 6-9 visits (high).

#### Benefits of Customizing RFM Segments

1. **Precise Segmentation**: By adjusting the values of Recency and Frequency, you can create more accurate segments that reflect your customers' behavior, enabling a better understanding of their needs and preferences.
2. **Enhanced Marketing Efficiency**: Personalized RFM segments help develop more effective marketing strategies targeted at specific customer groups. You can better manage communication, offering customers the deals they are most interested in.
3. **Improved Customer Retention**: Understanding customer behavior and responding promptly to changes in their activity helps increase loyalty and retention. You can quickly react to declining customer activity and take measures to re-engage them.

Go to <https://app.boomerangme.cards/settings/rfm-segments>

Click "settings" then RFM tab - here you can change the segment settings if necessary.

<figure><img src="/files/4h9wjfZnUBiTl5rK5S4H" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Usage Examples

To illustrate the capabilities of our system, here are examples for different business types using the predefined Recency and Frequency values:

**Food and Beverage (Cafes and Restaurants)**

* **Recency**:
  * High: 0-10 days
  * Medium: 11-20 days
  * Low: 21-30 days
* **Frequency**:

  * High: 8-12 visits
  * Medium: 4-7 visits
  * Low: 1-3 visits

**Health and Wellness (Salons, Gyms, Spas)**

* **Recency**:
  * High: 0-15 days
  * Medium: 16-30 days
  * Low: 31-45 days
* **Frequency**:
  * High: 6-9 visits
  * Medium: 3-5 visits
  * Low: 1-2 visits

**Medicine (Clinics, Pharmacies)**

* **Recency**:
  * High: 0-20 days
  * Medium: 21-40 days
  * Low: 41-60 days
* **Frequency**:
  * High: 4-6 visits
  * Medium: 2-3 visits
  * Low: 1-1 visit

**Professional Services (Lawyers, Consultants)**

* **Recency**:
  * High: 0-25 days
  * Medium: 26-50 days
  * Low: 51-75 days
* **Frequency**:
  * High: 3-5 visits
  * Medium: 2 visits
  * Low: 1-1 visit

**Retail (Stores, E-commerce)**

* **Recency**:
  * High: 0-10 days
  * Medium: 11-20 days
  * Low: 21-30 days
* **Frequency**:
  * High: 10-15 visits
  * Medium: 5-9 visits
  * Low: 1-4 visit

**Hospitality (Hotels, Tourism Services)**

* **Recency**:
  * High: 0-20 days
  * Medium: 21-40 days
  * Low: 41-60 days
* **Frequency**:
  * High: 5-7 visits
  * Medium: 3-4 visits
  * Low: 1-2 visit

### Let's look at a few examples:

**Example 1.**

The client installed the card --> made a visit --> immediately got into the RFM segment - Newbies (Frequency 1-2 Recency 0-15)\
If the client does not make any more visits, the segment will change Beginners --> Doubtful--> Sleeping

**Example 2**.\
The client installed the card --> got into the RFM segment - Newbies (Frequency 1-2, Recency 0-15) -->\
The client made three visits within 15 days --> after the third visit, the client segment immediately changed to increased (growing Frequency 3-5, Recency 0-15) --> the client received a push (if this push is enabled).

**Example 3.** The client is in the "champions" segment --> stops making visits and gradually, according to the segment settings, his segment is lowered until it reaches "requires attention".

<figure><img src="/files/YVaqP0mXigGse4YotAyN" alt=""><figcaption><p>RFM segments</p></figcaption></figure>

The customer descends through the segments horizontally in RFM segments.

**Example 4.**\
Current client base, clients are defined by segments --> change the segment settings (frequency and recency) --> clients are redistributed to new segments and receive a corresponding push notification.

When changing the RFM segment settings, the recalculation of clients occurs immediately.

✅ Please note: The number of customer visits over their lifetime (over the entire period of loyalty use) does not affect any segment.


# How it works

Learn how the scanner app works

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/acbe975593574c74af6044fff65aff30>" %}

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/hUUxGXGCjjE?si=1sHQmQRE-vTH-tLY>" %}

Scanner app lets you scan the cards created in Boomerangme. A simple scan takes you to the login page where you can login and scan any card with just a click or a tap from your mobile device.

1. Use the <http://app.boomerangme.cards/scanner-app/> URL from your mobile device to land on the scanner app login page.&#x20;

✅ Please note that if you have the whitelabel feature on your account, you need to copy the link to the scanner app from your domain not Boomerangme's domain,

There are three ways to access the link to the scanner app, you can either access it from the whitelabel section under scanner app branding or from the profile section or in the managers section.

**How to access the scanner app from the whitelabel section**

You need to click on the crown icon --> Next click on the settings icon --> Under the whitelabel settings, click on the scanner app branding, scroll down to the button and click on open.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXd7yTSKfZqV_ZkQonme9sNDnrHQLqROEbWEJ9wLnB3WPYzYVQloGXfsCqTxRhlitSerpocUCP3J1kqxT5iQBGuUQqpTFMy3lP--ozQBDWMdNZmB9-svVApaT8nc6lHeJp3sg2B6Vg?key=oxWxAtXwNnbemFa5_eG0Xx48" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once you click on open, you will be directed to the scanner app, you can either copy the link from the browser and send this to any device or you can click on the button that shows install to install the scanner app.&#x20;

If the install button does not appear, clear your cache and open the link again.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdW_v0SdKnsQwJdxYqQ_GY6DjXLYwIqOXiWnocVgyyJxVDWHT-A80to2zEj1S7feykWbfhJ2wXYh8Vl7UNgm6bJ9OpEC-wBiVukGqCttvh9qKK7nBYo_qqPdPvp2ZpWM6EeyrApgA?key=oxWxAtXwNnbemFa5_eG0Xx48" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

\
**How to access the scanner app from the dashboard.**

To access the scanner app from the dashboard, you need to click on the picture icon on the top right corner of your screen and click on the scanner app tab. This also directs you to the scanner app and you can either install the app once it opens up or copy the link to any device and install the app on any device using the link.

<figure><img src="/files/XYGbD9SyzJIOvvYT55YK" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**This is the mobile view.**<br>

<figure><img src="/files/n4R2dTIW1ufndNGu8JfL" alt=""><figcaption><p>URL</p></figcaption></figure>

2. From the login screen, enter your email address in the Email field.
3. Use the Password field to enter the password.
4. Once the credentials are entered, click the Sign In button.

✅ To login to the scanner app, you can either use the main account login, that is the email and password for the main account or if you have created a manager, you can use the manager's login details to login to the scanner app.

<figure><img src="/files/N32UsIU36jfnFD3xY2hH" alt=""><figcaption><p>Login</p></figcaption></figure>

5. As you login, the scanner app is also added to your home screen and you can click the Scanner App icon to access the application.

<figure><img src="/files/KuhgkhqnkchI69BAKDzG" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scanner App Icon</p></figcaption></figure>

6. As you open the application, the home page is displayed to you.

<figure><img src="/files/pLIzHuCPGILWvbEVlYrh" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scanner App</p></figcaption></figure>

7. To access the application menu, click the three-line icon at the top-right corner of the screen.

<figure><img src="/files/TinAm0czXmMEpknBMYIx" alt=""><figcaption><p>Menu</p></figcaption></figure>

8. To access application settings, click the Settings button.

<figure><img src="/files/Sh06oNNY2PcDy6nod84i" alt=""><figcaption><p>Settings</p></figcaption></figure>

9. Here, you can define how the app behaves when a QR code is scanned. You can set a beep, show the result, copy QR code to clipboard, and open the debug mode on the QR scan by using the toggle buttons here.

   .

<figure><img src="/files/r2fKcvJeNo9lIS5fYymN" alt=""><figcaption><p>Settings</p></figcaption></figure>


# Installation

Just a couple of taps and there is the scanner app right on your home screen

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/36e66bae2af5493891cd59da89fdc72f>" %}
How to use the Scanner App on iOS
{% endembed %}

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/8195260752884120a4b9413baeb9d3a9>" %}
How to use Scanner app on Android
{% endembed %}

1. To install the scanner app, use the <https://app.boomerangme.cards/scanner-app/> URL from your web browser. This opens the login screen.

<figure><img src="/files/QEhK9m1etUIudPDZkj9N" alt=""><figcaption><p>URL</p></figcaption></figure>

2. To install the scanner app on your home screen, use the Add to Home screen feature from your iOS or Android web browser. This installs the Scanner app on your mobile home screen.

<figure><img src="/files/usDM7aMDH6UESIehrufw" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scanner App</p></figcaption></figure>

Note that if you have the whitelabel feature, you need to copy the link from your own domain.&#x20;

To copy the link to the scanner app from your domain, login to your domain. Click on the picture tab on the top right corner of your screen and select the scanner app, you will be directed to the scanner app url for your domain.

<figure><img src="/files/hsp1cnaPzcdIjALI9wSb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Login in the scanner app

Fill in your registered credentials and a tap on the Sign In button. You are into the scanner application

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/36e66bae2af5493891cd59da89fdc72f>" %}
How to use the Scanner app on iOS
{% endembed %}

1. Use the[ https://app.boomerangme.cards/scanner-app/](https://app.boomerangme.cards/scanner-app/) URL to land on the login screen or the url from your domain if you have the whitelabel feature. Remember to always use the url from your domain if you have the whitelabel feature in order to protect your whitelabel.
2. Navigate to the Sign in via Email heading.
3. Here, use the Email field to enter your registered email address for Boomerangme.

<figure><img src="/files/a1xD5Ij68wfDBdWRB78G" alt=""><figcaption><p>Email</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Enter the password associated with the email address in the Password field.

<figure><img src="/files/8ZklALBxwtV10chT2Ppv" alt=""><figcaption><p>Password</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Once the required information is filled, click the Sign In button.

<figure><img src="/files/s42ERuX5J8xyg5dQx6Fy" alt=""><figcaption><p>Sign In</p></figcaption></figure>

✅ As an agency, when your subaccounts need to use the scanner app, they need to login with the login details for their individual subaccount or create a manager and use the managers login.&#x20;

In order to avoid session interruptions when logged into the scanner app, you need to avoid logging into the scanner app on different devices using the same login credentials.

For security reasons, the scanner app session is automatically terminated once every **24 hours**.

* This setting cannot be changed.
* We recommend always logging into the scanner again at the start of each workday to avoid interruptions.


# Scan and make transactions

Learn how to make the best use of scanner app

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/36e66bae2af5493891cd59da89fdc72f>" %}
How to scan and make transactions
{% endembed %}

You can search customers by Name, Phone number, Email, and Card Serial Number.

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/hUUxGXGCjjE?si=n3U8c6QLB8QdOd14>" %}


# Scanner app – Stamp

How to charge stamp cards using Scanner App

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/e76f4abc947e4b589034e66b47d1c05c>" %}
Scanner app – Stamp card
{% endembed %}

### Scanning a customer card or searching for a customer

1. Upon successful login, tap the Scan button.

<figure><img src="/files/Dqg8nKaqPfD1vNbk5V7E" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scan Button</p></figcaption></figure>

2. This initiates the scan process by opening the camera of your mobile device. If this is the first time, the scanner app will ask you to allow permission to access your device camera.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXesHI7bBVqFRAIQ5jlg88YLsh4huuuB944_3qzpOng84cPBg-k0_mMtx88V0PGKPdwXww-RcsZagcNNqjvZ1xMgzyko9DfERG-vBOXCpwhack2d1kWETzhGjgElLfzoxco?key=E8uN6fUQutyIQihJxKyJKEuR" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scanning in Progress</p></figcaption></figure>

You can also click on the search button and enter the customer’s information. You can search customers by Name, Phone number, Email, and Card Serial Number.

<figure><img src="/files/kyKNSrLMreekh80eQee9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Adding a stamp

❗️**Note.** The interface in the scanner may change depending on the settings in the stamp card.

**If the stamp is a card with a stamp accrual for a visit or based on your rules**\
After a successful scan, the stamp card is displayed in the scanner app.  Use the +/- buttons at right and left side of the counter to record the number of stamps you want to add. Once added, click the Add Stamps button

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXd_KDPCjjWbwEboUfSRALB1z3ph9CVLXBpGqw6249C7P5b1ftGDggVZf6FGb40cxQAEsaVF5mWwWbMJsEDjoCnvd53TmCbqlwGSUE_rdLK-U06UWUTS5QUX2nF5D4q4DtOE6OhW6A?key=E8uN6fUQutyIQihJxKyJKEuR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This opens the Confirmation popup. To confirm stamp addition and enter the purchase amount, click the Add button.\
\
✅note. You don't have to specify the purchase amount if it's not required in your card settings. Just skip and click the "add" button\
\
You can leave an internal comment on the transaction. The cardholder will not see it. For example, you can specify the name of the service or product that this client purchased.

<figure><img src="/files/ERM1tmum7pz3lhfZMki7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once added, the Successful Transaction popup is displayed. To proceed, click Done.

<figure><img src="/files/cHS31bwowGAx0VjQlHWD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**If the stamp card has a condition of accrual of the stamp based on the client's spend**\
After successful scanning, the stamp card is displayed in the scanner application. Specify the amount the customer spent. Then click the Add stamps buttonn

<figure><img src="/files/8jKRnVkKfz1V1fGZieEV" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

A confirmation pop-up will open. To confirm adding the stamp, click the "Add" button.

<figure><img src="/files/Rfcnrg562jkWFrBQ0hl3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Redeem rewards

Once the required number of stamps for a reward is reached, the available rewards reflects the upgrade after you scan the card again.&#x20;

To redeem rewards, click on the "Redeem" tab. Here, use the +/- buttons to set the number of rewards you want to redeem. Then click on the "Redeem Reward" button.\
\
✅ Note. You can only redeem the available number of rewards. For example, if a customer has only one reward available to receive, you cannot write off two rewards. The button will be inactive.

<figure><img src="/files/hL7sp12yEXMBukcfGDN2" alt=""><figcaption><p>redeem rewards</p></figcaption></figure>

This opens the Confirmation popup. The amount specified when redeeming the reward is displayed as the customer's expense. To confirm, click the Redeem button and done.&#x20;

That's all, so you can redeem the reward with the customer card stamp.

<figure><img src="/files/q11ui0538JXF45XmWRfk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

❗️Please note that if the card settings have an automatic reward schedule - yes. In this case, the reward will be written off automatically when the next stamp is credited. That is, you do not need to scan the card again to write off the reward.

<figure><img src="/files/mkCrHfq2QBOscV33lqgm" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

✅ Please note: The scanner always shows the current information on the client card and the information about the client (the one that the client specified when installing the card).

You can find this information on the scanner screen, just below the transaction buttons. It includes client details (such as the information they provided when installing their card), as well as card-related data such as the current number of stamps available for receipt, card installation date, last accural date, etc. The exact information displayed may vary depending on the card type.

<figure><img src="/files/EtyFWh3uo49Zqpg7k5RS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Scanner app – Multipass

How to charge multipass cards using Scanner App

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/09c4439f5e834341966247b1f9502a7b>" %}
Scanner app – Multipass card
{% endembed %}

### Scanning a customer card or searching for a customer

1. Upon successful login, tap the Scan button.

<figure><img src="/files/92rolm4jMhxlr5dIkmqD" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scan Button</p></figcaption></figure>

2. This initiates the scan process by opening the camera of your mobile device. If this is the first time, the scanner app will ask you to allow permission to access your device camera.

<figure><img src="/files/TvxIxw9tKfnNeFTdYaCA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3. You can also click on the search button and enter the customer’s information. You can search customers by Name, Phone number, Email, and Card Serial Number.

<figure><img src="/files/lShu27KrgEsHNfxgatdp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### **Add** visits to the client card or **redeem** visits

In the scanner you will see the option to **Add** visits to the client card or **redeem** visits.

Use the +/- icons at the right and left side of the counter to set the number of visits you want to redeem or add.

❗️**Adding** visits to the subscription card must be done after the client has installed the card. That is, add as many visits to the card as the client has paid for.

Once set, click the Redeem Visits button.

<figure><img src="/files/4cZUffVPnOOE0yUElOKO" alt=""><figcaption><p>Redeeming or adding visits from a multipass card</p></figcaption></figure>

As the visits are redeemed (or adding visits), the Successful Transaction popup is displayed. To proceed, click the Done button.

<figure><img src="/files/xc1Ioisexxcr2RiF0Dfj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Redeeming points from a multipass card.

If the multipasscard setting specifies that points are awarded for using visits (as shown in the screenshot).<br>

<figure><img src="/files/d0Wrm3fknL0qnTvwuS5S" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can redeem these points from the client's card.  Go to the "Points" tab\
Use the +/- buttons alongside the counter to set the number of points you want to redeem. Once set, click the Redeem Points button.

<figure><img src="/files/Ar8uLAFtbfca3SuvwWeh" alt=""><figcaption><p>Redeeming points from a multipass card</p></figcaption></figure>

✅ Please note: The scanner always shows the current information on the client card and the information about the client (the one that the client specified when installing the card).

You can find this information on the scanner screen, just below the transaction buttons. It includes client details (such as the information they provided when installing their card), as well as card-specific data like available visits, used visits, card installation date, last credit date, etc. The exact information displayed may vary depending on the card type.

<figure><img src="/files/1mm8EpExJaGOOpund73d" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/09c4439f5e834341966247b1f9502a7b>" %}


# Scanner app – Cashback

How to charge cashback cards using Scanner App

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/8dc7f5e0df8b441a9eda0a59adc2239e>" %}
Scanner app – Cashback card video tutorial
{% endembed %}

#### Scanning a customer card or searching for a customer <a href="#scanning-a-customer-card-or-searching-for-a-customer" id="scanning-a-customer-card-or-searching-for-a-customer"></a>

1. Upon successful login, tap the Scan button.

<figure><img src="/files/Bd20Gk2jVaKpqv3TiJio" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scan Butto</p></figcaption></figure>

2. This initiates the scan process by opening the camera of your mobile device. If this is the first time, the scanner app will ask you to allow permission to access your device camera.

<figure><img src="/files/wQVUYfCtJICKbD4UE3UQ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scanning in Progress</p></figcaption></figure>

3. You can also click on the search button and enter the customer’s information. You can search customers by Name, Phone number, Email, and Card Serial Number.

<figure><img src="/files/guwI7CqH3YL4Y8t5r7hl" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Cashback card transactions

After successful scanning, the cashback card will be displayed in the scanner application. Use the Enter Purchase Amount field to enter the customer's purchase amount. Once added, click the Add Points button.

The points will be calculated automatically (in accordance with the current % of the customer's cashback) and added to the customer's card.

<figure><img src="/files/uhdo5YxcWUsNm3RgCKOS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This opens the Confirmation popup. To confirm the points addition, click the Add button.

<figure><img src="/files/vSTb9RjbbGwafRwmZ8q0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Redeem points from cashback card

To redeem points from a customer card, go to the redeem tab. Next, enter the number of points the client would like to redeem (you can find this on their loyalty card). This means the client is paying for the service using their points.\
Then, click the 'Redeem Points' button to complete the process.

<figure><img src="/files/WxRTz6baaStWqOqkEVdK" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

A confirmation window will appear. Double-check the number of points, and if needed, you can add a comment (this won’t be visible to the client). Then click the 'Redeem' button and confirm the transaction.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/eyq4ubpIfGksYraM9hRU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

That’s it — the points have been successfully redeemed!

✅ Please note: The scanner always shows the current information on the client card and the information about the client (the one that the client specified when installing the card).

You can find this information on the scanner screen, just below the transaction buttons. It includes client details (such as the information they provided when installing their card), as well as card-specific data like current point balance, cashback level, card installation date, date of the last accrual, and more. The exact information displayed may vary depending on the type of card.

<figure><img src="/files/MJdDrs0CORm9nPpnmr1f" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Scanner app – Gift card

How to charge gift card cards using Scanner App

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/cd727a664f8342ff8eece5be4e1b7c62>" %}
Scanner app – gift card
{% endembed %}

### Scanning a customer card or searching for a customer

1. Upon successful login, tap the Scan button.

<figure><img src="/files/z0B0SZBKNxHHSLHmvsFv" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scan Button</p></figcaption></figure>

2. This initiates the scan process by opening the camera of your mobile device. If this is the first time, the scanner app will ask you to allow permission to access your device camera.

<figure><img src="/files/Pt1U5N7dVarHuPSCqFGa" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scanning in Progress</p></figcaption></figure>

3. You can also click on the search button and enter the customer’s information. You can search customers by Name, Phone number, Email, and Card Serial Number.

<figure><img src="/files/QCCdJX1dRU4SK6j609KA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Redemption of gift card

After successful scanning, the gift card will be displayed in the scanner application. Use the +/- buttons at right and left side of the counter or you can also enter the amount to be redeemed using the keyboard — just click on the field that shows '0' and type in the number of points to be redeemed. Once enter , click the **Redeem points** button.

<figure><img src="/files/T9rMVox5x7e44p6Ir1ph" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>Redeem points</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

A confirmation window will appear. Double-check the number of points, and if needed, you can add a comment (this won’t be visible to the client). Then click the 'Redeem' button and confirm the transaction.

<figure><img src="/files/3j0aFu04W0FhD7r3CPVN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Point redemption depends on the card settings. If the card is set to one-time use, you won’t be able to redeem only part of the balance — the full point balance will be redeemed in one transaction.

<figure><img src="/files/WpXPhcilrL8QTkC1TRHr" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Adding Funds to a Gift Card

Use the +/- buttons at right and left side of the counter or you can also enter the amount to be redeemed using the keyboard — just click on the field that shows '0' and type in the number of points to be redeemed. Once enter , click the **Add points** button.

<figure><img src="/files/ReZrz9cq1RSpmswTe9GR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

A confirmation window will appear. Double-check the number of points, and if needed, you can add a comment (this won’t be visible to the client). Then click the 'Add' button and confirm the transaction.\
Click **done** to complete the transaction.

<figure><img src="/files/HqZTllYjPk5Ykq2TvhUp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

✅ Please note: The scanner always shows the current information on the client card and the information about the client (the one that the client specified when installing the card).

You can find this information on the scanner screen, just below the transaction buttons. It includes client details (such as the information they provided when installing their card), as well as card-specific data like current point balance, card installation date, date of the last accrual, and more. The exact information displayed may vary depending on the type of card.

<figure><img src="/files/svAIJAFvPSJLhkcvtZDk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Scanner app – Coupon

How to charge coupon cards using Scanner App

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/3a2bd7dee3454f62a602341da0856861>" %}
Scanner app – Coupon card
{% endembed %}

In this article, we will take a look at how a coupon card is scanned via the scanner app.

### Scanning a customer card or searching for a customer

1. Upon successful login, tap the Scan button.

<figure><img src="/files/PeSvo6Jyld6tbgtsFWeX" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scan Button</p></figcaption></figure>

2. This initiates the scan process by opening the camera of your mobile device. If this is the first time, the scanner app will ask you to allow permission to access your device camera.

<figure><img src="/files/GNEiCgBBZzNqLETF8jJk" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scanning in Progress</p></figcaption></figure>

3. You can also click on the search button and enter the customer’s information. You can search customers by Name, Phone number, Email, and Card Serial Number.

<figure><img src="/files/HRqPsUQCGQJ2IBweo9P2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Redemption of coupon card

After successful scanning, the coupon card will be displayed in the scanner application.

You see the coupon status "active". This means that the card is valid. Click the "Use coupon" button to redeem it.

A confirmation window will appear. You can specify the cost that the client spent or leave 0, you can add a comment (it will not be visible to the client). Then click the "Use" button and confirm the transaction.

<figure><img src="/files/Dd7qqW5Gq7jxqgjiUlTZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

As a result, the Successful Transaction popup is displayed. To proceed further, click Done.

<figure><img src="/files/v1U8mRQWMZuKK2oXA9z4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If the coupon is linked to a primary loyalty card, then after it is redeemed, it will automatically convert into the primary loyalty card on the customer’s phone.

✅ Please note: The scanner always shows the current information on the client card and the information about the client (the one that the client specified when installing the card).

You can find this information on the scanner screen, just below the transaction buttons. It includes client details (such as the information they provided when installing their card), as well as card installation date, date of the last accrual, and more. The exact information displayed may vary depending on the type of card.

<figure><img src="/files/KCE6vMXYUKI0tsn5Ffl8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### ❓FAQ

<details>

<summary>The coupon card was redeemed, but it does not change to a primary loyalty card in the wallet</summary>

#### Why doesn’t the installed card change after coupon redemption?

When a coupon card is set to convert into a stamp card after redemption, the card **should automatically update in the customer’s wallet**.

However, sometimes **Apple Wallet or Google Wallet does not refresh immediately**, even though the system has already updated the card (you can see this in the Scanner App).

***

#### ✅ How to update the card immediately (Apple Wallet)

If the card is installed in **Apple Wallet**, you can force it to refresh:

**Option 1 — Manual refresh**

1. Open the card in Apple Wallet.
2. Go to the **back side of the card** (tap the three dots in the top right corner).
3. Swipe down on the back side of the card.
4. You will see a loading indicator — this means the card is updating.

After this, the coupon card should convert into the stamp card.

**Option 2 — Toggle automatic updates**

1. Open the back side of the card.
2. Turn **Automatic Updates** off.
3. Turn it on again.

This action also forces the card to refresh and apply the updated card type.

***

#### Important

If the Scanner App already shows the stamp card, it means the conversion worked correctly in the system.\
The issue is only related to the wallet refresh.

***

If the card still does not update after these steps, please contact support and share a screenshot so we can investigate further.

</details>


# Scanner app – Membership card

How to charge membership cards using Scanner App

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/55130e2bddd24ed7a395b0071689caea>" %}
Scanner app – Membersip card
{% endembed %}

### Scanning a customer card or searching for a customer

1. Upon successful login, tap the Scan button

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdX9lya0eaUpnlAbMM6AVsFyeWZTcd5A_0upA-_U7i0gYC5TkzLGIIiFr_hWkXC6--WbAc_3UfqSJYr76ywE8Wnjn6rZqJ2VPjwduM6GSlfACG8xH_aWoR2ufsGEq3BHyJT94PL?key=TO99QQHUnKe_rwnXuGwGJA" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scan Button</p></figcaption></figure>

2. This initiates the scan process by opening the camera of your mobile device. If this is the first time, the scanner app will ask you to allow permission to access your device camera.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXf6fBihMom-swR5s2hHHq-ejNMfhBqUp4IR4tRRZdc_F11yKI7vcGa7U6UR2qxwyGKG0_GcMaM3aYqXpZB-X7kXUI1Jg4ioi00n2isWOdv-RfQMBBzGqFwp8VgeadxFyx8WGJcXxA?key=TO99QQHUnKe_rwnXuGwGJA" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scanning in Progress</p></figcaption></figure>

3. You can also click on the search button and enter the customer’s information. You can search customers by Name, Phone number, Email, and Card Serial Number.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfq8Eg44uU79R5IpS0TTa-4VxKKgfaBNEg8A6ewEOZsqr2aLauvrMFoEJ6x12CCLGd689QFgHARuM7NXj2XfCLnDAwVaeUyNRwx9sImrzzVsHqSvYTzhiig4XR17X0k6T68xY3t?key=TO99QQHUnKe_rwnXuGwGJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Redeeming a visit on a membership card

In the scanner you will see the option to Redeem visits to the client card or redeem visits.

Use the +/- icons at the right and left side of the counter to set the number of visits you want to redeem.

Once set, click the Redeem Visits button.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfzCc8-jcENfYLFhT3RR4W1EbIZlo_QdkTCEOo6Z3PNY1VQhteJobKi_mrqw5SL0LdssQL2WBfR7NYFvJnW_nkgUKVkY4QwXotMjHBbN50bWbaBqKzS81LHLyr6KkykJuisIZP0Ow?key=TO99QQHUnKe_rwnXuGwGJA" alt=""><figcaption><p>Mempership</p></figcaption></figure>

\
A confirmation window will appear. Double-check the number of visits you want to redeem and if necessary, you can add a comment (it will not be visible to the client).

You can specify the cost of the visit (This field can be skipped and left at 0, unless otherwise specified in the card settings).

Then click the "Proceed" button and confirm the transaction.

<figure><img src="/files/nh49ZMAauu0KA79MD4K7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

✅ Please note: The scanner always shows the current information on the client card and the information about the client (the one that the client specified when installing the card).

You can find this information on the scanner screen, just below the transaction buttons. It includes client details (such as the information they provided when installing their card), as well as card-specific data like available visits, used visits, card installation date, last credit date, etc. The exact information displayed may vary depending on the card type.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeekf3efkNmRSFo4do462nSAEb27ZLyFS-0km_mEUSmGN1Mo45h76n0OYJzCZ-mVTkhlOHuNRKClGIig21vxJdWtATCt4IxFquZ_XxIMYSIFfk9LG0qv6zYLlLy6GeX8fog6dSGQA?key=TO99QQHUnKe_rwnXuGwGJA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Scanner app – Discount

How to charge discount cards using Scanner App

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/67ff9442db1a4c329985007f4aad824e>" %}
Scanner app – Discount card
{% endembed %}

### Scanning a customer card or searching for a customer <a href="#scanning-a-customer-card-or-searching-for-a-customer" id="scanning-a-customer-card-or-searching-for-a-customer"></a>

1. Upon successful login, tap the Scan button.

<figure><img src="/files/hyb9JSCosOR5o6pJTW7K" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. This initiates the scan process by opening the camera of your mobile device. If this is the first time, the scanner app will ask you to allow permission to access your device camera.

<figure><img src="/files/uDRzcXkwpYDSh9888dIE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3. You can also click on the search button and enter the customer’s information. You can search customers by Name, Phone number, Email, and Card Serial Number.

<figure><img src="/files/BEBouNklVz7eiEJ6DuWZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Transaction by discount card.

Upon successful scan, the discount card is displayed in the scanner app. Here, enter the amount you want to add in the Fill in the purchase amount field. Once added, click the Add Points button.

<figure><img src="/files/p2himaiewOwPFRWnlkuf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. A confirmation window will appear. Double-check the amount , and if needed, you can add a comment (this won’t be visible to the client). Then click the 'Add' button and confirm the transaction.

<figure><img src="/files/NbD1cW9mXKk69DEU2ARx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To complete the transaction, click "done". This completes the transaction.

✅ Please note: the scanner always displays the current customer card information and the customer information (the one the customer specified when installing the card).

This information can be found on the scanner screen, just below the transaction buttons. It includes customer information (for example, the information they specified when installing their card), as well as card information such as the current discount level, the amount spent, the date the card was installed, the date of the last charge, and more. The exact information displayed may vary depending on the card type.

<figure><img src="/files/Mm7BjIaNVV3fOSbI6nPI" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Scanner app – Reward

How to charge your customer's Reward cards using Scanner app

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/f96860d463cf479f88b4a0a11afa9157>" %}
Scanner app – Reward card video tutorial
{% endembed %}

### Scanning a customer card or searching for a customer <a href="#scanning-a-customer-card-or-searching-for-a-customer" id="scanning-a-customer-card-or-searching-for-a-customer"></a>

1. Upon successful login, tap the Scan button.

<figure><img src="/files/K9wVLXPELFGaVyG9Wbnq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. This initiates the scan process by opening the camera of your mobile device. If this is the first time, the scanner app will ask you to allow permission to access your device camera.

<figure><img src="/files/oOaqwYBBB52idZMXQNTc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can also click on the search button and enter the customer’s information. You can search customers by Name, Phone number, Email, and Card Serial Number.

<figure><img src="/files/pQerWcHDTNvPxiMCnfa4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Adding **bonus** points to a reward card.

After successful scanning, the bonus card will be displayed in the scanner application. Use the Enter Purchase Amount field to enter the customer's purchase amount. You can optionally add a comment for the transaction. Once added, click the Add Points button. \
\
The points will be calculated automatically (according to the rules for setting up the reward card) and added to the customer's card.\
\
Click **done** to complete the transaction.

<figure><img src="/files/WJ4GqSqQGmKFbq8W6YCX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### **Redeem a Reward**

If a reward is available, you can redeem it:\
\-  Tap the redeem tab. \
\-  You will see all the rewards that are available to the client. Select the reward you want to redeem. Then click the redeem reward button. \
\- Specify the cost price of this reward (if specified in the reward card settings) and Confirm the transaction (click done)

&#x20;Optionally add a comment. The app will show a **successful transaction** and the reward will be marked as used.

<figure><img src="/files/0dbsWMFIU2Zkfcw3z2uf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

✅ Please note: the scanner always displays the current customer card information and the customer information (the one the customer specified when installing the card).

You can find this information on the scanner screen, just below the transaction buttons. It includes customer information (for example, the information they specified when installing their card), as well as card-related data, such as the current number of points available for a reward, the date the card was installed, the date of the last accrual, etc. The exact information displayed may vary depending on the card type.

<figure><img src="/files/eIXQk2JARN76zQGF29oJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Scanner App — How to Redeem a Promotion

How to Redeem a Promotion via the Scanner

Login to the scanner app, then enter the customer’s name, phone number or card serial number

<figure><img src="/files/33zkfzpsA7cNncTGkIC7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Scroll to promotions, select the promotion then click on redeem promotion.

<figure><img src="/files/2FY8Xx20kQmsYRVGqWcK" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Enter the purchase amount then click on Redeem.

<figure><img src="/files/88XuK1Sa46sPKOdPcyyD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once redeemed it appears as successful

<figure><img src="/files/kIgZJKOOvDToh7BYi3ze" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

After a redemption is processed, a number appears above the max global usage count (e.g., 1/100). Once it reaches 100, the promotion will no longer be available to clients.

<figure><img src="/files/sbj8jduYHhvES0rZLXIV" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The limit per client appears in their account as shown below

<figure><img src="/files/jeKJKhdIpdpRzU2lZ4ua" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once the promotion has been redeemed, the promotion disappears and the card appears as it previously was.

<figure><img src="/files/QWtaxeYm5RhJeuIpdPAm" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The scanner no longer shows that the client can take advantage of the promotion.

<figure><img src="/files/3CgGemSqd3VEEo6cbWd6" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

For detailed instructions on how to create and configure promotions, please read our guide: [**How to Set Up a Promotion**.](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/cards-creation/promotions)<br>


# Kiosk mode

### Kiosk Mode: How to Enable and Use the Scanner

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/ADNp2mIcJl8>" %}

“Kiosk mode” - scanner mode for automatic accrual of stamps/points (depending on the card type), without manual input.\
You can configure it in the settings in the scanner itself.

<figure><img src="/files/fUIEsHcMAmhHGcPSVOeO" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

\
There is protection against duplicate accruals (setting up a delay in accrual to the same card)\
On the “Kiosk mode” settings page, account card templates are displayed.

<figure><img src="/files/pmBXcW9B5VMCgNCRJZRD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

\
Automation will NOT be applied to the cards: Stamp (expense mechanics, Products), Reward (expense mechanics, Products), Cashback, Discount, Gift.

\
Automation will be applied to the cards: Stamp card - Visit mechanics), Stamp card - stamp mechanics (Feature for stamp card: if "automatic reward write-off" is enabled in the template settings, then if the reward is written off when accruing a stamp, there will be a notification in the scanner about this), Reward card - Visit mechanics, Reward card (points mechanics), Multipass, Membership, Coupon.

### Kiosk Mode Settings

* **Kiosk mode** can be enabled by both the **administrator** and the **manager**.
* Only the **administrator (main access)** can change the kiosk mode settings.
* The **manager** can work in kiosk mode but does not have permission to change its settings.

### FAQ

<details>

<summary>How does automatic accrual of points and stamps work in kiosk mode?</summary>

This mode is designed for automatic accrual of points and stamps, making the process faster for users who find the steps in the scanner app too time-consuming.

Once the mode is activated, points or stamps are accrued automatically when a card is scanned — with no extra actions required. You can test this feature to see how it works in practice.

</details>

<details>

<summary>How do I enable automatic accrual in kiosk mode?</summary>

In the scanner app settings, enable kiosk mode and activate the automatic accrual option. Once enabled, points or stamps will be awarded automatically when a card is scanned.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Can I disable automatic accrual of points and stamps?</summary>

Yes. You can go back to the kiosk mode settings at any time and turn off automatic accrual. After that, accrual will only happen manually.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Does automatic accrual work for all card types?</summary>

Automatic accrual is supported for cards with points, stamps, and rewards mechanics. Some templates may still require manual confirmation before awarding points.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Can I test automatic accrual before going live?</summary>

Yes, we recommend testing the feature on a test card to ensure that accrual occurs exactly as you expect.

</details>


# Manager (team member) seats

Learn how to create manager (team member) profiles

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/81ca4b108987498fb082980cbc7657f8>" %}
Managers
{% endembed %}

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Managers**

1. Follow the workflow mentioned above to land on the Managers screen.<br>
2. To create a manager profile, click the Add Manager button from the bottom of the Managers grid or from the Create Manager tile.

<figure><img src="/files/3IvSFCKQ0zyBwNHsrFEJ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Add Manager</p></figcaption></figure>

3. In the agency, in this same section, you can add a manager = team member.

<figure><img src="/files/P0KDiCRy4L9FogOd96uF" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3. This opens the Add Manager popup for the details of the manager to be recorded. Here, enter the full name of the manager in the Full Name field.

<figure><img src="/files/IGQz7J7nwn9NuTpKBpDt" alt=""><figcaption><p>Full Name</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Enter the email address of the manager in the Email field.

<figure><img src="/files/q5JOgNyBgooeXJ3QwR9O" alt=""><figcaption><p>Email</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Use the Contact Number field to enter the contact number.

<figure><img src="/files/pb8a8n9gZxuKnCpBmQxv" alt=""><figcaption><p>Contact Number</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Create a password for the manager profile using the Password field.

<figure><img src="/files/xQEimVzcQuLuZZzyvHgF" alt=""><figcaption><p>Password</p></figcaption></figure>

7. For confirmation, re-enter the created password in the Repeat Password field.

<figure><img src="/files/SismHCElmeRPkOHfFCHb" alt=""><figcaption><p>Repeat Password</p></figcaption></figure>

8. Select the location for the manager profile using the Location dropdown. All created locations populate in this dropdown.  You can skip this setting. The manager can service all cards created in the account.

<figure><img src="/files/GSN4N4VVs4GtuVV8sWne" alt=""><figcaption><p>Location</p></figcaption></figure>

9. Record any additional instructions in the Notes field.

<figure><img src="/files/3SLhvgriQyj6ltsfPoyi" alt=""><figcaption><p>Notes</p></figcaption></figure>

10. In case you do not want to send access invitation to the manager via email, disable the Send access to email toggle.

<figure><img src="/files/672vBG00st7XI00SFVBt" alt=""><figcaption><p>Send access to email</p></figcaption></figure>

11. Once the details are recorded, click the <img src="/files/kgzkglEdq9UIg0pQ1Ai2" alt="" data-size="line">button. This creates the manager profile and displays it in the Managers grid.

<figure><img src="/files/lzhD8Gy8izGvhZswzsDK" alt=""><figcaption><p>Add Manager</p></figcaption></figure>

12. Users with manager profiles can login to the scanner application using their created credentials. The scanner app can be accessed by following the <https://app.boomerangme.cards/scanner-app> URL.\
    ✅If you have a white domain set up, the link to the scanner should be under your domain.

<figure><img src="/files/tQy2cEiX7qn6OIcsfiL6" alt=""><figcaption><p>Scanner App</p></figcaption></figure>


# Manager (team member) seats Add / edit / delete

Follow a few simple steps to add/edit/delete manager (team member) profiles

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/81ca4b108987498fb082980cbc7657f8>" %}
Managers
{% endembed %}

### **Add Manager**

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Managers**

1. Follow the workflow mentioned above to land on the Managers screen.<br>
2. To create a manager profile, click the Add Manager button from the bottom of the Managers grid or from the Create Manager tile.

<figure><img src="/files/3IvSFCKQ0zyBwNHsrFEJ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Add Manager</p></figcaption></figure>

3. In your agency dashboard, go to the **User** section — it’s the bottom icon in the left-hand menu.\
   *(This step switches you from the agency level to your personal profile settings.)*

   In the left menu, open **Managers**.  You can add a manager = team member.

<figure><img src="/files/i5zy4PyO3EjXTghERBcU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. This opens the Add Manager popup for the details of the manager to be recorded. Here, enter the full name of the manager in the Full Name field.

<figure><img src="/files/fdDSZdXpmuMqmzH70qGs" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

5. Enter the email address of the manager in the Email field.

<figure><img src="/files/q5JOgNyBgooeXJ3QwR9O" alt=""><figcaption><p>Email</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Use the Contact Number field to enter the contact number.

<figure><img src="/files/pb8a8n9gZxuKnCpBmQxv" alt=""><figcaption><p>Contact Number</p></figcaption></figure>

7. Create a password for the manager profile using the Password field.

<figure><img src="/files/xQEimVzcQuLuZZzyvHgF" alt=""><figcaption><p>Password</p></figcaption></figure>

8. For confirmation, re-enter the created password in the Repeat Password field.

<figure><img src="/files/SismHCElmeRPkOHfFCHb" alt=""><figcaption><p>Repeat Password</p></figcaption></figure>

9. Select the location for the manager profile using the Location dropdown. All created locations populate in this dropdown. You can skip this setting. The manager can service all cards created in the account.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/GSN4N4VVs4GtuVV8sWne" alt=""><figcaption><p>Location</p></figcaption></figure>

10. Record any additional instructions in the Notes field.

<figure><img src="/files/3SLhvgriQyj6ltsfPoyi" alt=""><figcaption><p>Notes</p></figcaption></figure>

11. In case you do not want to send access invitation to the manager via email, disable the Send access to email toggle.

<figure><img src="/files/672vBG00st7XI00SFVBt" alt=""><figcaption><p>Send access to email</p></figcaption></figure>

12. Once the details are recorded, click the <img src="/files/kgzkglEdq9UIg0pQ1Ai2" alt="" data-size="line">button. This creates the manager profile and displays it in the Managers grid.

<figure><img src="/files/lzhD8Gy8izGvhZswzsDK" alt=""><figcaption><p>Add Manager</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Edit Manager**

1. Upon landing on the Managers grid, click the pencil icon located at the end of the row for the manager whose profile you want to edit.

<figure><img src="/files/ngXS6Zng9pC9msQM1CET" alt=""><figcaption><p>Edit</p></figcaption></figure>

2. This opens the Edit Manager popup. Here, all the fields holding information are displayed in an editable view.
3. In this window, you can specify accesses for the manager.

<figure><img src="/files/NJXrL0SLtU2cMliQAnLT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. Once you have made the required changes, click the Save button. This saves the changes you made and closes the Edit Manager popup.

<figure><img src="/files/QcokKdvnkX1RuZHh8ict" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Agency Team Member.

If you want an agency team member to be able to create sub-accounts manually or through prospecting, grant the manager the following permissions: **View Sub-accounts, Edit Sub-accounts**

<figure><img src="/files/9BTC1uCzltyFZov6s77A" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Read more about permissions for a manager (team member)**

* View Revenue statistics\
  Grants access to view analytics related to income generated through cards, redemptions, and campaigns.
* View Feedbacks statistics\
  Allows the manager to see customer feedback data submitted through cards (e.g., satisfaction ratings or reviews).
* View Referrals statistics\
  Lets the manager view how many users came via referral programs and how referrals are performing.
* View Customer profile statistics\
  Enables viewing engagement metrics per customer—visits, points earned/redeemed, and interaction history.

#### Template Permissions <a href="#h_881389cdc2" id="h_881389cdc2"></a>

* View Templates\
  Allows viewing available card and communication templates
* Edit Templates\
  Allows modifying or creating new templates for cards or communications.
* View Customers\
  Lets managers see the customer list, profiles, and activity logs.
* Edit Customers\
  Allows editing customer data like name, phone number, tags, birthday, or card status.
* View Segments\
  Allows viewing customer groups based on filters like activity, points, visits, etc.
* Edit Segments\
  Grants ability to create or modify dynamic segments for targeted campaigns.
* View Operations\
  Grants access to logs of customer actions, like visits, accruals, redemptions.
* Make Accruals\
  Allows manually issuing points, stamps, or rewards to customers.
* View Mailings\
  Lets users view past or scheduled email and SMS campaigns.
* Edit Mailings\
  Allows creating and sending email/SMS campaigns.
* View Pushes\
  Lets users view scheduled or sent push notifications.
* Edit Pushes\
  Allows sending or modifying push notifications.
* View Locations\
  Allows viewing the list of geo locations and their details.
* Edit Locations\
  Grants permission to add/edit/remove location data (addresses, contacts).
* View Sub-accounts\
  Allows seeing all linked sub-accounts in an agency workspace.
* Edit Sub-accounts\
  Grants permission to manage sub-accounts: creation, renaming, or settings.
* View Payments\
  Allows access to payment history, invoices, and billing dates.
* Edit Plans\
  Grants permission to upgrade, downgrade, or cancel plans.
* Edit Snapshots\
  Lets managers create or restore account states using snapshots (backups of settings, templates, and data).

### **Delete Manager**

1. Upon landing on the Managers grid, click the username of the manager whose profile you want to delete.

<figure><img src="/files/y1Opd5XUsGsGKYcWrgHP" alt=""><figcaption><p>Username</p></figcaption></figure>

2. This takes you to the profile details screen. Here, navigate to the Information section.<br>
3. From the bottom of this section, click the Delete button.

<figure><img src="/files/t67NbmJiTFIZJ0KAQcsY" alt=""><figcaption><p>Delete</p></figcaption></figure>

4. This opens the Delete Manager popup for you to confirm the delete action. To confirm, click the Remove button.

<figure><img src="/files/WkIU5Jrun1wK2D21VlLC" alt=""><figcaption><p>Remove</p></figcaption></figure>

### Note for Franchise Chains

For franchise chains, please remember that managers cannot create reports.\
This is a normal system limitation. Managers can see and manage the information allowed by their role, but only higher-level roles have permission to generate reports.


# Manager (team member) profile

Create manager seats for your sales persons to get access to Scanner App

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/81ca4b108987498fb082980cbc7657f8>" %}
Managers
{% endembed %}

1. Upon successful login, navigate to the left-hand menu.<br>
2. From the list of modules displayed, click the <img src="/files/TJ6OVIcsAo3Y4tVTanM4" alt="" data-size="line">icon. Doing so takes you to the Managers screen.

<figure><img src="/files/tpiCyuXquvpazpRwnbps" alt=""><figcaption><p>Managers</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Here, information for all existing managers is tabulated via a number of columns that include User Name, Created, Notes, Location, and Status.

<figure><img src="/files/02JEbv3uQTjrznlvDMNC" alt=""><figcaption><p>Managers</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Clicking the username of a manager displays the details of the selected manager profile. Here, the basic details of the selected manager profile are displayed via separate tiles under the Manager Profile heading. They include Name, Registration Date, Status, Location, Number of Transactions, and Last Transaction Date.

<figure><img src="/files/l3Nt5BRfOAjuwGDIat2A" alt=""><figcaption><p>Manager Profile</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Next up is the Information section where the details of the manager account are displayed in editable view.

<figure><img src="/files/u81JoEPlpjLN3084Xo6C" alt=""><figcaption><p>Information</p></figcaption></figure>

6. It is possible to manage manager (team member) permissions.\
   &#x20;

   <figure><img src="/files/OXgbLDXFelYeieA45JRt" alt=""><figcaption><p>manager (team member) permissions</p></figcaption></figure>
7. Once you have edited the required fields, click the Save button.

<figure><img src="/files/UmK5WqBiUoPxKw6gw7tf" alt=""><figcaption><p>Save</p></figcaption></figure>

7. At the end is the Last Transactions grid. Here, the last transactions of the manager are tabulated via several columns that include User Name, Date, Phone, Device, Template, Event, Amount, and Balance. \
   You can download all transactions of a specific manager.

<figure><img src="/files/MSCvFQzzcBGMkoYWHIFY" alt=""><figcaption><p>Last Transactions</p></figcaption></figure>

**Read more about permissions for a manager (team member)**

* View Revenue statistics\
  Grants access to view analytics related to income generated through cards, redemptions, and campaigns.
* View Feedbacks statistics\
  Allows the manager to see customer feedback data submitted through cards (e.g., satisfaction ratings or reviews).
* View Referrals statistics\
  Lets the manager view how many users came via referral programs and how referrals are performing.
* View Customer profile statistics\
  Enables viewing engagement metrics per customer—visits, points earned/redeemed, and interaction history.

#### Template Permissions <a href="#h_881389cdc2" id="h_881389cdc2"></a>

* View Templates\
  Allows viewing available card and communication templates
* Edit Templates\
  Allows modifying or creating new templates for cards or communications.
* View Customers\
  Lets managers see the customer list, profiles, and activity logs.
* Edit Customers\
  Allows editing customer data like name, phone number, tags, birthday, or card status.
* View Segments\
  Allows viewing customer groups based on filters like activity, points, visits, etc.
* Edit Segments\
  Grants ability to create or modify dynamic segments for targeted campaigns.
* View Operations\
  Grants access to logs of customer actions, like visits, accruals, redemptions.
* Make Accruals\
  Allows manually issuing points, stamps, or rewards to customers.
* View Mailings\
  Lets users view past or scheduled email and SMS campaigns.
* Edit Mailings\
  Allows creating and sending email/SMS campaigns.
* View Pushes\
  Lets users view scheduled or sent push notifications.
* Edit Pushes\
  Allows sending or modifying push notifications.
* View Locations\
  Allows viewing the list of geo locations and their details.
* Edit Locations\
  Grants permission to add/edit/remove location data (addresses, contacts).
* View Sub-accounts\
  Allows seeing all linked sub-accounts in an agency workspace.
* Edit Sub-accounts\
  Grants permission to manage sub-accounts: creation, renaming, or settings.
* View Payments\
  Allows access to payment history, invoices, and billing dates.
* Edit Plans\
  Grants permission to upgrade, downgrade, or cancel plans.
* Edit Snapshots\
  Lets managers create or restore account states using snapshots (backups of settings, templates, and data).


# Statistics

A closer look at the statistics

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/81ca4b108987498fb082980cbc7657f8>" %}
Managers
{% endembed %}

1. Upon successful login, navigate to the left-hand menu.<br>
2. From the list of modules displayed, click the <img src="/files/TJ6OVIcsAo3Y4tVTanM4" alt="" data-size="line">icon. Doing so takes you to the Managers screen.

<figure><img src="/files/tpiCyuXquvpazpRwnbps" alt=""><figcaption><p>Managers</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Here, information for all existing managers is tabulated via a number of columns that include User Name, Created, Notes, Location, and Status.

<figure><img src="/files/02JEbv3uQTjrznlvDMNC" alt=""><figcaption><p>Managers</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Clicking the username of a manager displays the details of the selected manager profile. Here, the basic details of the selected manager profile are displayed via separate tiles under the Manager Profile heading. They include Name, Registration Date, Status, Location, Number of Transactions, and Last Transaction Date.

<figure><img src="/files/l3Nt5BRfOAjuwGDIat2A" alt=""><figcaption><p>Manager Profile</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Next up is the Information section where the details of the manager account are displayed in editable view.

<figure><img src="/files/u81JoEPlpjLN3084Xo6C" alt=""><figcaption><p>Information</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Once you have edited the required fields, click the Save button.

<figure><img src="/files/UmK5WqBiUoPxKw6gw7tf" alt=""><figcaption><p>Save</p></figcaption></figure>

7. At the end is the Last Transactions grid. Here, the last transactions of the manager are tabulated via several columns that include User Name, Date, Phone, Device, Template, Event, Amount, and Balance.

<figure><img src="/files/zUnc3xW59Ukk6uHmx4n2" alt=""><figcaption><p>Last Transactions</p></figcaption></figure>

8. To create a manager profile, click the Add Manager button from the bottom of the Managers grid or from the Create Manager tile.

<figure><img src="/files/3IvSFCKQ0zyBwNHsrFEJ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Add Manager</p></figcaption></figure>

9. This opens the Add Manager popup for the details of the manager to be recorded. Here, enter the full name of the manager in the Full Name field.

<figure><img src="/files/IGQz7J7nwn9NuTpKBpDt" alt=""><figcaption><p>Full Name</p></figcaption></figure>

10. Enter the email address of the manager in the Email field.

<figure><img src="/files/q5JOgNyBgooeXJ3QwR9O" alt=""><figcaption><p>Email</p></figcaption></figure>

11. Use the Contact Number field to enter the contact number.

<figure><img src="/files/pb8a8n9gZxuKnCpBmQxv" alt=""><figcaption><p>Contact Number</p></figcaption></figure>

12. Create a password for the manager profile using the Password field.

<figure><img src="/files/xQEimVzcQuLuZZzyvHgF" alt=""><figcaption><p>Password</p></figcaption></figure>

13. For confirmation, re-enter the created password in the Repeat Password field.

<figure><img src="/files/SismHCElmeRPkOHfFCHb" alt=""><figcaption><p>Repeat Password</p></figcaption></figure>

14. Select the location for the manager profile using the Location dropdown. All created locations populate in this dropdown.

<figure><img src="/files/GSN4N4VVs4GtuVV8sWne" alt=""><figcaption><p>Location</p></figcaption></figure>

15. Record any additional instructions in the Notes field.

<figure><img src="/files/3SLhvgriQyj6ltsfPoyi" alt=""><figcaption><p>Notes</p></figcaption></figure>

16. In case you do not want to send access invitation to the manager via email, disable the Send access to email toggle.

<figure><img src="/files/672vBG00st7XI00SFVBt" alt=""><figcaption><p>Send access to email</p></figcaption></figure>

17. Once the details are recorded, click the <img src="/files/kgzkglEdq9UIg0pQ1Ai2" alt="" data-size="line">button. This creates the manager profile and displays it in the Managers grid.

<figure><img src="/files/lzhD8Gy8izGvhZswzsDK" alt=""><figcaption><p>Add Manager</p></figcaption></figure>

**Edit Manager**

1. Upon landing on the Managers grid, click the pencil icon located at the end of the row for the manager whose profile you want to edit.

<figure><img src="/files/ngXS6Zng9pC9msQM1CET" alt=""><figcaption><p>Edit</p></figcaption></figure>

2. This opens the Edit Manager popup. Here, all the fields holding information are displayed in an editable view.<br>
3. Once you have made the required changes, click the Save button. This saves the changes you made and closes the Edit Manager popup.

<figure><img src="/files/8yDOphyhkvS0W7vxs92I" alt=""><figcaption><p>Save</p></figcaption></figure>


# Offline

Distribute your loyalty card offline in the local store

Table tents and stickers are a convenient method for getting the customer attention. Placed on each table, they are sure to get each customer's eye.

<figure><img src="/files/Ez9qlqVzOrRnwb1aVGG9" alt=""><figcaption><p>Table tent example</p></figcaption></figure>

> <br>


# QR code

Get your QR code and post it somewhere on your business location for convenient scanning

Using the QR code on a paper and have it posted somewhere on your business place comes as one of the offline methods for cards distribution. Customers can walk in and just scan the posted QR code to install the card on their device. Let us take a look at how this is done.

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Cards > Select Card**

1. Follow the above-mentioned workflow to land on the Card Details screen.<br>
2. Click the Download PDF button. This opens the preview of the card in a PDF file.

<figure><img src="/files/zrH6ToXnUImtMtSilPOk" alt=""><figcaption><p>Download PDF</p></figcaption></figure>

3. To print the QR code, click the print icon located at the top-right corner.

<figure><img src="/files/lCvM0iQGb5AM3lTfFT8T" alt=""><figcaption><p>Print</p></figcaption></figure>

4. The PDF file was created in A4 format that available to print via the standard printer.

<figure><img src="/files/8glVP9X9LB5DvNW4oBft" alt=""><figcaption><p>Place printed file in table tent and place in your local store</p></figcaption></figure>


# Table tent and stickers

Get the QR code on table tents for more customer traction

Table tents and stickers are a convenient method for getting the customer attention. Placed on each table, they are sure to get each customer's eye.

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Cards > Select Card**

1. Follow the above-mentioned workflow to land on the Card Details screen.<br>
2. Click the Download PDF button. This opens the preview of the card in a PDF file.

<figure><img src="/files/4GE4ochuRWdYpxNOwG2h" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3. To print the QR code, click the print icon located at the top-right corner.

<figure><img src="/files/5dkbay4hsfgfc79oFzBB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. Once printed, you can get the print on the table tent for the customers to scan QR code and install the card.
5. The PDF file was created in A4 format that available to print via the standard printer.

<figure><img src="/files/gtFNgSSv6fRzaFGTsRFg" alt=""><figcaption><p>Place printed file in table tent and place in your local store</p></figcaption></figure>

### Stickers

Once printed, you can get the print on the stickers for the customers to scan QR code and install the card. \
You can use any graphic editor to create any promotional material you want.

<figure><img src="/files/CgSS2RGKGQxRlUcOc5YF" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Stickers

Easier to place, maximum reach. Use the card QR on stickers to maximize ease in QR scan

QR code for the card can also be placed on the stickers for the ease of the customer and maximizing your reach. A sticker is often placed on the goods you offer as well as the parcels delivered. Placing the QR code on the sticker can maximize your reach as the receiver can simply scan the QR code to install the card.

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Cards > Select Card**

1. Follow the above-mentioned workflow to land on the Card Details screen.<br>
2. Click the Download PDF button. This opens the preview of the card in a PDF file.

<figure><img src="/files/zrH6ToXnUImtMtSilPOk" alt=""><figcaption><p>Download PDF</p></figcaption></figure>

3. To print the QR code, click the print icon located at the top-right corner.

<figure><img src="/files/lCvM0iQGb5AM3lTfFT8T" alt=""><figcaption><p>Print</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Once printed, you can get the print on the stickers for the customers to scan QR code and install the card.

<figure><img src="/files/vHSBpMKibNZyDpHzAjLT" alt=""><figcaption><p>Printed sticker example</p></figcaption></figure>


# Online

<figure><img src="/files/MlHxdpDEjVa9oQtGlLmI" alt=""><figcaption><p>Distribute your loyalty cards online via the different channels</p></figcaption></figure>


# UTM Links

## UTM Links

UTM links let you track which channels bring customers to your loyalty card. Each UTM link generates a unique URL and QR code tied to a specific source — so you can see exactly where your cardholders are coming from.

You can create as many UTM links as you want on a single card. There is no need to duplicate the card for different channels.

***

### How It Works

When you create a UTM link for a channel (for example, Instagram), Boomerangme generates a unique URL and QR code for that channel. When a customer installs the card through that link, the system records which channel they came from.

You can then see in the card statistics how many customers installed the card through each UTM link — and compare which distribution channel performs best.

**Example:**

* You create a UTM link called **Instagram** and place the QR code in your Instagram stories.
* You create another UTM link called **VIP Client** and share it with a specific customer to distribute to their friends.
* In statistics, you will see separately how many people installed the card from Instagram and how many came through the VIP Client referral.

***

### How to Create a UTM Link

UTM links are configured in the **Settings** section during card creation or editing, under the **UTM** block.

1. Enter a name for the channel in the UTM field (for example: Facebook, Instagram, Flyer, Window QR).
2. Click **Add**.
3. Boomerangme will generate a unique URL and QR code for that channel.

{% hint style="info" %}
You can create as many UTM links as you need. Each one gets its own URL and QR code.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/pEQ8oI1VKJZ7KS0Qrj6H" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once created, you will see the unique link and QR code for each channel. Share the link or print the QR code for each distribution channel separately.

***

### Per-UTM Image and Title on the Enrollment Form

Each UTM link can display its own **title** and **image** on the card enrollment (installation) form. This means every campaign gets a sign-up page that matches its creative — without creating separate cards.

**Example:** Your Instagram campaign shows a summer-themed banner and the headline "Summer Loyalty Offer", while your in-store QR shows your standard logo and "Join our loyalty program".

#### How to Set It Up

1. In the UTM block, find the UTM link you want to customize.
2. Click the settings icon next to the link.
3. Upload an **image** for the enrollment form.
4. Enter a custom **title** that will appear on the enrollment form for this UTM link.
5. Save.

When a customer opens the enrollment form through this specific UTM link, they will see the custom title and image you set — instead of the default card design.

<figure><img src="/files/oGqpGFtnJL5xxS6I2nN3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
If no custom image or title is set for a UTM link, the enrollment form will display the default card logo and card name.
{% endhint %}

***

### Viewing UTM Statistics

To see how many customers installed the card through each UTM link, go to the card statistics in the **Cards** section.

You will be able to see the number of installs broken down by UTM tag — helping you identify which distribution channels work best.

<figure><img src="/files/OVNxQrOLg2dexk5WP2xU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
You can also create customer segments based on UTM tags to send targeted push notifications to customers who came from a specific channel.
{% endhint %}

***

### Which Cards Support UTM Links

UTM links are available on all card types:

* Stamp
* Multipass
* Cashback
* Gift
* Coupon
* Membership
* Discount
* Reward


# Link for sharing

Share the card link and let your customers install it with a tap

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Cards > Select Card**

1. Follow the above-mentioned workflow to land on the Card Details screen.<br>
2. Click the Copy Link button. Doing so copies the card installation link on your clipboard.

<figure><img src="/files/nD39Lq5Lsd2A2LavDtje" alt=""><figcaption><p>Copy Link</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Once copied, you can paste the link on your social media channels for the viewers to just follow the link online and install the card.


# SMS delivery

### Sending a loyalty card to clients via a personal link

If you already have a customer database, you can easily invite them to install a loyalty card. Simply send a personalized email or SMS with a unique installation link.

Before doing so, make sure to add customers to the system and issue their loyalty cards — this will generate individual installation links.

More details here [How to create and send a mailing. Send sms and emails to your customers. ](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/mailings-and-other-services/how-to-create-and-send-a-mailing)


# Email delivery

Sending a loyalty card to clients via a personal link

### Sending a loyalty card to clients via a personal link

If you already have a customer database, you can easily invite them to install a loyalty card. Simply send a personalized email or SMS with a unique installation link.

Before doing so, make sure to add customers to the system and issue their loyalty cards — this will generate individual installation links.

More details here [How to create and send a mailing. Send sms and emails to your customers. ](https://docs.boomerangme.cards/mailings-and-other-services/how-to-create-and-send-a-mailing)


# How it works

A closer look into how the push notifications work

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/a8c7dcd0dc1b4f348b081967c2eed9a4>" %}
Push notifications review
{% endembed %}

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Push**

1. Follow the workflow mentioned above to land on the Send Push screen.<br>
2. From the tabs displayed atop the screen, click Push Automation.

<figure><img src="/files/6IF9ECWTfwE75xGsn6Ln" alt=""><figcaption><p>Push Automation</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Here, choose the card template from the Card dropdown.

<figure><img src="/files/WmAubQn3RChPkQ4nJ7l7" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card</p></figcaption></figure>

4. As a selection is made, additional tiles that let you set push notifications appear.<br>
5. Use the Message field from the Feedback tile to record the message displayed on the push notification while receiving feedback.

<figure><img src="/files/Vmhwd6g3RDIXGBC67xCJ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Message</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Choose the number of hours upon earning stamp after which this message is displayed using the Request will be sent after setting count hours after earned stamps/bonuses field.

<figure><img src="/files/R9kyKtoFXMkULxsxR1Tn" alt=""><figcaption><p>Number of hours</p></figcaption></figure>

7. The card(s) to which the message applies are listed in the Apply to Cards field.

<figure><img src="/files/auNLJ9DOGZLXDbFVBWsw" alt=""><figcaption><p>Apply to Cards</p></figcaption></figure>

8. Once the selections are made, click the Save button.

<figure><img src="/files/YGxaJCyBWAcQWY0r7rA6" alt=""><figcaption><p>Save</p></figcaption></figure>

9. Next up is the Next Visit Reminder tile. Here, use the Message field to record the message that is displayed on the push notification while sending a reminder to the user for the next visit.

<figure><img src="/files/F2M6yX2VMjH36XBl4jIU" alt=""><figcaption><p>Message</p></figcaption></figure>

10. Enter the number of days upon earning stamp after which the notification is sent using the Reminder will be sent after setting count days after last earned field.

<figure><img src="/files/EKSBhgi4cnG771FNXlQu" alt=""><figcaption><p>Number of days</p></figcaption></figure>

11. The card(s) to which this push notification applies are displayed in the Apply to cards field.

<figure><img src="/files/Ao2N0v28WXxCJ0aZ4lx4" alt=""><figcaption><p>Apply to cards</p></figcaption></figure>

12. Once the selections are made, click the Save button.

<figure><img src="/files/hZLGnLiyNpXDVNd1PmWf" alt=""><figcaption><p>Save</p></figcaption></figure>

13. Next up is the Birthday Congratulations section. Here, use the Message field to record the birthday wish you want to be displayed to the customer via the push notification.

<figure><img src="/files/Ieku5W9ycuazy0x7P9HW" alt=""><figcaption><p>Message</p></figcaption></figure>

14. Enter the number of days prior to the customer's birthday for the birthday wish to be sent using the Congratulation will be sent after setting count days before birthday field.

<figure><img src="/files/CKrpaj2g6rJCUziXcxkB" alt=""><figcaption><p>Number of days</p></figcaption></figure>

15. The card(s) to which this applies are displayed in the Apply to Cards field.

<figure><img src="/files/AjeE1ZbOhKm3d4neiYyP" alt=""><figcaption><p>Apply to Cards</p></figcaption></figure>

16. Once the selections are made, click the Save button.

<figure><img src="/files/6tto26RVwuLgMVLehKu8" alt=""><figcaption><p>Save</p></figcaption></figure>


# iPhone (iOS)

Learn more about how push-notifications work on iOS devices

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/56e11b4355734cad9574a563f60ebb32>" %}
Push notifications on iOS
{% endembed %}

1. Once enabled, push notifications are automatically displayed on the lock screen of your iOS device.

<figure><img src="/files/1EWUuLxnNPCDL7Zrk8HO" alt=""><figcaption><p>Push Notifications</p></figcaption></figure>

2. Tapping a notification opens the card and if there is any change in the points you have earned, it is highlited in the top-right corner of the screen.

<figure><img src="/files/0KD6FOhSk3513Bl0L6LN" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card</p></figcaption></figure>


# Android

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/9827bf85a822427aa1458f5de8337764>" %}
Push notification on Android devices (PWA)
{% endembed %}

1. Before you receive push notifications, please make sure that the notifications are enabled for the card on your Android device.<br>
2. To do that, open the card from your device and tap the Details button.<br>
3. From the details screen, tap the three-dot icon located at the top-right corner.

<figure><img src="/files/g9qKGImjSzqpclreWhxq" alt=""><figcaption><p>Menu</p></figcaption></figure>

4. In case the notifications are already enabled, it will reveal the Disable Notifications option. You do not need to do anything if this is the case. However, if notifications are not enabled, this menu will display the Enable Notifications option that you need to tap to enable push notifications.<br>
5. Once enabled, push notifications from Boomerangme are displayed on the Notifications panel of your Android device.

<figure><img src="/files/Aa1RcAARKFbRe6ZJL1To" alt=""><figcaption><p>Notifications</p></figcaption></figure>


# How long does it take for push messages to be received by our customers?

Learn more about push delivery time

Push messages typically are delivered within a few (20-30) seconds. However, Android and iOS handle the messages differently.

Sometimes if the user has the card open or uses the phone, a message may not automatically trigger. Unfortunately, this user experience is controlled by Apple and Google and is beyond our control.

A simple way to check if the message has been received is to check the ‘Latest Updates’ section on your Customer’s card. If the phone has already received and processed the message, you will see it there.

Please note that **card preview will not receive push updates**. These passes are simply there to allow you to test how your design looks on a phone.

### The average delivery speed

The delivery speed of push notifications via Apple Push Notification Service (APNS) can vary significantly based on several factors, including the device's network connectivity, the device's current state (e.g., powered on or off), and the configuration of the push notification itself (e.g., priority level). Typically, notifications are received by the end user's device within a few seconds under optimal conditions.

According to a Stack Overflow discussion, push notifications are generally delivered in under a few seconds when the device is online. However, it's important to note that delivery times can vary, and in some cases, it may take up to half an hour for a notification to be delivered. There are also situations where a device may not receive push notifications at all, such as when it is turned off or when it is connected to a WiFi network that blocks the required ports for APNS connectivity. APNS will attempt to deliver the last notification it received for a device when it comes back online, but this is only for a limited time. If the attempt times out, the notification will be lost\[2].

Another source mentions that typically, notifications are received by customers less than 5 seconds after an action card requiring a notification is ready. However, this is under the assumption that all conditions for successful delivery are met, including proper device configuration and connectivity\[8].

It's crucial to understand that APNS operates on a "best effort" basis, meaning that while it strives to deliver notifications as quickly as possible, there is no absolute guarantee of immediate delivery or delivery at all. Factors such as device connectivity, APNS server load, and the configuration of the notification itself can all impact delivery times.

For critical applications, such as a fire alarm function mentioned in the Stack Overflow discussion, relying solely on push notifications may not be advisable due to their inherent unreliability and the potential for delays. It's recommended to consider alternative or supplementary methods of alerting users to ensure timely notification\[2].

Citations: <https://developer.apple.com/documentation/usernotifications/setting\\_up\\_a\\_remote\\_notification\\_server/sending\\_notification\\_requests\\_to\\_apns> \[2] <https://stackoverflow.com/questions/9204767/how-much-delay-of-ios-push-notification> \[3] <https://developer.apple.com/documentation/usernotifications/setting\\_up\\_a\\_remote\\_notification\\_server/viewing\\_the\\_status\\_of\\_push\\_notifications\\_using\\_metrics\\_and\\_apns> \[4] <https://www.moengage.com/blog/track-ios-push-notification-delivery-rates/> \[5] <https://firebase.google.com/docs/cloud-messaging/understand-delivery> \[6] <https://help.klaviyo.com/hc/en-us/articles/15594685536539> \[7] <https://www.infoq.com/news/2023/10/iOS-push-deliery-metrics/> \[8] <https://documentation.atomic.io/advanced/push-notification-delivery>


# Why aren't my customers receiving push messages?

## Why aren't my customers receiving push messages?

Push notifications are delivered to the customer's device, but whether they are displayed on screen depends on the device settings. If your customers are not seeing push notifications, follow the troubleshooting steps below for their device type.

### How to check if the push was actually delivered

The last received push notification is always displayed on the back of the card — regardless of device type (Apple Wallet, Google Wallet, or PWA). Ask your customer to open the back of their card and check if the message is there.

If the message is visible on the back of the card but was not shown as a pop-up on screen, the push was delivered successfully. The issue is in the notification settings on that specific device.

Here are some reasons why your customers may not receive [push messages](/push-notifications/how-it-works) from you.

### Card status must be "Installed" <a href="#id-1---your-customers-dont-have-your-card-installed-in-apple-wallet" id="id-1---your-customers-dont-have-your-card-installed-in-apple-wallet"></a>

Only customers with card status "Installed" can receive push notifications. Go to Customers and check the card status. If the status is "Not installed" or "Deleted", the customer will not receive pushes.

Common reason for "Deleted" status: on iPhone, if the customer (or iOS itself) turned off Automatic Updates on the card, the system loses connection and marks the card as deleted, even though it is still in the Wallet. To fix this, ask the customer to open the card → tap ⋯ → turn Automatic Updates back on.

<figure><img src="/files/f0FdZSZTmFRsbiG7744G" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Push notifications are sent per card template

Customers only receive push notifications for the specific card they have installed. If you have multiple card templates (e.g., a cashback card and a membership card), a push sent for one card will not be received by customers who have the other card installed.

### iPhone (Apple Wallet) — troubleshooting steps <a href="#id-3---your-customers-have-automatic-updates-turned-off" id="id-3---your-customers-have-automatic-updates-turned-off"></a>

#### Enable notifications for Wallet

1. Open Settings → Notifications → Wallet.
2. Turn on Allow Notifications.
3. Enable: Lock Screen, Notification Centre, and Banners.

#### Check notifications for the specific card

1. Open Apple Wallet.
2. Select the card.
3. Tap the ⋯ (More) button.
4. Make sure both Notifications and Automatic Updates are turned ON.

#### Check location-based notifications

Some cards use location triggers for push notifications.

1. Go to Settings → Privacy & Security → Location Services.
2. Turn on Location Services.
3. Find Wallet and set access to "While Using the App".
4. Turn on Precise Location.

#### Check Focus / Do Not Disturb mode

1. Go to Settings → Focus.
2. Make sure no active Focus mode is blocking notifications.
3. Or add Wallet to the list of allowed apps.

#### Check Background App Refresh

1. Go to Settings → General → Background App Refresh.
2. Make sure it is turned on (Wi-Fi & Cellular Data).

#### Restart the device

Turn off the iPhone and turn it back on. This can resolve temporary notification issues.

### Android (Google Wallet) — troubleshooting steps

* Check notification permissions for Google Wallet in phone settings (they may be blocked).
* Google limits push display to 3 notifications per day per card shown on screen. If a customer has multiple cards, each card can receive up to 3 notifications per day. This is a Google limitation beyond our control.

### PWA (browser-based cards) — troubleshooting steps <a href="#id-3---your-customers-have-automatic-updates-turned-off" id="id-3---your-customers-have-automatic-updates-turned-off"></a>

![](/files/0QZe7ZFLRJsIQkwJXFDf)

* Push notifications for PWA cards only work in supported browsers. We recommend using Chrome.
* Check browser notification settings — the customer may have blocked notifications.
* Open the card → tap Details → tap the three-dot menu → make sure notifications are enabled.


# Push section

The Boomerangme app allows you to create and send push notifications to customers for specific events. Here's how to access the push notifications section.&#x20;

After a successful login, use the left-hand menu to navigate.

From the list of modules, click the icon <img src="/files/jRPk3x85272KDALEeJaD" alt="" data-size="line">. Doing so takes you to the Push Notifications screen. For agency accounts, you need to click on the user icon first before clicking on the mailings icon to access the push notifications section.

<figure><img src="/files/FXBJRSnv81x1AXi7J9OQ" alt="Push Notifications"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Send push notification

By default, you will find yourself in the mailings section. From the mailings section, you need to click on the send push tab at the top. This is where you can craft push notifications that appear on a customer's lock screen, activated by specific events tied to particular cards.

<figure><img src="/files/qizE91dkFmVPm9Qc4Dwt" alt="Send Push"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Under the send push section, you can either send push notifications to all customers or to selected segments of customers.&#x20;

In the "Send Push" section, you have the option to send push notifications to either all customers or to specific customer segments.

<figure><img src="/files/roWQE6rEALX9NPFDQkW1" alt="Send Push"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To send a push notification from the send push section, you need to select the card.

<figure><img src="/files/uvRrG0gLc2FfwUYW01Op" alt="To send a push notification"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Next, choose whether the push notification should be sent to all customers or to a specific segment.

<figure><img src="/files/yFGGVCsFtOvdEjYTYj9O" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You have two options for sending push notifications: immediately or at a scheduled time. To schedule, simply check the "schedule" box and choose your desired date and time.

<figure><img src="/files/4bpbnDNbtSui073WG6Fx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The next step is to type your message in the message box and hit send.&#x20;

In the message box, compose your message, then click send to  send it, if it is an instant notification. If you scheduled the push notification, it will be saved and sent on your chosen day and time..&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/YzM5M4jbpWgxQsvpjvAz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Emojis**

In the history section, emojis accompany push notifications to distinguish between message types. These emojis indicate whether a message was sent manually or if it was an automatic push notification.

The emoji shown in the image indicates that the push notification was sent manually. Hovering over the emojis will reveal the sending method.

<figure><img src="/files/koXs5ig4C4vN8G7w2xCU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The emoji shown in the image indicates that the push notification was sent automatically. Hovering over the emojis will reveal the sending method.

<figure><img src="/files/xxFvxIWRZcDtBf4qOQtn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Delete All Scheduled Push in an Account

Under the history section, there is a provision for you to delete all scheduled messages, you can do this by clicking on the delete button. Once you click on the delete button all scheduled push notifications will be deleted.

<figure><img src="/files/yENLJ0LxEvdRG6MVKEkv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Delete Scheduled Push by Card Template

You can also delete scheduled push notifications by card template. To delete scheduled push notifications by card template:

1. Click on the desired card.
2. Click the "Send Push" button.
3. Click the "Delete" button.

Once deleted, all scheduled push notifications for that specific card template will be removed.

<figure><img src="/files/ngUhle6yp7RssKONKIBH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<br>


# Marketing push

Learn how the marketing push is setup

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/ee8ce24572064ae7bdc1fb818cb31a0a>" %}
Marketing push mailing
{% endembed %}

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Push**

1. Follow the above-mentioned workflow to land on the Send Push tab.<br>
2. From the Card dropdown under Send Push heading, choose the card you want to send push notifications for. All the created cards are populated in this dropdown.

<figure><img src="/files/IUQmAvS9VTvyEMAhiMxw" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Dropdown</p></figcaption></figure>

3. By default, the For All Customers option is selected. It means that the push notifications will be sent to all customers having the selected card.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/W13bizlrvUBiEFGsMnaI" alt=""><figcaption><p>For all customers</p></figcaption></figure>

4. However, if you want to send push notifications to selective customers, click the Selected Segment button.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/AdLmn3bTseVi8foa7mda" alt=""><figcaption><p>Selected Segment</p></figcaption></figure>

5. This reveals another dropdown from where you can select a specific condition to define the segment you want to send push notifications to. The options include Current number of uses, unused rewards, and number of stamps.

<figure><img src="/files/Mcm59mMR3VnbFCxLEwBy" alt=""><figcaption><p>Condition dropdown</p></figcaption></figure>

6. The next dropdown lets you choose the operator on which you want to define the condition.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/KTWWABqivqkFzWn2kiwx" alt=""><figcaption><p>Operator Dropdown</p></figcaption></figure>

7. At the end is the count field. Here, you can define the count of the defined condition. For instance, if you enter 4 in this field, it means that push notifications will be sent to the customers who have used the selected card exactly 4 times. Moreover, the number of customers falling in the defined criteria is also displayed below the dropdowns.

<figure><img src="/files/23mPafrpXbZ0qhkHSAcM" alt=""><figcaption><p>Selected Segment</p></figcaption></figure>

8. Furthermore, if you want to schedule a push notification, mark the Schedule checkbox.

<figure><img src="/files/vtCgpjQltDzcn2cyB0BL" alt=""><figcaption><p>Schedule</p></figcaption></figure>

9. This reveals a date/time selector on the right side. You can choose the date and time at which you want the scheduled push notification to be sent.

<figure><img src="/files/wLreLOCONjbqvbrw1ZOr" alt=""><figcaption><p>Date/Time</p></figcaption></figure>

10. Enter the message you want to send via the push notification using the Message textbox. You can also include smileys by clicking the <img src="/files/urBKLs2GPpNfuLNA9OOy" alt="" data-size="line">icon.

<figure><img src="/files/yrXohq0CaRaVAYWmQ5rW" alt=""><figcaption><p>Message</p></figcaption></figure>

11. Once the selections are made, click the Send button.

<figure><img src="/files/bw9PNfU13VEs8CLmbWe9" alt=""><figcaption><p>Send</p></figcaption></figure>

12. This opens the Send Push popup with the selections you made displayed to you for review. To confirm, click the Send button.

<figure><img src="/files/rTDDFNfv0p5N1SxMYY0U" alt=""><figcaption><p>Send Push</p></figcaption></figure>

13. This schedules the push notification and it is displayed in the History log.

<figure><img src="/files/tmfoRsWxHceuwONxq7Nq" alt=""><figcaption><p>Push Notification Scheduled</p></figcaption></figure>


# Sending messages to all customers

Learn how you can send push notification message to all customers

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Push**

1. Follow the above-mentioned workflow to land on the Send Push tab.<br>
2. From the Card dropdown under Send Push heading, choose the card you want to send push notifications for. All the created cards are populated in this dropdown.

<figure><img src="/files/IUQmAvS9VTvyEMAhiMxw" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Dropdown</p></figcaption></figure>

3. By default, the For All Customers option is selected. It means that the push notifications will be sent to all customers having the selected card.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/W13bizlrvUBiEFGsMnaI" alt=""><figcaption><p>For all customers</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Furthermore, if you want to schedule a push notification, mark the Schedule checkbox.

<figure><img src="/files/vtCgpjQltDzcn2cyB0BL" alt=""><figcaption><p>Schedule</p></figcaption></figure>

5. This reveals a date/time selector on the right side. You can choose the date and time at which you want the scheduled push notification to be sent.

<figure><img src="/files/wLreLOCONjbqvbrw1ZOr" alt=""><figcaption><p>Date/Time</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Enter the message you want to send via the push notification using the Message textbox. You can also include smileys by clicking the <img src="/files/urBKLs2GPpNfuLNA9OOy" alt="" data-size="line">icon.

<figure><img src="/files/yrXohq0CaRaVAYWmQ5rW" alt=""><figcaption><p>Message</p></figcaption></figure>

7. Once the selections are made, click the Send button.

<figure><img src="/files/bw9PNfU13VEs8CLmbWe9" alt=""><figcaption><p>Send</p></figcaption></figure>

8. This opens the Send Push popup with the selections you made displayed to you for review. To confirm, click the Send button.

<figure><img src="/files/rTDDFNfv0p5N1SxMYY0U" alt=""><figcaption><p>Send Push</p></figcaption></figure>

9. This schedules the push notification and it is displayed in the History log.

<figure><img src="/files/tmfoRsWxHceuwONxq7Nq" alt=""><figcaption><p>Push Notification Scheduled</p></figcaption></figure>


# Sending messages to a segment of customers

Explore how a push notification message can be sent to a selected segment

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Push**

1. Follow the above-mentioned workflow to land on the Send Push tab.<br>
2. From the Card dropdown under Send Push heading, choose the card you want to send push notifications for. All the created cards are populated in this dropdown.

<figure><img src="/files/IUQmAvS9VTvyEMAhiMxw" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Dropdown</p></figcaption></figure>

3. If you want to send push notifications to selective customers, click the Selected Segment button.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/AdLmn3bTseVi8foa7mda" alt=""><figcaption><p>Selected Segment</p></figcaption></figure>

4. This reveals another dropdown from where you can select a specific condition to define the segment you want to send push notifications to. The options include Current number of uses, unused rewards, and number of stamps.

<figure><img src="/files/Mcm59mMR3VnbFCxLEwBy" alt=""><figcaption><p>Condition dropdown</p></figcaption></figure>

5. The next dropdown lets you choose the operator on which you want to define the condition.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/KTWWABqivqkFzWn2kiwx" alt=""><figcaption><p>Operator Dropdown</p></figcaption></figure>

6. At the end is the count field. Here, you can define the count of the defined condition. For instance, if you enter 4 in this field, it means that push notifications will be sent to the customers who have used the selected card exactly 4 times. Moreover, the number of customers falling in the defined criteria is also displayed below the dropdowns.

<figure><img src="/files/23mPafrpXbZ0qhkHSAcM" alt=""><figcaption><p>Selected Segment</p></figcaption></figure>

7. As the selections are made, click the Send button.

<figure><img src="/files/cZoXdiEYbzHoXNBqlbn1" alt=""><figcaption><p>Send</p></figcaption></figure>


# Sending message to an individual customer

Learn how you can send a push notification message to an individual customer

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Push**

1. Follow the above-mentioned workflow to land on the Send Push tab.<br>
2. From the Card dropdown under Send Push heading, choose the card you want to send push notifications for. All the created cards are populated in this dropdown.

<figure><img src="/files/IUQmAvS9VTvyEMAhiMxw" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card Dropdown</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Click the Selected Segment button.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/AdLmn3bTseVi8foa7mda" alt=""><figcaption><p>Selected Segment</p></figcaption></figure>

4. This reveals another dropdown from where you can select a specific condition to define the segment you want to send push notifications to. The options include Current number of uses, unused rewards, and number of stamps.

<figure><img src="/files/Mcm59mMR3VnbFCxLEwBy" alt=""><figcaption><p>Condition dropdown</p></figcaption></figure>

5. The next dropdown lets you choose the operator on which you want to define the condition.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/KTWWABqivqkFzWn2kiwx" alt=""><figcaption><p>Operator Dropdown</p></figcaption></figure>

6. At the end is the count field. Here, you can define the count of the defined condition. For instance, if you enter 4 in this field, it means that push notifications will be sent to the customers who have used the selected card exactly 4 times. You can use these three fields to define the criteria for the specific customer you want to send the message to.

<figure><img src="/files/23mPafrpXbZ0qhkHSAcM" alt=""><figcaption><p>Selected Segment</p></figcaption></figure>

7. As the criteria is defined, click the Send button.

<figure><img src="/files/vU9A03x2lh0PyygxisAk" alt=""><figcaption><p>Send</p></figcaption></figure>

8. This opens the Send Push popup. To confirm, click the Send button.

<figure><img src="/files/rTDDFNfv0p5N1SxMYY0U" alt=""><figcaption><p>Send Push</p></figcaption></figure>


# Transactional push

Learn how the transactional push works

Transactional push notifications are system-generated alerts sent to customers after a transaction. These notifications inform customers about actions like points being added to their card or a reward being earned. While some push notifications are editable, this depends on the specific card. Transactional push notifications for the Cashback, Discount, Gift, Coupon, Membership, and Reward cards are system-generated and therefore cannot be edited.

Some transactional push notifications for the Stamp and Multipass cards can be edited. For stamp cards, specifically, these editable notifications include those sent when customers earn a stamp or a reward.

### Change transaction push for stamp card

To modify the editable transactional push notifications for the stamp card, access the information section within the card settings and enter your desired message. Please remember that the # tag is mandatory and must not be removed or altered. Note that other system-generated transactional push notifications for the stamp card, beyond those available in the card settings, are not modifiable.

<figure><img src="/files/QYmVo1fbo7i0mjndja0O" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Change transaction push for multipass card

For the Multipass card, you can only customize the push notification sent to the customer when there is a change in card balance. This notification is triggered when the card balance changes when a visit is added or removed. To customize this push notification, navigate to the information section in the card settings and add your message to the text box. Note that the # sign is mandatory and it cannot be removed or altered. Other transactional push notifications for the Multipass card are system generated and cannot be modified.

<figure><img src="/files/PFvnR77vCrwQmgTiB0hM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Geo-push

Learn how to create a geo-push

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/712c9abe42ba46cbacc61f1293dde087>" %}
Geo push video tutorial
{% endembed %}

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Locations**

1. Follow the above-mentioned workflow to land on the Locations screen.
2. To add a new location, click the **Add location** button.

<figure><img src="/files/fYWNtKxDUNrNw6NxlvUB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3. This reveals a list of fields for the details of the location and geo-push message to be recorded.
4. Use the Location Name field to enter the name of the location.

<figure><img src="/files/ZsPu60sIyV3EaYSFWoUX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

5. Enter the address of the location in the Location Address field. As you type, the suggestions are auto-populated. After entering the address in the address field, click on the auto-populated field below the address bar.

<figure><img src="/files/ObtSda4rBZ5L0qdXLR7G" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

6. Use the pin on the map view to set the exact location on the map.

<figure><img src="/files/96u4qE2HjOdFPe1igomo" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

7. Select the card(s) to which you want to associate this location and geo-push message using the Apply to Cards field. Click on the plus sign to select the cards you want to add this location and geopush message to.

<figure><img src="/files/03MOx0ijBnuDA4ftIDm4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

8. Enter the geo-push message in the Push Message textbox. This push notification is sent to all the users within 330ft of the selected location.

<figure><img src="/files/XpfnTFaBs3X8tyC0PsZY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

9. Once the details are recorded, click the **Add** button. This adds the location and displays it in the list.

<figure><img src="/files/SUVgpYBsolZqxGV48wGq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

✅ You can add as many locations as you want based on the capacity of your account. Each subaccount on the highest plan can add up to 10 locations. However, extra locations can be added once the limit has been exhausted for a fee.

✅ Please note: Geolocation push notifications cannot be swiped off the iPhone screen. This push notification will disappear from the screen as soon as the client leaves the geo push radius.

✅ Please note: If the text of a location-based push notification is changed, the update is applied to the card automatically and almost instantly. There is no need to send an additional regular push notification to update the card. In rare cases, a delay of a few seconds may occur.

If the geolocation itself (address or area) is changed or deleted, updates will only be applied on the map after the card is updated. The card is updated after a transaction (add or debit) or after receiving a push message (manual or auto-push).

* You set up a location-based push notification.
* After adding the card, you receive this notification when entering the specified area.
* If you delete the location-based push in the settings but the card has not yet been updated (no points/stamps added and no regular notifications received), you will still receive the notification. The card updates only when one of these events happens.
* If you delete the location-based push in the settings and then the card updates on your phone, you will no longer receive this notification.

✅ Please note: You can't change the radius.\
The push notification is sent when a customer enters a fixed area. This radius is set by the system and cannot be adjusted.

✅ Please note: You can't limit how many times it's sent per day.\
Customers will receive the push notification every time they enter the set area — even if that happens multiple times a day.

⚠️ Important: A GeoPUSH cannot be dismissed manually (unlike regular push notifications).\
It will disappear automatically once the customer leaves the 100-meter radius around the geolocation point.

**FAQ**

For Geo Push, make sure:

\- Only works for iOS;\
\- there is no ban on displaying push by geolocation (iPhone settings);\
\- make sure geolocation is enabled on your device;\
\- if you are at this point, it is recommended to leave and return. To get the map updated;\
\- make sure you are within range;\
\- at the address itself, there may be some restrictions on internet operation (near special subway facilities, embassy, etc.). You can move the address slightly.\
\- you can force the card to be updated in your phone (e.g., make a charge, turn off/on auto-update, send a regular push).


# Push automation

Push automation allows you to automate specific push notifications to be sent to the customers. For instance, if you need to wish a specific customer their birthday, or you need to collect feedback at a specific time interval. Let us learn how to use push automation.

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Mailings > Push automation**

1. Follow the workflow mentioned above to land on the Push notifications screen.<br>
2. From the tabs listed atop the screen, click Push Automation. This takes you to the Push Automation screen.

<figure><img src="/files/7FXVQi5Yrj928cmsIKOE" alt=""><figcaption><p>Push Automation</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Here, use the Card dropdown to select the card for which you want to setup push automation.

<figure><img src="/files/mr4b7RVynqksbz011atk" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card</p></figcaption></figure>

4. As a selection is made, all events for push automation are displayed via separate tiles. You can use the toggle button at the top-right corner of each tile to enable/disable the automation for that specific event.

<figure><img src="/files/xomWqmNu3wJPRHAVt1op" alt=""><figcaption><p>Toggle</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Record the message you want to be displayed in the push notification using the Message field.

<figure><img src="/files/UFImsizT34HXYZttv1IV" alt=""><figcaption><p>Message</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Using the next field, you can set the number of hours upon visit after which the push notification for feedback is sent.

<figure><img src="/files/19N9PGm3Aw5CcGsHIsCy" alt=""><figcaption><p>Count of hours after visit</p></figcaption></figure>

7. As the selections are made, click the Save button.

<figure><img src="/files/hIhnufDLXyx5dWtZibn9" alt=""><figcaption><p>Save</p></figcaption></figure>

8. The rest of the automations can be setup in a similar manner for Next Visit Reminder and Birthday Congratulations.

<figure><img src="/files/gV8SKDGnPDzfuxx19kAC" alt=""><figcaption><p>Next Visit Reminder</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/38zzbkRkyOLj6i5whXvH" alt=""><figcaption><p>Birthday Congratulations</p></figcaption></figure>


# Feedback collection

Learn how push automation works for Feedback Collection

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/37d8c4e11499405eb11e5949908e313d>" %}
Feedback collection
{% endembed %}

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Push**

1. Follow the workflow mentioned above to land on the Send Push screen.<br>
2. From the tabs displayed atop the screen, click Push Automation.

<figure><img src="/files/6IF9ECWTfwE75xGsn6Ln" alt=""><figcaption><p>Push Automation</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Here, choose the card template from the Card dropdown.

<figure><img src="/files/WmAubQn3RChPkQ4nJ7l7" alt=""><figcaption><p>Card</p></figcaption></figure>

4. As a selection is made, additional tiles that let you set push notifications appear.<br>
5. Use the Message field from the Feedback tile to record the message displayed on the push notification while receiving feedback.

<figure><img src="/files/Vmhwd6g3RDIXGBC67xCJ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Message</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Choose the number of hours upon earning stamp after which this message is displayed using the Request will be sent after setting count hours after earned stamps/bonuses field.

<figure><img src="/files/R9kyKtoFXMkULxsxR1Tn" alt=""><figcaption><p>Number of hours</p></figcaption></figure>

7. The card(s) to which the message applies are listed in the Apply to Cards field.

<figure><img src="/files/auNLJ9DOGZLXDbFVBWsw" alt=""><figcaption><p>Apply to Cards</p></figcaption></figure>

8. Once the selections are made, click the Save button.

<figure><img src="/files/YGxaJCyBWAcQWY0r7rA6" alt=""><figcaption><p>Save</p></figcaption></figure>


# Next visit reminder

Learn how push automation can be setup for next visit reminder

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/565ab0006c3f48b692c588386237482b>" %}
Next visit reminder
{% endembed %}

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Push**

1. Follow the workflow mentioned above to land on the Send Push screen.<br>
2. From the tabs displayed atop the screen, click Push Automation.

<figure><img src="/files/6IF9ECWTfwE75xGsn6Ln" alt=""><figcaption><p>Push Automation</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Navigate to the Next Visit Reminder tile.<br>
4. Here, use the Message field to record the message that is displayed on the push notification while sending a reminder to the user for the next visit.

<figure><img src="/files/F2M6yX2VMjH36XBl4jIU" alt=""><figcaption><p>Message</p></figcaption></figure>

5. Enter the number of days upon earning stamp after which the notification is sent using the Reminder will be sent after setting count days after last earned field.

<figure><img src="/files/EKSBhgi4cnG771FNXlQu" alt=""><figcaption><p>Number of days</p></figcaption></figure>

6. The card(s) to which this push notification applies are displayed in the Apply to cards field.

<figure><img src="/files/Ao2N0v28WXxCJ0aZ4lx4" alt=""><figcaption><p>Apply to cards</p></figcaption></figure>

7. As the selections are made, click the Save button.

<figure><img src="/files/hZLGnLiyNpXDVNd1PmWf" alt=""><figcaption><p>Save</p></figcaption></figure>


# Birthday congratulation

Learn how to setup push notifications for birthday congratulations

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/28a03ae484094419b6e9d4a19da86105>" %}
Birthday congratulations
{% endembed %}

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Push**

1. Follow the workflow mentioned above to land on the Send Push screen.<br>
2. From the tabs displayed atop the screen, click Push Automation.

<figure><img src="/files/6IF9ECWTfwE75xGsn6Ln" alt=""><figcaption><p>Push Automation</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Navigate to the Birthday Congratulations tile. Here, use the Message field to record the birthday wish you want to be displayed to the customer via the push notification.

<figure><img src="/files/Ieku5W9ycuazy0x7P9HW" alt=""><figcaption><p>Message</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Enter the number of days prior to the customer's birthday for the birthday wish to be sent using the Congratulation will be sent after setting count days before birthday field.

<figure><img src="/files/CKrpaj2g6rJCUziXcxkB" alt=""><figcaption><p>Number of days</p></figcaption></figure>

5. The card(s) to which this applies are displayed in the Apply to Cards field.

<figure><img src="/files/AjeE1ZbOhKm3d4neiYyP" alt=""><figcaption><p>Apply to Cards</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Once the selections are made, click the Save button.

<figure><img src="/files/6tto26RVwuLgMVLehKu8" alt=""><figcaption><p>Save</p></figcaption></figure>


# Triggered auto-push

Learn how the triggered auto-push feature works

{% embed url="<https://www.loom.com/share/e04185d0f7e3440aa725581c78957269>" %}
Triggered auto-push
{% endembed %}

Custom auto-push facilitates sending push notifications at an event and time of your choosing. You For instance, you can define what is sent to the customer when they install a card or a coupon. Moving further, let us take a look at how this feature is used.

> **Boomerangme > Left-Hand Menu > Push**

1. Following the workflow mentioned above, you land on the Push screen.<br>
2. From the tabs listed atop the screen, click Custom Auto-Push.

<figure><img src="/files/2zhhdCmOIoonJDXfD9SS" alt=""><figcaption><p>Custom auto-push</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Navigate to the Add auto-push heading. Here, choose the event to trigger the push automation from the Select trigger to start auto-push dropdown.

<figure><img src="/files/mFecx4v7KKYHQReHdbZO" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select Trigger</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Doing so reveals a number of fields to define the criteria for the selected condition.<br>
5. Enter the message you want to be displayed in the push notification using the Message textbox.

<figure><img src="/files/L1jNFQEqhk1lLCQBuIgW" alt=""><figcaption><p>Message</p></figcaption></figure>

6. Enter the count of time upon trigger event after which the push notification is sent using the Message to be displayed after field.

<figure><img src="/files/eJDtscSPilJw17VZhLo7" alt=""><figcaption><p>Send Message After</p></figcaption></figure>

7. Select the measure of time (minutes, hours, days, etc.) from the time dropdown.

<figure><img src="/files/hwaOTIsfWAKggsmkPaxz" alt=""><figcaption><p>Time</p></figcaption></figure>

8. Add the card to which you want to apply the card install trigger using the card field.

✅Note. Each custom push notification can be sent to only one card at a time. If you have multiple cards, simply create a separate push message for each one.

<figure><img src="/files/4k8sktYVGQjBLQ80BFcm" alt=""><figcaption><p>Cards</p></figcaption></figure>

9. Once the selections are made, click the Save button.

<figure><img src="/files/60id5E5dm3iaUIqtjaI5" alt=""><figcaption><p>Save</p></figcaption></figure>


# AI for Business (Richie AI)

Customer Retention & Automated Push Notifications

**Important:**\
*AI for Business (Richie AI) is a tool designed for **sub-accounts (businesses)** to automate customer retention. It is **not related to “Richie for Agencies”**, which is a completely different feature with different functionality.*

### **Overview**

**AI for Business (previously Richie AI)** is an intelligent automation system that helps businesses increase customer visit frequency and retention through personalized, behavior-based push notifications.

The AI analyzes how customers interact with the business — including their visits, purchases, and card activity — using data collected from both the POS system and Boomerangme.\
Based on these insights, the AI automatically sends tailored push notifications designed to boost customer engagement and encourage repeat visits.

***

### **How It Works**

After the feature is enabled, the AI starts collecting customer behavior data.\
To function properly, there must be:

* Customers with linked wallets/cards
* Real completed transactions

Once enough data is gathered, the AI automatically divides customers into two groups:

#### **1. Control group**

Customers who **do not** receive AI-generated notifications.

#### **2. Active group**

Customers who do receive personalized AI-driven push notifications.

You can see the distribution of these groups directly in the main dashboard statistics.

#### **Notification Frequency**

The AI determines:

* how often to send notifications
* the intervals between messages
* which customers should receive them

This logic is based entirely on customer behavior and the business niche.\
Therefore, it is essential to correctly specify the business category in the sub-account settings.

***

### **Availability and Settings**

* For new sub-accounts, AI for Business is enabled by default.
* Agencies can disable this option in their [plan settings](/agency-account/plans), if needed. For example, AI can be available only in premium plans.
* If you want to activate AI for existing sub-accounts, simply contact our team, and we will enable it manually.

### Enabling or Disabling AI for Business in a Sub-Account

<figure><img src="/files/KZzuDhsjppgfETDiHFOX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

An agency can manually enable or disable the AI for Business option directly in the sub-account profile.\
\
To do this, open the sub-account profile and use the Add option (+) button to enable AI, or remove the option to disable it.

Changes made here apply only to the selected sub-account and do not affect other sub-accounts.

### **Key Notes**

* AI does not start working immediately — it first needs time to collect enough data.
* All push notifications are created and sent automatically based on customer behavior.
* The feature can be enabled or disabled at the agency plan level.

***

### **Example Use Case**

An agency may choose to keep AI for Business enabled only in higher-tier plans, emphasizing the additional value offered at that level.\
For standard plans, AI can be turned off if automated customer marketing is not required.


# How to create and send a mailing

Send sms and emails to your customers.

The new mailing section is located near the "Send Push" section.

In it you can create mailings to your clients by email and sms.

To make the mailing function available, you need to connect your messaging services in the settings: Twilio for SMS, and Mailgun, SMTP, or SendGrid for email.

<figure><img src="/files/7sHoeupDYIhE5vcDQ8qX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Now let's go back to the mailing section and create mailing.

In actions select create mailing.

In the modal window enter the name of the mailing and select the type: email and/or sms.

Click "Create mailing".

<figure><img src="/files/tqB46YjACRS7eT5TQ8mk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

In the next window you can select the recipients of the mailing: it can be all your customers or only customers from a certain segment.

<div><figure><img src="/files/Ip6RLXbXMiiBNrvHMpbt" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/tjNSgE55v2brPb9D1Y0G" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

You can also send the mailing immediately after creation, or you can schedule it. To do this, you need to select the Schedule checkbox and choose the date and time of the mailing.

We can use emoticons and placeholders.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/HnMqDRWKbdJw97UnHj6b" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Placeholders allow you to make messages unique for each recipient.  You can expand the placeholders sections and select the desired card.  

<figure><img src="/files/dNhlr8NboimU6zFYGVbD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Personalized card install link in mailings

When creating a mailing, you can select a specific card template — the system will automatically include a personalized install link for that template in the message.

This is especially useful if your account has multiple loyalty programs (e.g., a stamp card and a cashback card). Instead of sending a generic install URL, you can target each customer with a direct link to install the specific card they don't have yet.

For example, if a customer already has a stamp card but hasn't installed your cashback card, you can create a mailing that includes a personalized install link specifically for the cashback card. This allows you to run targeted campaigns to cross-promote your loyalty programs and increase card adoption across your customer base.

When the text of the mailing is ready, click the "Create mailing". Now our mailing appears in the list.&#x20;

To get detailed information click on the name of the mailing.

<figure><img src="/files/XGq1JoOVhBZ2ZT5FL0vt" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

&#x20;This page shows information about the mailing, as well as sending statuses for each recipient.

#### Mailing Templates

Boomerangme gives you full flexibility to compose your own mailing messages from scratch. You can create any text content, use placeholders for personalization, add emojis, and adjust the formatting to match your brand's tone and communication style. This way, every mailing you send is fully customized and reflects your brand's message.


# Ноw to connect WhatsApp Bot

To connect WhatsApp Bot, you need to have a Facebook business account. Authorize in it. On <https://developers.facebook.com> go to My Apps section and click Create.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/71AV5JW0QKfXfVQmJZww" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Select Other&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/b7W5Z3Bwrp1YwTR204pr" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

On the next page select Business

<figure><img src="/files/NmjLqHoJrkxj05yToAxN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

&#x20;Next, add your Application Name, email, select or create a business manager.

<figure><img src="/files/99gaqBXgLgZtYC0J9rRg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

On the next page, find the WhatsApp and click Set up.

<figure><img src="/files/d9xuupI0DaasUO9Qwaz9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Next, select the Business profile.

<figure><img src="/files/5ku6HVpwgNr0xw9QAPIS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Next, click Start Using the API.

<figure><img src="/files/a3xgVfVxipTjwtsFpsrh" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You need to add the phone number from which you want to send messages to WhatsApp.

<figure><img src="/files/zQ0gksxWsJ9oPpeeC8pr" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can write a test phone number and check the sending of the message.

<figure><img src="/files/XwIKH2JayWOwIGZV5B2m" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Phone number ID, WhatsApp Business account ID are also listed on this page. These data are needed to connect WhatsApp Bot in Boomerang account.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/2ET7SYZwWLVsoGZYqkH4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Next, we configure the webhooks.

<figure><img src="/files/yffu7SY7lEaqzNLLfVdh" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Clicks **Callback URL - Edit**

<figure><img src="/files/DxHUI5SIYolHfMUYBWDD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

&#x20;Fill in:\
Callback URL: **<https://mailing.digitalwallet.cards/whatsapp/webhook/inbound>** \
Verify token: **whatsapp\_bot\_webhook\_verify\_token** \
Click Verify and save.

<figure><img src="/files/g18X1U6atCqghRgvMCDv" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Next, select **Webhooks - Manage**

<figure><img src="/files/XoBHAuX6Axdn9724JccE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Find Messages in the list and enable it. Click Done

<figure><img src="/files/8iMwJF2JbrjReCJ9O0KS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The next step is to configure the permanent token. You can find more information at <https://developers.facebook.com/docs/whatsapp/business-management-api/get-started#1--acquire-an-access-token-using-a-system-user-or-facebook-login>.

To do this, you need to select a business manager: go to <https://business.facebook.com/settings/people>.&#x20;

Select the Business Manager you specified in the settings earlier.

Go to **Users -> System Users** and click **Add** (create a user: enter a name and select the Admin role).

<figure><img src="/files/c2TJvPcLRZzP7FyBuLbU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Next, click Generate new token, select our application, select **Token expiration** "**Never**", enable:

1. **business\_management**
2. **catalog\_management**
3. **whatsapp\_business\_management**
4. **whatsapp\_business\_messaging**

<figure><img src="/files/tevXzv19A7mzGnIAYdjh" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Click Generate token. **Save the generated token.**

You also need to go to **Assign assets -> Apps** and enable **Manage app.**

<figure><img src="/files/G7sPMiRWLw3NT2OxC4e5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Go back to the business account dashboard and enable Live mode. You can also save the data on the screenshot to connect the WhatsApp bot.

<figure><img src="/files/W50GIe9WJDUTUAB4oA4t" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Now connect WhatsApp Bot in your Boomerang account. Go to the mailing list section -> settings <https://app.boomerangme.cards/mailings/settings>.&#x20;

Click connect WhatsApp Bot, enter the token you saved above, sender's phone number, Phone number ID, WhatsApp Business account ID.

<figure><img src="/files/x6xzgj6PGMZP6qZjTTVz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

✅ **Please note** that this is only for loyalty cards. That is, with sub-accounts, you will not be able to set up communication via WhatsApp.

### How to install a card in WhatsApp

Scan the QR code of the card from your mobile phone

This opens the card issuing form in your mobile phone. Here, enter the required details in this case first name and phone number then click ‘Install in WhatsApp’

<p align="center"><img src="/files/EeYgGzgpyHoIsbV35K0h" alt=""></p>

Once the installation is complete and the integration is added to WhatsApp, you will receive a confirmation message indicating that the setup was successful.<br>

<p align="center"><img src="/files/zz5AqaYBWL0qyUevc9fQ" alt=""></p>

When you click on ![](/files/fMqoH674x5bAzt5pqLDo)this displays the balance, reward, company name, card expiration date, serial number,etc.

<figure><img src="/files/0moyVaWCiu4lHaNcr08L" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

When a customer taps the ![](/files/fW9GEOF3DORvdzJfr98L), it simply opens the QR code in fullscreen so the business can scan it.

<p align="center"><img src="/files/PNr4bpexwI4eheVywQGu" alt=""></p>

If you have other cards installed, tapping![](/files/thfCcadWbk0GXBZUr20s)gives you the option to choose another card.

<p align="center"><img src="/files/ky1EVgYPwgoXu2O1GC04" alt=""></p>

You will be presented with a list of all the cards you’ve installed, allowing you to choose any one of them.

<figure><img src="/files/uWX9Aqyb6IwmBAJTXdWR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once a card is selected, the system will request the information needed for that specific card.

<figure><img src="/files/Nm7hzk5J69ZxjVd7ri1L" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<br>


# How to create a facebook messenger bot on the facebook side

Creating a Facebook Messenger bot involves several steps on the Facebook side. Below are detailed instructions to guide you through the process:

### Step-by-Step Instructions

### 1. Create a Facebook Page

If you don't already have a Facebook Page for your business, you'll need to create one. This page will be the face of your bot.

1. Go to [Facebook](https://www.facebook.com/).
2. Click on the Create button in the top right corner.
3. Select Page and follow the prompts to set up your page.

### 2. Set Up a Facebook Developer Account

To create a Messenger bot, you need to have a Facebook Developer account.

1. Visit the [Facebook for Developers](https://developers.facebook.com/) website.
2. Click on Get Started and follow the instructions to set up your developer account.

### 3. Create a New App

You need to create a new app in your Facebook Developer account to manage your bot.

1. In the Facebook Developer dashboard, click on My Apps and then Create App.
2. Select Manage Business Integrations and click Continue.
3. Fill in the required details (App Name, Contact Email) and click Create App ID.

### 4. Add Messenger to Your App

Once your app is created, you need to add Messenger as a product.

1. In your app dashboard, click on Add Product.
2. Find Messenger and click Set Up.

### 5. Generate a Page Access Token

The Page Access Token is required for your bot to interact with users.

1. In the Messenger settings, scroll down to Access Tokens.
2. Select the Facebook Page you created earlier and click Generate Token.
3. Copy the generated token and store it securely.

### 6. Set Up a Webhook

A webhook is used to receive events from Messenger.

1. In the Messenger settings, scroll down to Webhooks and click Setup Webhooks.
2. Provide a callback URL and verify token. The callback URL is the endpoint on your server that will handle incoming messages.
3. Select the subscription fields you want (e.g., messages, messaging\_postbacks).

### 7. Verify and Save the Webhook

Facebook will send a verification request to your callback URL.

1. Implement the verification logic in your server to handle the request.
2. Once verified, save the webhook configuration.

### 8. Subscribe Your App to the Page

After setting up the webhook, you need to subscribe your app to the Facebook Page.

1. In the Webhooks section, under Page Subscriptions, select the page and click Subscribe.

### 9. Test Your Bot

You can now test your bot to ensure it's working correctly.

1. Go to your Facebook Page and click on Message.
2. Interact with your bot to see if it responds as expected.

### 10. Deploy Your Bot

Once testing is complete, deploy your bot to a live server to make it available to users.

### Additional Resources

* [Infobip Guide](https://www.infobip.com/blog/how-to-build-a-facebook-messenger-chatbot) provides a detailed step-by-step guide to building a Messenger chatbot with no coding knowledge required.
* [Chatbot.com Integration](https://www.chatbot.com/help/integrations/how-to-make-messenger-chatbot/) explains how to connect ChatBot with Facebook Messenger and configure it.
* [Brandwatch Guide](https://www.brandwatch.com/blog/customer-engagement-set-up-facebook-messenger-bots-chatbot/) offers a quick guide to creating a Messenger bot using Chatfuel.

By following these steps, you can create and deploy a Facebook Messenger bot to interact with your users and enhance your customer engagement.

<br>




---

[Next Page](/llms-full.txt/1)

